ROYAL GRIP INC
10-K405, 1997-04-15
FABRICATED RUBBER PRODUCTS, NEC
Previous: U S DRUG TESTING INC, 10-K/A, 1997-04-15
Next: MARCUS CABLE CO LP, POS AM, 1997-04-15



                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
                              ---------------------
                                    FORM 10-K
                                   (Mark One)
[X]      ANNUAL  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  13 or  15(d)  OF THE  SECURITIES
         EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                   For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996
                                       or

[ ]      TRANSITION  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE  SECURITIES
         EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

          For the transition period from _____________to _____________.

                      Commission File Number 0-22230 
                                ROYAL GRIP, INC.
             (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

         Nevada                                86-0615648
(State or other jurisdiction of                (IRS Employer Identification No.)
incorporation or organization)

                      444 West Geneva, Tempe, Arizona 85282
               (Address of principal executive offices)(Zip Code)
                                 (602) 829-9000
              (Registrant's telephone number, including area code)
           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

                                      NONE
           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
      Title or Class                        Name of Exchange on which registered
- -----------------------------               ------------------------------------
Common Stock, $.001 par value                      NASDAQ National Market System

         Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
Registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X] No [ ]

         Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to
Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,
to the best of  Registrant's  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information
statements  incorporated  by  reference  in Part  III of this  Form  10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K. [X]

         At March 14, 1997,  the aggregate  market value of Common Stock held by
non-affiliates of the Registrant was approximately $5,030,754.

              APPLICABLE ONLY TO REGISTRANTS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY
                  PROCEEDINGS DURING THE PRECEDING FIVE YEARS:

         Indicate by check mark whether the  Registrant  has filed all documents
and reports  required to be filed by Section 12, 13, or 15(d) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the  distribution of securities  under a plan
confirmed by a court. YES [ ] NO [ ]

                   (APPLICABLE ONLY TO CORPORATE REGISTRANTS)
         Indicate the number of shares  outstanding of each of the  Registrant's
classes of common equity, as of the latest practicable date: 2,740,928 shares of
Common Stock outstanding on March 14, 1997.

                      DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:
                                      NONE
<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PART I
<S>                       <C>                                                                       <C>
         Item 1.           Business..................................................................... 3
                           Executive Officers of the Registrant......................................... 9
         Item 2.           Property.....................................................................10
         Item 3.           Legal  Proceedings...........................................................10
         Item 4.           Submission of Matters to a Vote of
                                    Security Holders....................................................10

PART II

         Item 5.           Market for the Registrant's Common
                                    Equity Securities and Related Stockholder Matters...................11
         Item 6.           Selected Consolidated Financial Data.........................................14
         Item 7.           Management's Discussion and
                                    Analysis of Financial Condition
                                    and Results of Operations...........................................15
         Item 8.           Consolidated Financial Statements and
                                    Supplementary Data..................................................25
         Item 9.           Changes in and Disagreements
                                    with Accountants on Accounting
                                    and Financial Disclosure............................................49

PART III

         Item 10.          Directors and Executive Officers
                                    of the Registrant...................................................49
         Item 11.          Executive Compensation.......................................................50
         Item 12.          Security Ownership of Certain
                                    Beneficial Owners and Management....................................53
         Item 13.          Certain Relationships and
                                    Related Transactions................................................54

PART IV

         Item 14.          Exhibits, Consolidated Financial Statement
                                    Schedule, and Reports on Form 8-K...................................54

SIGNATURES..............................................................................................58
</TABLE>
                                        2
<PAGE>
                                     PART I

                               ITEM 1 -- BUSINESS

Introduction

         Royal Grip,  Inc. (with its  subsidiary,  collectively,  the "Company")
designs and distributes  golf club grips and designs and  manufactures  athletic
headwear.  In 1989,  the Company  introduced a rubber wrap golf grip that gained
widespread  acceptance  in the golf  industry and enabled the Company to achieve
brand name recognition.  The Company currently offers a wide variety of standard
and custom  models,  all of which feature a distinctive  feel and appearance and
lasting durability.

         The Company  believes it has  established a reputation  within the golf
industry for innovation in the design and creation of golf grips. It continually
seeks to improve these  products with design and raw material  innovations.  The
Company  has   developed   distribution   channels  to  several   thousand  club
professionals,  club repair shops, and retail golf outlets,  and has established
relationships  with  several  original  equipment  manufacturers  ("OEMs").  The
Company believes that it is a leader in the Japanese market.

         In  April  1994,  the  Company  acquired  Roxxi,  Inc.  ("Roxxi"),   an
Oklahoma-based  manufacturer and distributor of high-quality  athletic headwear,
which now operates as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. Roxxi's products
are sold through the Company's  golf-related  sales force as well as Roxxi's own
distribution  channels,  and  enable  the  Company  to  offer a wider  array  of
products.

         In December  1996,  the Company  outsourced  all of its  production  of
non-cord grips to Acushnet  Rubber  Company,  Inc.  ("Acushnet").  Although this
arrangement is expected to have positive long-term implications to the Company's
cost structure and to its research and development efforts, the Company incurred
transaction  and  related  costs of  approximately  $1.4  million  in the fourth
quarter  of  1996  in  connection  with  the  transition  of  its  manufacturing
operations.  Further, Acushnet has experienced start-up delays in the production
of grips, which has adversely affected the Company's customer  relationships and
results of  operations,  has  impaired  the  Company's  ability to meet its loan
covenants  and may make it more  difficult  for the  Company to satisfy  lending
covenants in the future.  

         The Company and Acushnet have recently  renegotiated their agreement in
light  of  Acushnet's   production   difficulties.   In  connection   with  this
renegotiation  Acushnet  has  agreed to  provide  the  Company  with a credit of
$400,000 against future  purchases of grips, and additonal  credits in the event
Acushnet  fails to meet future  production  requirements.  These  credits may be
reduced  depending upon Acushnet's  production  beyond  specified levels or as a
result  of  the   cancellation  of  stock  options  granted  to  Acushnet.   The
renegotiated  agreement also provides,  among other things,  for modified future
production and purchase  requirements and for termination  rights exercisable by
Acushnet.  The Company has also recently  obtained certain  modifications of its
loan  covenants  that waive past  covenant  defaults  and are intended to better
enable the Company to satisfy such covenants in the future.

         In January 1997, the Company entered into a letter of intent to combine
with  FM  Precision  Golf   Corporation,   a  privately  held  golf  club  shaft
manufacturer based in Torrington,  Connecticut ("FM Precision"). The preliminary
terms of the combination contemplate that the stockholders of FM Precision would
acquire 65% of the  resulting  company and control the board of  directors.  The
transaction  is subject to a number of  conditions,  including the completion of
due diligence by both parties,  execution of a definitive agreement, the receipt
of an independent  fairness opinion,  the approval of the board of directors and
stockholders  of each of the  Company  and FM  Precision,  and  other  customary
conditions. None of these conditions has yet been satisfied.

         The Company was founded and is headed by Professional  Golf Association
("PGA") member and Tour professional,  Danny Edwards. Mr. Edwards is a five-time
PGA Tour winner,  three-time Collegiate All-American,  member of the 1973 United
States Walker Cup Team, and winner of the Japanese Masters.
                                       3
<PAGE>
Industry and Market Background

         Golf Grip Market. The Company's  principal business is the sale of golf
club grips. These grips are sold into the replacement market, which serves those
golfers  seeking  to  replace  grips  that  have  become  worn and  slick due to
prolonged use, as well as to OEMs, who  incorporate the Company's grips on their
newly manufactured golf clubs.

         In recent years, the Company and other grip manufacturers have begun to
educate  golfers and grip suppliers about the  performance  benefits  associated
with periodic grip  replacement.  In addition,  the availability of performance-
enhancing grip products such as those offered by the Company has  contributed to
the  growth of the  replacement  market.  The  Company  believes  its golf grips
provide golfers with a supple,  "tacky" surface that provides  enhanced feel and
control over the golf club.  The cost of regripping a standard set of golf clubs
is approximately  $70 and is relatively  modest compared to the initial purchase
price of a set of clubs.

         Acceptance  of the  Company's  products by the  replacement  market has
facilitated   its  efforts  to  market  golf  grips  to  OEMs.  Most  golf  club
manufacturers  obtain some or all of the major  components  of their golf clubs,
including  grips,  from  independent   suppliers  that  design  and  manufacture
components to the OEMs'  specifications.  The Company targets sales of its grips
to manufacturers of premium brand golf clubs who seek to improve the performance
characteristics  and the  marketability  of their clubs.  The Company works with
these  OEMs  to  create   customized  golf  grips  bearing  the   manufacturer's
distinctive logo.

         Athletic   Headwear  Market.   The  market  for  athletic  headwear  is
characterized  by a broad range of customers,  a variety of market  niches,  and
intense competition. Companies that offer athletic headwear generally compete in
one of two  principal  markets.  Some produce  headwear  designed for mass sales
through low-priced  outlets,  such as supermarkets and retail  superstores,  and
compete  almost   exclusively  on  the  basis  of  price,   while  others  offer
high-quality  products and compete on the basis of quality,  delivery  time, and
customer  service.  Within  this  latter  market  segment,  in which the Company
competes,  there are a variety of marketing  niches,  including  retail sporting
goods stores,  which  typically  consist of regional  stores that carry athletic
headwear  bearing local team logos;  large chain  sporting  goods stores,  which
generally carry a full line of professional and collegiate athletic team caps as
well as caps  bearing the logos of various  corporations  involved in the sports
industry;  college  bookstores  and  team  sales,  in  which  athletic  headwear
manufacturers  contract  with colleges and their coaches to produce caps bearing
the school  logo,  which can then be used on the field and sold in the  school's
bookstore;  team outfitters,  which supply local teams,  such as high schools or
little league teams,  with uniforms and related  sports  equipment;  resorts and
country clubs,  which often stock caps bearing their special logos or insignias;
and businesses,  which provide custom-designed caps to employees or customers to
promote the organization.

         The Company directs its headwear sales efforts  primarily to the retail
sporting goods stores,  college bookstores and team sales, team outfitters,  and
resorts and country clubs segments,  although it also addresses the business and
chain store markets.

Products and Product Features

         Golf Grips.  Many  manufacturers  produce  grips  through a compression
molding  process  in which two grip  halves  are  molded  together.  Compression
molding leaves a noticeable  seam in the grip,  which must be removed  through a
buffing or grinding process that alters the grip surface and causes it to become
slick over time. By contrast,  with the  exception of its cord grip models,  the
Company's grips are manufactured  through an injection molding process using the
Company's proprietary rubber compound.  This proprietary compound,  when used in
conjunction  with injection  molding,  produces,  in the Company's  view, a more
durable grip.  The Company  believes  that the raw materials and the  production
techniques  used in the  manufacture  of its  grips,  as well as the  innovative
designs of its grips, have made it a leader in the golf grip market.
                                       4
<PAGE>
         The Company  currently offers a wide variety of standard and customized
grips,  including its new Slot  Wrap(TM),  Royal Wrap(TM) and Slot Wrap Cord(TM)
line of grips,  which feature a new rubber  compound,  the Sandwrap(TM) and Sand
Maximum(TM) line of grips, which are designed to provide enhanced adhesion,  and
its cord line of grips, which provide greater adhesion, particularly in very wet
or humid playing conditions,  through the addition of a cotton material embedded
in the surface of the grip. The Company also offers men's and ladies' perforated
wrap, men's oversize perforated wrap, men's and junior's smooth wrap, perforated
wrap pistol putter,  fine texture  putter,  fine texture  oversize  putter,  and
Sandmax(TM)  putter  grips.  The Company  also  manufactures  and sells  certain
specialty  grips,  including the  Arthrigrip(TM),  which is designed for golfers
suffering from arthritis.  The Company designs and produces its customized grips
primarily for OEMs,  incorporating  into each one the particular  manufacturer's
distinctive logo, color scheme, and pattern. The majority of the Company's grips
bear the Royal Grip name as part of its  program to build  brand  awareness  and
customer loyalty.

         Athletic  Headwear.  The  Company  produces  four  different  styles of
athletic headwear: authentic and casual baseball caps, golf caps and visors. The
caps and visors are  typically  made of high quality wool serge or cotton twill,
although the Company does offer fabrics such as brushed giant twill,  distressed
cotton, wool plaid, washed denim, sanded cotton, wool flannel and leather suede.
The Company utilizes fine quality  materials for other structural  components of
the headwear,  including  sweatbands,  visor boards,  and covered  buttons.  The
Company's baseball caps include the authentic model, which features a six-panel,
high crown design,  as well as casual models and officials'  caps. The golf caps
feature a five-panel design. All of the Company's caps feature a comfortable fit
and durable finish,  and are offered in both fitted and adjustable styles and in
a variety of colors and logos.

         The Company utilizes  computerized  embroidering machines to design and
create logos or insignias for its headwear.  This technology enables the Company
to meet the needs and product  specifications  of all types of  customers,  from
small clubs or teams to major national  colleges.  The Company sews,  embroiders
and  assembles  its caps and  visors at its  Oklahoma  City  facility  using raw
materials from outside vendors.

Customers

         The Company  directed its initial  sales  efforts on behalf of its golf
grips to the golf pro shops,  golf club repair shops,  and retail golf equipment
stores that service the replacement grip market. In recent years,  however,  the
Company has  increased its sales to OEMs.  The Company  provides golf club grips
used on many of Cobra's  premium golf club lines,  which  accounted for 11.7% of
the  Company's  total net sales in 1996,  and all of the grips used on Odyssey's
various mens' putter models.  The Company also supplies grips to other OEMs such
as Titleist,  Bridgestone,  Henry-Griffitts,  Mizuno, Tad Moore Golf, and is the
primary vendor for Tommy Armour Golf.

         While the Company utilizes its grip sales representatives to market its
golf-related  headwear,  a  separate  sales  force  markets  its other  headwear
products  to  schools,  sporting  goods  stores,  college  bookstores  and  team
outfitters.  The Company  currently has agreements to produce  baseball caps for
several leading college baseball teams, including Arizona State University,  the
University of Oklahoma, and the University of Notre Dame.

Sales and Marketing

         Domestic  Grip Sales.  Sales of golf grips to the domestic  replacement
market represented  34.8%,  42.9%, and 39.6% of the Company's total net sales of
grips in 1996, 1995, and 1994, respectively.  While many golf grip manufacturers
sell their products to wholesale  distributors,  who in turn sell to dealers and
other representatives,  the Company uses a single-tier  distribution strategy in
which its sales  representatives  sell grips  directly to thousands of golf club
professionals  and off-course  specialty  store  operators.  The Company's sales
force, which includes 16 independent sales  representatives and 10 Company sales
representatives,  target those domestic replacement market retailers most likely
to promote the Company's grips. They introduce the Company's  products,  explain
their characteristics and performance advantages,  and obtain feedback regarding
the market's acceptance of the Company's and its competitors' products.
                                       5
<PAGE>
         The Company's independent sales  representatives,  who receive training
from  the  Company's  internal  sales  and  marketing  staff,  cover  particular
geographical  regions.  These  representatives  are permitted to sell other golf
products, but may not sell competing golf grips or caps.

          Grip  sales to OEMs  accounted  for  39.5%,  29.5%,  and  30.8% of the
Company's  total  net  sales of grips in 1996,  1995,  and  1994,  respectively,
reflecting the Company's  successful  efforts to develop customer  relationships
with  several  major club  manufacturers.  Typically,  the  Company  commences a
relationship with a club manufacturer by supplying grips for one or a few of its
product lines. Once the Company has established an ongoing relationship with the
OEM, it seeks to expand the relationship to supply grips for additional  product
lines.

         Domestic Headwear Sales. Sales of headwear accounted for 31.8%,  27.2%,
and 12.2% of total sales in 1996,  1995, and 1994 (the year in which the Company
acquired its Roxxi  subsidiary),  respectively.  The Company utilizes a separate
sales force of approximately 24 independent sales  representatives to market its
baseball-style  caps to college teams and bookstores and team outfitters,  while
marketing its  golf-related  headwear,  which bears each customer's  distinctive
colors and logo,  through  its grip  distributors,  who have  access to the golf
resort and country club market.  The Company  targets  customers  with  national
reputations and high name  recognition in order to increase market  awareness of
its products.

         International  Sales. The Company's  international sales, which consist
primarily  of sales of  grips,  accounted  for  20.8%,  22.2%,  and 26.0% of the
Company's total net sales during 1996, 1995, and 1994,  respectively.  In recent
years the  Company's  headwear  sales have  increased as a  percentage  of total
sales.  The  Company  utilizes  distributors  to sell its  products  in  foreign
markets,  including the United Kingdom,  Japan,  Sweden and Canada. In May 1996,
the Company closed its office in England,  which supplied the United Kingdom and
Western  Europe  markets,  and  converted  its  operations in those markets to a
distributorship relationship.

         Precision Japan,  the exclusive  distributor of the Company's golf club
grips and athletic headwear in Japan,  accounted for 18.9%,  21.4%, and 22.3% of
the Company's total net sales during 1996, 1995, and 1994, respectively. Through
Precision Japan, the Company has established relationships with leading Japanese
OEMs, including Bridgestone, Mizuno, and Daiwa. Precision Japan also markets the
Company's golf-related headwear.

         The Company and Precision Japan have entered into a ten-year  agreement
expiring in 2001 pursuant to which the Company granted Precision Japan exclusive
distribution rights with respect to the Company's products for Japan and certain
other  Far  Eastern  countries.  Precision  Japan has the  option to renew  this
agreement for successive  five-year terms. The agreement is terminable by either
party for cause or if they fail to agree upon  pricing  terms,  or by  Precision
Japan at any time upon six  months'  notice to the  Company.  While the  Company
currently  enjoys  a  strong  relationship  with  Precision  Japan,  the loss of
Precision  Japan  as a  distributor  of  the  Company's  products  would  have a
significant adverse effect on the Company's business.

         Advertising  and Promotion.  The Company  advertises its grips in trade
publications and national golf magazines, such as Golf World, Golf Week and Golf
Product  News.  In addition,  as  point-of-purchase  selling  aids,  the Company
distributes to its customers various  promotional  items, such as caps,  visors,
grip displays,  window stickers,  and brochures.  At the grass-roots  level, the
Company's sales representatives promote its products through a nationwide series
of consumer "Demo Days" at local golf facilities. To further increase sales, the
Company  grants  promotional  incentives  to  qualified  golf  professionals  to
encourage  them to introduce and recommend the Company's  grip products to their
customers.  The Company also provides its products to PGA Tour  professionals at
no charge by supplying  the various  repair vans that  service the  professional
tours from week to week.

         The Company  promotes its headwear  products  through its various sales
forces and by  participating  in industry trade shows. The Company believes that
its best promotional  opportunities in this area come through  supplying caps to
successful  college teams,  whose use of the Company's  headwear  influences the
choice of headwear of other  potential  customers,  such as team  outfitters and
sporting goods stores.
                                       6
<PAGE>
Manufacturing

         Golf  Grips.   On  December  21,  1996,  the  Company  entered  into  a
Manufacturing  and Supply  Agreement  (the  "Acushnet  Supply  Agreement")  with
Acushnet Rubber Company,  Inc.  ("Acushnet").  On April 4, 1997, the Company and
Acushnet  renegotiated  certain aspects of their agreement.  This agreement,  as
amended, makes Acushnet the exclusive supplier of non-cord grips to the Company,
subject to the Company's  ability to use other  suppliers in the event  Acushnet
fails to meet production  requirements,  and requires that the Company  purchase
minimum  annual  volumes  (commencing  after  January 1,  1999) at fixed  prices
specified in the contract. Acushnet is obligated to provide ongoing research and
development  with  respect  to  grip  compounds,  manufacturing  processes,  and
engineering and quality control support.

         The term of the Acushnet Supply Agreement expires on December 21, 2006,
subject  to the  Company's  right  to  extend  the  agreement  for  up to  three
additional  periods of five years each. The Acushnet Supply Agreement is subject
to termination by either party upon certain material  breaches thereof or of the
Equipment  Lease  described  below.  Upon  termination  of the  Acushnet  Supply
Agreement  by the Company  arising  out of a material  breach by  Acushnet,  the
Company may at its option repurchase any grip  manufacturing  equipment owned by
Acushnet at fair market  value.  In  addition,  the  Company may  terminate  the
Acushnet  Supply  Agreement  at any time upon written  notice,  and Acushnet may
terminate the agreement upon ten months' prior written notice given on and after
June 30, 1998, and  payment  by the  terminating  party to the other  party of a
termination  fee,  which  includes the  repurchase at  prescribed  values of the
manufacturing  equipment owned by Acushnet,  an additional fee of $2,500,000 and
other fees and commitments  relating,  among other things,  to the transition of
production operations.

         In connection with the Acushnet Supply Agreement, the Company leased to
Acushnet  the  Company's  specialized   manufacturing   equipment  used  in  the
production of its non-cord grips, pursuant to a Capital Lease Agreement dated as
of December 21, 1996 (the "Equipment  Lease").  Under the Equipment  Lease,  the
Company  granted to Acushnet an option to purchase the  Company's  manufacturing
equipment.  Further,  the  Equipment  Lease  terminates on December 31, 2006, at
which time the equipment will be transferred to Acushnet at no further cost.

         The Company believes that Acushnet is a leading manufacturer of quality
precision  molded rubber  components  and that the  manufacturing  alliance with
Acushnet  will  better  enable the  Company to focus on the  development  of its
product innovation,  marketing,  and customer service and support  capabilities.
However,  Acushnet has  experienced  start-up  delays in the production of grips
which has adversely affected the Company's customer relationships and results of
operations, has impaired the Company's ability to satisfy its loan covenants and
may make it more difficult for the Company to satisfy  lending  covenants in the
future.  The recent  amendments  to the Acushnet  Supply  Agreement  provide the
Company with a credit of $400,000 against future grip purchases,  and additional
purchase  credits in the event Acushnet fails to meet  production  requirements.
These  credits  may be  reduced  depending  upon  Acushnet's  production  beyond
specified  levels or as a result of its cancellation of stock options granted to
it by the Company.  The modified agreement also alters the future production and
purchase  requirements  of the parties.  The Company has also recently  obtained
certain  modifications  of its loan covenants that waive past covenant  defaults
and are intended to better  enable the Company to satisfy such  covenants in the
future.  The Company currently uses another third party  manufacturer to produce
its cord grips.

         All of the Company's grips are designed to Company  specifications  and
are made of its  proprietary  rubber  compound.  Other than the  Company's  cord
grips,  which are  compression  molded,  the  Company's  golf grips are produced
through  an  injection  manufacturing  process  in which a viscous  compound  is
vertically injected into a seamless cavity,  producing a finished grip that does
not require buffing or grinding.

          In the ordinary course of its manufacturing  process, the Company used
various  citrus-based,  biodegradable  solvents and paints. To date, the Company
has not experienced any material environmental compliance problems.
                                       7
<PAGE>
         Athletic  Headwear.  The Company  produces  headwear  primarily  at its
Oklahoma City facility. In 1995, the Company decided to consolidate the majority
of its Tempe and Oklahoma City  facilities  capacities in  a newly-leased 30,000
square foot  facility in  Oklahoma  City.  The  resulting  move was  targeted at
reducing  overhead  and  improving  productivity.  In  July  1996,  the  Company
subleased  approximately 11,000 square feet of space at its Tempe facility after
the consolidation of headwear production.

          Upon receiving a headwear  order,  the Company works with the customer
to design an appropriate logo or insignia,  establish a color scheme, and choose
the  appropriate  fabrics.  The Company's art  department  creates a hand- drawn
version of the logo that is computerized  through the use of a digital  scanning
device. Computerized embroidering machines utilize this computer image to stitch
the logo into the appropriate panels of the cap. Company employees then hand sew
the remaining  portions of the cap,  including the bill and the sweatband.  With
each  embroidering  machine  capable of stitching logos on several caps at once,
production time for a "run" of caps averages about 30 minutes.

Product Development

         The Company  believes  that its future  growth and success  will depend
significantly  on its ability to increase  market share with its present product
lines while concurrently developing new products and product categories. In this
regard,  the Company's  sales and other  personnel  work to conceive new product
opportunities  by  creating  prototypes  and  masters  and by  working  with the
Company's  suppliers and customers to design and produce finished products.  New
grip  products are tested  through the Company's  PGA tour  representatives  and
sales force.

         The  development  of new golf club grips is influenced by the standards
and interpretations  promulgated by the United States Golf Association ("USGA").
The  Company  believes  that it must  develop  products  that  comply with those
standards even though they apply only to USGA-sanctioned competitive events.

         The Company  tests its  headwear  products to ensure that they  conform
with Company and customer  specifications relating to size and fit. In addition,
the Company  utilizes a variety of materials,  including  sanded cotton,  washed
denim,  and leather suede, in an attempt to give each hat a distinctive look and
feel, and continues to experiment with new materials.

Competition

         The Company's  principal  competitors  in the golf grip market  include
Eaton/Golf  Pride and Lamkin Corp.,  with Eaton's Golf Pride division  currently
maintaining a majority of the total golf grip market.  These companies,  as well
as  several  other grip  manufacturers  with which the  Company  competes,  have
greater financial, marketing, and other resources than the Company. In addition,
several OEMs that do not currently  manufacture  premium quality grips could, in
light  of  their  substantial   resources,   enter  into  this  market  segment.
Competition in the grip market is intense.

         The  golf  industry  is  characterized   by  widespread   imitation  of
successful  product offerings and,  consequently,  the commercial success of the
Company's  grips has spawned  several  imitation grip products.  These imitation
grips  appear  cosmetically  similar to the  Company's  grips and are  typically
priced lower, which has attracted and may continue to attract consumers and club
manufacturers.  The Company,  however, believes that such imitation grips do not
deliver the performance and durability of the Company's grips.

         The  headwear  market  is large  and also  extremely  competitive.  The
Company's  principal  competitors in the athletic headwear market include Texace
and  Imperial in the golf cap segment and  Pro-Line,  New Era, and DeLong in the
team sports and college bookstore  markets.  Each of these companies may possess
greater financial, marketing and other resources than the Company.
                                       8
<PAGE>
Proprietary Rights

         The Company relies upon patents and trademarks to establish and protect
the Company's proprietary rights in its products and technologies. The Company's
logo and the name "Royal Grip" have been  registered as trademarks in the United
States,  Japan,  and in other foreign  countries.  In addition,  the Company has
filed trademark applications relating to the names and configurations of several
of the  Company's  products  in the  United  States  and in  foreign  countries,
including  Japan.  The Company has also obtained  design  patents on some of its
grips and  applied  for  others  that are  pending.  The  Company  protects  its
proprietary rubber compound and related  technologies as trade secrets.  Despite
the  safeguards  undertaken by the Company,  there can be no assurance  that its
proprietary rights are adequately protected or that competitors will not be able
to produce golf club grips that  successfully  imitate the Company's designs and
materials without infringing the Company's proprietary rights.

         In its  headwear  business,  the Company  licenses  the  trademarks  of
several  organizations.  It also from time to time  seeks to  trademark  various
"catch-phrases"  that can be included on or used in  connection  with its sports
apparel.

Employees

         As of March 1, 1997,  the Company  employed  151 persons on a full-time
basis and 2  persons  on a part time  basis.  In  addition,  the  Company  hires
independent  consultants  and  temporary  help  from  time to time.  Some of the
Company's  employees are highly skilled and the Company's continued success will
depend in part upon its ability to retain these employees. The Company has never
had a work stoppage,  no employees are represented by a labor organization,  and
the Company considers its employee relations to be good.

Executive Officers of the Registrant

         Set forth below is information  regarding the names,  ages,  positions,
and  offices  with  the  Company  of the  executive  officers  of  the  Company.
Information  regarding  directors of the Company is set forth in Item 10 of this
Form 10-K Report.

         Danny Edwards,  45, has been Chairman of the Board and Chief  Executive
Officer since founding the Company in 1988, and served as President from 1988 to
1994. Mr. Edwards has played on the  Professional  Golf  Association  Tour since
1975 and has won five  tournaments.  Mr.  Edwards  was a  three-time  Collegiate
All-American at Oklahoma State University and a member of the 1973 United States
Walker Cup Team.  Currently,  Mr. Edwards competes annually in three to five PGA
Tour events as well as selected regional tournaments and charity events in order
to  maintain  his high  profile  in the golf  industry.  Mr.  Edwards  is also a
principal of Danny Edwards  Profile Sports  ("Profile  Sports"),  which conducts
corporate  golf schools for  executives  throughout  the country.  Mr.  Edwards'
activities  on behalf of  Profile  Sports  occupy  approximately  12 days of his
professional  time annually and afford him an opportunity to further promote the
Company's products.

         Robert  G.J.  Burg,  II, 40,  has been the  Company's  President  since
February 1995. Mr. Burg joined the Company in January 1992 as the Regional Sales
Manager  for the  Western  Sales  Region and became the  Company's  Senior  Vice
President, Marketing, Sales, and Tour Relations in January 1992, serving in that
capacity  until  February 1995. For the five years prior to joining the Company,
Mr. Burg was  self-employed  in the sporting  goods industry as a distributor of
sporting goods products, including ski and golf equipment.

         Thomas  A.  Schneider,   37,  C.P.A.,   has  been  the  Company's  Vice
President-Finance,  since  January  1996.  Prior to  joining  the  Company,  Mr.
Schneider  served for five  years as the  Controller  of  Karsten  Manufacturing
Corp.,  the maker of Ping golf  equipment.  He has also served as  Controller of
various companies in the real estate and financial services industries.
                                       9
<PAGE>
                                ITEM 2 - PROPERTY

         The  Company's   principal   executive  offices  and  customer  service
operations  are  located  in a 51,000  square  foot  leased  facility  in Tempe,
Arizona.  The Company's lease runs through November 1998. The Company  currently
subleases  approximately  11,000  square  feet of  this  facility.  The  Company
recently signed a lease for a 30,000 square foot facility in Oklahoma City which
runs through March 2001.  The Company  believes that its  facilities are in good
condition.  Aggregate  monthly  rental  payments  for the  Company's  office and
production  facilities are approximately  $26,000.  Following the outsourcing of
its grip  manufacturing  operations to Acushnet,  the Company  intends to either
sublease or negotiate a termination of the lease for the remaining  space at its
Tempe, Arizona facility and relocate to a smaller, lower cost facility.

                           ITEM 3 - LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

         The  Company is from time to time  involved in legal  proceedings  of a
character  normally incident to its business and is not currently a party to any
material  pending  legal  proceedings,  other than ordinary  routine  litigation
incidental  to its  business.  No  assurances  can be given with  respect to the
extent of any such litigation in the future.


          ITEM 4 - SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

         The Company did not submit any matter to a vote of its security holders
during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 1996.
                                       10
<PAGE>
                                     PART II

                 ITEM 5 - MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY
                   SECURITIES AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

         The Company's Common Stock has been traded on the National  Association
of Securities Dealers Automated  Quotation--National  Market System ("The Nasdaq
National  Market")  since  September  23,  1993,  under the symbol  "GRIP."  The
following  table sets forth the high and low per share sale prices of the Common
Stock  reported on The Nasdaq  National  Market for the two most  recent  fiscal
years.  The closing price of the Company's  Common Stock on The Nasdaq  National
Market on March 14,  1997,  the latest  practicable  date prior to the filing of
this Form 10-K, was $3.9375.


                                                       Range of Sale Prices
                                                       --------------------
                                                        High           Low
                                                        ----           ---
Fiscal 1996
- -----------
         First Quarter...............................  $ 8 1/2        $ 5 1/4
         Second Quarter..............................  $ 8            $ 4
         Third Quarter...............................  $ 5 5/8        $ 3 1/4
         Fourth Quarter..............................  $ 4 5/8        $ 1 3/4

Fiscal 1995
- -----------
         First Quarter...............................  $ 6 3/4        $ 4
         Second Quarter..............................  $ 5 1/2        $ 3 1/2
         Third Quarter...............................  $ 6 1/2        $ 3 1/4
         Fourth Quarter..............................  $ 6 3/8        $ 3 3/4

         As of March 15, 1997 there were approximately 133 stockholder  accounts
of record of the Common Stock. This figure does not reflect beneficial ownership
of shares held in nominee names.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

         On December 21, 1996, the Company  granted to Acushnet stock options to
purchase  250,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock. The options were granted
as partial  consideration  for  Acushnet's  entering  into the  Acushnet  Supply
Agreement.  All of the options were  immediately  vested and  exercisable on the
date of grant.  The exercise  price of 50,000 of the options is $4.00 per share,
the closing sales price of the Company's  Common Stock on the date of grant, and
the exercise  price of the  remaining  200,000  options is $5.00 per share.  All
unexercised  options  expire on  December  21,  1999,  unless  sooner  canceled.
Acushnet is entitled to cancel  166,667 of the options and receive  compensation
therefor in the form of a reduction of the Company's purchase credits for future
grip  purchases,  unless  Acushnet is then in breach of the  agreement or unless
such cancellation will not result in a positive earnings impact for the Company.
In addition,  in the event Acushnet  terminates  the agreement  (other than as a
result of a breach by the Company) all then unexercised options will be canceled
and all profits  realized or realizable by Acushnet (plus or minus the effect of
certain tax  liabilities  or tax  benefits to  Acushnet)  related to the sale of
Common Stock  acquired  upon  exercise of options must be paid to the Company as
part of  Acushnet's  termination  fee.  Exemption  from  registration  for  this
transaction was claimed  pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933,
as  amended,  regarding  transactions  by an issuer  not  involving  any  public
offering.

         On May 14,  1996,  the  Company  granted  to  EVEREN  Securities,  Inc.
("Everen"), the Company's financial consultant, stock options to purchase 30,000
shares of the Company's  Common  Stock.  Such options were granted in connection
with an engagement  agreement  between the Company and Everen  pursuant to which
Everen agreed to provide certain financial  advisory and consulting  services to
the Company. The exercise price of the options is $6.50 per share. Of the 30,000
options granted to Everen, 3,750 options were vested and exercisable on the date
of grant,  
                                       11
<PAGE>
and an additional  3,750 options were vested (and will vest) on the first day of
each  three  month  period  commencing  July 1,  1996.  All  options  will  vest
immediately  upon a change in control of the Company.  All  unexercised  options
will  expire two years  after  vesting.  Exemption  from  registration  for this
transaction was claimed  pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933,
as  amended,  regarding  transactions  by an issuer  not  involving  any  public
offering.

         On June 19,  1996,  the  Company  granted  25,000  stock  options  to a
terminated  employee  as part of a  severance  package  for such  employee.  The
exercise  price of 12,500 of the  options  was $8.50 per share and such  options
expire on July 14, 2001. The exercise price of the remaining  12,500 options was
$12.25  per share and such  options  expire on  November  23,  2001.  All 25,000
options  were  vested  and  exercisable  on the date of  grant.  Exemption  from
registration  for this  transaction was claimed  pursuant to Section 4(2) of the
Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended,  regarding  transactions  by an issuer not
involving any public offering.

         On March 24, 1996,  the Company  granted  stock  options to purchase an
aggregate of 4,500  shares of the  Company's  Common  Stock to the  non-employee
members of the Company's Board of Directors.  Such options were granted pursuant
to the  Company's  1996  Non-Employee  Director  Stock Option  Plan.  All of the
options granted to the non-employee directors were vested and exercisable on the
date of grant and the  exercise  price of the  options is $6.375 per share.  All
options granted to the  non-employee  directors expire six years after the grant
date unless sooner terminated, forfeited or surrendered. All unexercised options
will be forfeited 90 days after the holder ceases to be a member of the Board of
Directors,  except in the event of the death or disability  of the director,  in
which case such  options  will be  exercisable  for one year after the date that
such director  ceases to be a member of the Board.  Exemption from  registration
for this  transaction was claimed pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act
of 1933,  as amended,  regarding  transactions  by an issuer not  involving  any
public offering.

Factors That May Affect Market Price of Stock

         The market price of the Company's  Common Stock prevailing from time to
time may be affected by a number of factors,  including the factors set forth in
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operation-Factors  That  May  Affect  Future  Operating  Results  and  Financial
Condition"  and other factors and  conditions  mentioned  elsewhere in this Form
10-K Report. In addition, the market price and ownership of the Company's Common
Stock are subject to the following risks and uncertainties:

No Cash Dividends
- -----------------

         It is the present policy of the Company's  Board of Directors to retain
future earnings to finance the growth and development of the Company's business.
Any  future  dividends  will be at the  discretion  of the  Company's  Board  of
Directors and will depend upon the financial  condition,  capital  requirements,
earnings,  and  liquidity of the Company as well as other  factors the Company's
Board of Directors may deem relevant. Currently, the terms of the Company's loan
agreements  with its  primary  lender  prohibit  the  declaration  or payment of
dividends.

Provisions Limiting Changes in Control
- --------------------------------------

         The Company's Articles of Incorporation  authorize the Company to issue
"blank  check"  preferred  stock,  the  designation,   number,   voting  powers,
preferences,  and rights of which may be fixed or  altered  from time to time by
the Board of Directors.  Accordingly,  the Board of Directors has the authority,
without   shareholder   approval,   to  issue  preferred  stock  with  dividend,
conversion,  redemption,  liquidation,  sinking fund,  voting,  and other rights
which could  adversely  affect the voting power and rights of the holders of the
Common  Stock.  Although  the  Company has no present  intention  of issuing any
shares of its  authorized  preferred  stock,  there can be no assurance that the
Company will not do so in the future.  In addition,  the  Company's  Articles of
Incorporation   prohibit  a   substantial   stockholder   of  the  Company  from
significantly  increasing  its  interest  in the stock or assets of the  Company
without the consent of the Board of Directors  and/or a  super-majority  vote of
the  stockholders  of the  Company,  prohibit  stockholders  of the Company from
calling a special  meeting,  and require  that the Board of Directors be divided
into three classes.
                                       12
<PAGE>
These  provisions  could have the effect of deterring  unsolicited  takeovers or
delaying  or  preventing  changes  in  control  or  management  of the  Company,
including  transactions in which  stockholders might otherwise receive a premium
for their shares over then-current market prices. In addition,  these provisions
may limit the ability of stockholders to approve transactions that they may deem
to be in their best interests.

Control by Current Stockholders
- -------------------------------

         The  Company's  present  officers  and  directors  and certain of their
affiliates  beneficially own  approximately  38.5% of the outstanding  shares of
Common Stock of the Company (exclusive of options to purchase  additional shares
of Common Stock). In particular, Danny Edwards, the Company's Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer,  owns approximately 38.3% of the outstanding shares of Common
Stock. Such concentration of ownership gives the Company's officers,  directors,
and affiliates significant influence over the activities of the Company and over
all  matters  requiring  approval  of  the  stockholders,   including,   without
limitation,  electing or removing  members of the Company's  Board of Directors,
causing the Company to engage in transactions with affiliated entities,  causing
or  restricting  the sale or merger of the Company,  and changing the  Company's
dividend policy.

Possible Volatility of Stock Price
- ----------------------------------

         The Company believes that factors such as announcements of developments
related to the  Company's  business,  announcements  by  competitors,  quarterly
fluctuations in the Company's financial results, conditions in the golf grip and
athletic headwear industries,  changes in the general economy, and other factors
could cause the price of the Company's Common Stock to fluctuate  substantially.
In addition,  in recent  years the stock  market in general,  and the market for
shares of small  capitalization  stocks in particular,  have experienced extreme
price  fluctuations,  which  have  sometimes  been  unrelated  to the  operating
performance  of  affected  companies.  Such  fluctuations  could have a material
adverse effect on the market price of the Company's Common Stock.
                                       13
<PAGE>
                  ITEM 6 - SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

         The following  selected  consolidated  financial data should be read in
conjunction  with the Company's  Consolidated  Financial  Statements and related
Notes and with "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations"  included  elsewhere  herein.  The selected  consolidated
financial data presented below under the captions "Statement of Operations Data"
and  "Balance  Sheet  Data" for,  and as of the end of, each of the years in the
five-year  period  ended  December  31,  1996,  are derived  from the  Company's
consolidated  financial statements.  The consolidated financial statements as of
December 31, 1996 and 1995, and for each of the years in the  three-year  period
ended December 31, 1996, and the  independent  auditors'  reports  thereon,  are
included elsewhere herein.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   Years Ended December 31,
                                                                   ------------------------
                                                   1996         1995         1994         1993          1992
                                                   ----         ----         ----         ----          ----
                                                            (in thousands except per share data)
<S>                                                <C>         <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>    
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Net sales......................................    $ 16,121    $ 17,373      $13,643       $12,176      $ 9,250
Cost of goods sold.............................      12,325      12,307        8,251         6,357        5,110
                                                   --------    --------      -------       -------      -------
         Gross profit..........................       3,796       5,066        5,392         5,819        4,140
Selling, general and administrative expenses...       6,017       7,512        5,301         3,355        2,717
Loss on write-down and disposition of property
              and equipment....................         446         531           29             3           --
Manufacturing outsourcing and acquisition
costs..........................................       1,053         111           --            --           --
Loss on write-off of intangibles...............         684          --           --            --           --        
                                                   --------    --------      -------       -------      -------
         Income (loss) from operations.........      (4,404)     (3,088)          62         2,461        1,423
Interest expense...............................          52          63           47            94          236
Other income net...............................          10          19           95            38            3
                                                   --------    --------      -------       -------      -------
         Income (loss) before income taxes.....      (4,446)     (3,132)         110         2,405        1,190
Income taxes (benefit).........................          --        (359)          44           315           --
                                                   --------    --------      -------       -------      -------
         Net income (loss)(1)..................    $ (4,446)   $ (2,773)     $    66       $ 2,090      $ 1,190
                                                   ========    ========      =======       =======      =======
         Net income (loss)per share............    $  (1.63)   $  (1.01)     $   .02
                                                   ========    ========      =======    

Pro Forma Statement of Operations Data(2):
Income before income taxes as reported.........                                            $ 2,405      $ 1,190
Special executive compensation expense(2)......                                                 --          333
                                                                                           -------      -------
         Pro forma income before
                  income taxes (1)(2)..........                                            $ 2,405      $ 1,523
                                                                                           =======      =======
Pro forma net income(1)(2).....................                                            $ 1,443      $   914
                                                                                           =======      =======
Pro forma net income per share(3)..............                                            $   .67      $   .51
                                                                                           =======      =======

BALANCE SHEET DATA (at period end):
Current assets.................................    $  3,360    $  4,244      $ 5,402       $ 7,906      $ 1,352
Current liabilities(4).........................       2,195       1,808        1,546           628        2,555
Total assets...................................       8,495      11,644       14,522        12,810        4,563
Long-term obligations, less current portion....         679         161          257            78          161
Stockholders' equity ..........................       5,621       9,674       12,447        11,774        1,847
</TABLE>

(1)      Net income and pro forma net  income for 1992  include a  non-recurring
         expense of $200,000  consisting of a fee paid to a financial advisor to
         cancel an option to purchase  Common Stock of the Company.  This option
         was granted in 1990 in connection with the placement of the convertible
         debentures.

(2)      Prior to September 23, 1993 (the date of the Company's  initial  public
         offering), the Company elected to be treated as an S Corporation. As an
         S Corporation, the Company was not subject to federal (and some state)
                                       14
<PAGE>
         income taxes. The pro forma income from operations information has been
         computed  by  adjusting  the  Company's  income  from  operations,   as
         reported,  to eliminate for the year ended  December 31, 1992,  special
         executive  compensation expense in the form of a bonus in the amount of
         $333,000 paid to the Company's founder and Chief Executive Officer,  in
         lieu of an S Corporation  dividend,  relating to the Company's 1991 net
         income.  Pro forma net income  information  also reflects the provision
         for income taxes that would have been recorded had the Company been a C
         corporation  for all  periods,  assuming an  effective  tax rate of 40%
         (after giving effect to available net operating  loss carry forwards in
         1991).

(3)      Pro forma net income per share  includes  the weighted  average  shares
         outstanding, shares issued upon conversion of the Company's convertible
         debentures,  common stock equivalents,  and additional shares deemed to
         be  outstanding.   The  additional  shares  deemed  to  be  outstanding
         represent the number of shares (at an initial  public  offering  price)
         sufficient to fund an S Corporation  distribution  of $3,000,000  which
         was made out of the proceeds of the offering.  In calculating pro forma
         net  income  per  share,  interest  expense  and  amortization  of debt
         issuance  costs  net  of  tax  related  to  the  Company's  convertible
         debentures  totaling  $23,000 and  $99,000  have been added back to pro
         forma  net  income  for the years  ended  December  31,  1993 and 1992,
         respectively.

(4)      Includes  $1,272,000 at December 31, 1992, of principal  amount of, and
         accrued  interest on,  debentures that were converted into Common Stock
         immediately prior to the Company's initial public offering.

      ITEM 7 - MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                            AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Introduction

         For  1996,  the  Company  recorded  a  reduction  in net sales of $1.25
million and a net loss of $4.4 million.  While the Company's headwear subsidiary
experienced  a slight  increase in sales,  sales in its grip  business  declined
primarily  due to an increase in lower  priced OEM sales and a decrease in sales
to the higher margin  replacement and Japanese markets.  Due to continued losses
in the Company's headwear subsidiary, the Company wrote off intangible assets of
$684,000 in 1996.

         In December  1996,  the Company  outsourced  all of its  production  of
non-cord  grips to  Acushnet.  Although  this  arrangement  is  expected to have
positive  long-term  implications  to the  Company's  cost  structure and to its
research and development  efforts,  the Company incurred transaction and related
costs of approximately  $1.4 million in the fourth quarter of 1996 in connection
with the  transition  of its  manufacturing  operations.  Further,  Acushnet has
experienced  start-up  delays in the  production  of grips  which has  adversely
affected the Company's  customer  relationships  and results of operations,  has
impaired the Company's  ability to meet its loan  covenants and may make it more
difficult for the Company to satisfy lending covenants in the future.

         The Company and Acushnet have renegotiated  their agreement in light of
Acushnet's  production  difficulties.  In  connection  with  this  renegotiation
Acushnet  has agreed to provide  the Company  with a credit of $400,000  against
future purchases of grips with possible additional credits in the event Acushnet
does not meet  certain  production  requirements.  The  credit may be reduced if
Acushnet  exceeds  production  requirements  during the  balance of 1997 or as a
result of the  cancellation  of certain stock options  granted to Acushnet.  The
supply  agreement  has also been  amended to, among other  things,  alter future
production  and  purchase  requirements  and provide for  voluntary  termination
rights on the part of Acushnet.  The Company has also recently  obtained certain
modifications  of its loan covenants  that waive past covenant  defaults and are
intended to better enable the Company to satisfy such covenants in the future.

         In addition to entering into the Acushnet  agreement which  establishes
fixed pricing for its grips, the Company  implemented a significant cost cutting
program in 1996 which  included  closing  its  headwear  production  facility in
Tempe,  subletting  approximately  11,000  square  feet at its  Tempe  facility,
converting its United Kingdom operations to a distributorship relationship,  and
reducing its management  staffing and  compensation as well as other general and
administrative costs.
                                        15
<PAGE>
         The Company's  ability to return to  profitability  is dependent upon a
number of factors, including the ability of Acushnet to reach appropriate levels
of  production,  effective  cost  management,  particularly  with respect to its
headwear operations, growth in sales, and competitive factors.

Results of Operations

         The following table sets forth for the periods indicated the percentage
of net  sales  represented  by each  line item in the  Company's  statements  of
operations:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               Years Ended
                                                                               December 31
                                                                               -----------
                                                           1996                  1995                    1994
                                                           ----                  ----                    ----
<S>                                                       <C>                   <C>                     <C>   
Net sales.........................................        100.0%                100.0%                  100.0%
Cost of Goods Sold................................         76.5                  70.8                    60.5
                                                          -----                 -----                   ----- 
         Gross profits............................         23.5                  29.2                    39.5
Selling, general, and administrative expenses.....         37.3                  43.2                    38.9
Other operating expenses..........................         13.5                   3.8                     0.0
                                                          -----                 -----                   ----- 
         Income (loss) from operations............        (27.3)                (17.8)                    0.6
Interest expense..................................          0.3                   0.4                     0.4
Other income (expenses) net.......................          0.1                   0.1                     0.6
                                                          -----                 -----                   ----- 
         Income (loss) before income taxes........        (27.5)                (18.1)                    0.8
Income taxes (benefit)............................          0.0                  (2.1)                    0.3
                                                          -----                 -----                   ----- 
         Net income (loss)........................        (27.5)%               (16.0)%                   0.5%
                                                          =====                 =====                   ===== 
</TABLE>

 Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 1996 Versus Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 1995

         Net Sales.  Net sales for the year ended  December  31, 1996  decreased
$1.25 million, or 7.5%, to $16.1 million from $17.4 million in 1995.

         Sales of golf grips in the domestic  replacement  and Japanese  markets
decreased  by  22.7%  and  28.2%,  respectively,  compared  to 1995.  OEM  sales
increased by 15.9% compared to 1995. This increase in OEM sales is reflective of
new customer  relationships with Odyssey Golf and Tommy Armour Golf. The Company
attributes  the decrease in Japanese and  domestic  replacement  market sales to
continued  price pressure in both markets and a delay in the  introduction  of a
new line of grips featuring new designs and a new compound. As a result of these
factors,  the  percentage  of sales of golf  grips to the  domestic  replacement
market  decreased  to 34.8% of total net  sales of groups in 1996 from  42.9% in
1995, and grip sales to OEM's  increased to 39.5% of total net sales of grips in
1996 from 29.5% in 1995.

         Sales of  headwear  accounted  for  31.8% of  total  net  sales in 1996
compared to 27.2% in 1995. This increase on a percentage  basis is primarily the
result of  decreased  grip  sales and  partially  the result of an  increase  in
headwear sales in 1996 of 8.1% as compared to 1995.

         International  sales  accounted  for  20.8% of total  net  sales of the
Company in 1996, compared to 22.2% in 1995.
                                       16
<PAGE>
         Gross Profit.  Gross profit  decreased $1.3 million,  or 25.5%, to $3.8
million in 1996 from $5.1 million in 1995. As a percentage  of net sales,  gross
margin  decreased  to 23.5% in 1996 from 29.2% in the previous  year.  The major
factors  contributing  to the  decrease  in  gross  profit  were  the  increased
percentage of headwear sales (which has lower gross margins) to total sales, the
overall  decrease in grip sales which  resulted in fixed  expenses  being spread
over  fewer  units  sold and the  significant  change  in the grip  sales mix as
discussed above.  Gross profit also was affected by modifications to its pricing
policies   directed  at  maintaining   OEM  market  share  and  remaining  price
competitive in other golf grip markets.  For the first two quarters of 1996, the
Company  experienced  certain  quality  problems  and  delivery  delays  in  the
manufacturing  of headwear,  which  contributed to the decrease in gross profit.
The Company  believes it has resolved such problems  with the  consolidation  of
headwear  manufacturing  locations and changes in headwear management.  The 1995
gross profit was  negatively  impacted as a result of the start-up  costs of the
headwear  production  facility  in Tempe,  changes in sales mix to lower  margin
grips, and inventory write-offs and reserves of approximately $588,000.

         The Company expects that gross margins will improve in 1997 as a result
of improved  efficiencies in the  manufacturing  process related to the headwear
business and the  manufacturing  and supply  agreement (as amended)  between the
Company and Acushnet Rubber Company.

         Selling,  General and  Administrative  Expenses.  Selling,  general and
administrative  expenses  decreased to $6.0 million in 1996, or 20.0%, from $7.5
million  in 1995.  This  change  was  primarily  attributable  to  decreases  in
advertising  and  promotion of  $825,000,  commissions  of $122,000,  travel and
entertainment  of $62,000  and a  reduction  of  approximately  12  selling  and
administrative positions.

         Other  Operating  Expenses.  In  connection  with the  Acushnet  Supply
Agreement,  the Company recorded significant  transaction related expenses.  The
Company incurred  severance expenses of $304,000 and professional and consulting
fees of $246,000. In addition,  the Company expensed $359,000 related to options
granted to Acushnet  with vesting  upon date of grant and  expensed  $376,000 of
capitalized leasehold  improvements related to its corporate facilities which it
plans to vacate in the near term.  The  Company  also  accrued  $102,000 in rent
expense  related to the  termination  of its lease.  In early 1996,  the Company
wrote-off  approximately $100,000 of leasehold improvements upon the move of the
headwear  manufacturing  facilities in Oklahoma  City. In the fourth  quarter of
1996,  the Company  wrote-off  $684,000 of goodwill and covenants not to compete
related to the Roxxi operations as the Company determined that these intangibles
were not recoverable.  In 1995, the Company incurred a loss on the write-down of
property and equipment of $531,000  previously  used in connection  with various
discontinued grip models and other equipment not used in oprations.

         Income From Operations.  The Company reported a loss from operations of
$4.4 million in 1996  compared to a loss of $3.1 million in 1995.  This decrease
in operating  income is primarily  attributable  to the $1.4 million in expenses
associated with the Acushnet transaction,  the $684,000 loss on the write-off of
Roxxi intangibles,  and reduced sales of $1.3 million.  During 1995, the Company
incurred  $1.5  million of charges  related to the  writedown  of fixed  assets,
inventory and accounts receivable.

         Income  Taxes.  The  Company  did not record a tax benefit for the loss
generated in 1996 as  utilization  of such loss in future  periods is uncertain.
The Company has a net operating loss carryforward of approximately  $4.3 million
which will expire for federal  tax  purposes in 2014 and for state tax  purposes
generally in 2000. The difference  between the actual income tax benefit and the
reported benefit by applying the statutory income tax rate consists primarily of
a valuation  allowance  provided for the deferred tax assets  related to the net
operating  loss  carryforward  and other  deferred tax assets of $1.3 million at
December  31,  1996.  The Company  recorded an income tax benefit of $359,000 in
1995  resulting  from the  carryback of the loss  generated in 1995 to prior tax
years. 
                                       17
<PAGE>
 Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 1995 Versus Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 1994

         Net Sales.  Net sales for the year ended  December  31, 1995  increased
$3.7 million,  or 27.3%,  to $17.4 million from $13.6 million in 1994.  

         Sales of golf grips in the domestic  replacement  and Japanese  markets
increased by 13.6% and 13.8%, respectively, compared to 1994.  Sales of grips in
the OEM market  increased by .6% compared to 1994.  OEM sales  dollars grew at a
significantly  lower rate in 1995 despite the 28.7%  increase in OEM unit sales.
This  decrease in unit sales  prices to OEM's  reflects  the  implementation  of
volume  pricing  policies in 1995.  The Company  attributes  the increase in the
domestic replacement market largely to the introduction in 1995 of the Company's
new sand wrap line of grips.  As a result of these  factors,  the  percentage of
sales of golf grips to the  domestic  replacement  market  increased to 42.9% of
total net sales of grips in 1995 from 39.6% in 1994,  and grip sales to domestic
OEMs decreased to 29.5% of total net sales of grips in 1995 from 30.8% in 1994.

         International  sales  accounted  for  22.2% of total  net  sales of the
Company in 1995, compared to 26.0% in 1994. This decrease is partly attributable
to the increased  percentage of headwear sales to total sales,  as the Company's
international  sales  consist  largely  of sales  of  grips.  Sales of  headwear
accounted for 27.2% of total net sales in 1995  compared to 12.2% in 1994.  This
significant  increase on a percentage basis is partially the result of including
the Company's  headwear  operations in its results for a full year.  The Company
acquired  its  headwear  subsidiary,  Roxxi,  Inc.,  on April 8, 1994.  Sales of
headwear  increased  $3.1  million  in 1995  reflecting  this first full year of
operations, as well as the integration of the headwear sales into the grip sales
force.

         Gross Profit. Gross profit decreased $326,000, or 6.0%, to $5.1 million
in 1995 from $5.4 million in 1994.  As a percentage  of net sales,  gross margin
decreased to 29.2% in 1995 from 39.5% in the previous  year.  The major  factors
contributing  to the  decrease in gross  profit were the  start-up  costs of the
headwear production facility in Tempe, which resulted in inefficiencies  related
to the development and training of the labor force, the increased  percentage of
headwear  sales (which has lower gross  margins) to total  sales,  the effect of
sales of  economy  grips,  which also have lower  margins,  and the  significant
inventory  write-offs  and  reserves  referenced  above.  Gross  profit also was
effected by the new pricing policy  established for OEM golf grip customers,  as
well as other  modifications to its pricing policies directed at maintaining OEM
market share and improving sales in other golf grip markets.

         The Company determined to eliminate its  economy-priced  grips from its
product  line in the  fourth  quarter  of 1995  and  concentrate  on its  higher
performance grips. As a result, the Company recorded reserves as of December 31,
1995 of $188,000 related to its inventory of economy and other grips.

         The Company  also  recorded a $331,000  inventory  write-down  in 1995.
During the first quarter of 1995,  the Company sold certain  selected  inventory
items in a bartering  transaction to distribute its product  internationally  in
areas where it did not have a current  distribution  system.  In  exchange,  the
Company  received  trade  credit  rights to be used in the purchase of goods and
services  over a three  year  period.  No profit  was  recorded  on the  initial
transaction and the rights were to be amortized as they were utilized.  Although
a plan of  utilization  is being pursued by the Company,  no trade credit rights
had been used as of December 31, 1995.  Due to the  uncertainty as to the timing
and extent of the utilization of the trade credit rights, it was determined that
such trade credits should be fully reserved.  Any future use of the trade credit
rights  within the three year period will be  recorded as cost  reductions.  The
effect of these and other inventory charges,  which aggregated  $588,000,  was a
decrease in gross margins in 1995 of 3.4%.

         Selling,  General and  Administrative  Expenses.  Selling,  general and
administrative  expenses  increased to $7.5 million in 1995, or 41.7%, from $5.3
million in 1994.  This change was  attributable  to increases in advertising and
promotion of  $658,000,  commissions  of $243,000  and salaries of $949,000,  of
which approximately $210,000 was severance pay relating in part to a realignment
of management.
                                       18
<PAGE>
         Other Operating  Expenses.  In 1995, the Company incurred a loss on the
write-down  of property and  equipment  which had been used in  connection  with
various types of grips which have been discontinued by the Company.

         Income From Operations.  The Company had a loss from operations of $3.1
million  in  1995  compared  to  operating  income  of  $62,000  in  1994.  This
substantial  decrease in operating income is primarily  attributable to the $1.9
million  operating  loss at the Roxxi headwear  operation,  reflecting the costs
associated  with the start-up of the Tempe  operations,  and the $1.5 million of
one-time charges discussed above. Of these one-time charges, $1.1 million had no
cash impact in 1995 and will have no future impact.

         Income Taxes. The Company recorded an income tax benefit of $359,000 in
1995,  due to the loss  incurred in 1995,  compared to a provision of $44,000 in
1994 and $315,000 in 1993.  The Company  carried the net operating  loss back to
September 23, 1993.  Prior to this date,  the Company had elected to be taxed as
an S  Corporation  and,  therefore,  was not subject to federal (and some state)
income taxes.  The Company  recorded  deferred  income taxes of $195,000 at this
date  for  the  cumulative  temporary  differences.  After  the  effect  of  the
carryback,  the Company has a net operating loss  carryforward of  approximately
$2,991,000 which will expire for federal purposes in 2010 and for state purposes
generally in 2000. The difference  between the actual income tax benefit and the
reported  benefit  by  applying  the  statutory  income tax rate  consists  of a
valuation  allowance  provided  for the  deferred  tax asset  related to the net
operating  loss  carryforward  and other  deferred  tax  assets of  $776,000  at
December 31, 1995.  The Company has an income tax refund  receivable  related to
the carryback of $101,000 at December 31, 1995.

 Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 1994 Versus Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 1993.

         Net Sales.  Net sales for the year ended  December 31, 1994,  increased
$1.5 million,  or 12.0%,  to $13.6 million from $12.2 million in 1993.  Sales of
golf grips in the domestic  replacement  and OEM markets  increased by 13.0% and
7.8%,   respectively,   compared   to  1993.   These   percentages   represented
significantly  lower rates of growth than the Company has previously achieved in
those markets. Grip sales in the Japanese market declined by 26.9% from the 1993
total.  The  weak  Japanese  economy  in this  period,  which  has  historically
accounted for approximately  one-third of the Company's business, had an adverse
effect on sales in that market.

         The Company's 1994 sales figures were also  negatively  impacted by the
delayed  introduction  of the  Company's  new cord grip.  Expected to be in full
production  by the first quarter of 1994,  volume  shipments did not begin until
the second quarter of 1994, well into the latter part of what  historically  has
been the Company's strongest selling period.

         The  consolidated  sales  growth  was  attributable  to the  additional
revenue  provided by the Company's  Roxxi,  Inc.  subsidiary,  which the Company
acquired  during the second  quarter of 1994.  Roxxi's fourth quarter 1994 sales
increased 25% over sales in the third quarter.

         Gross Profit. Gross profit decreased $427,000, or 7.3%, to $5.4 million
in 1994 from $5.8 million in 1993.  As a percentage  of net sales,  gross margin
also decreased to 39.5% in 1994 from 47.8% in the previous year. This decline in
gross profits and gross margin was attributable to the Company's addition to its
product line of lower margin cap sales from its Roxxi, Inc.  subsidiary.  In the
fourth quarter of 1994, the Company began operations of its Tempe,  Arizona, cap
manufacturing facility.  Gross profits were adversely affected by low production
volume,  increased training and hiring costs, and other expenditures relating to
the  commencement of the new operations.  Gross margin also suffered as a result
of the  Company's  adoption of certain  new pricing  policies in its grip sales,
including a volume pricing policy for OEM customers in all markets.

         Selling,  General, and Administrative Expenses.  Selling,  general, and
administrative  expenses  increased to $5.3 million in 1994,  or 58%,  from $3.4
million in 1993. This change was attributable to increases in salaries and
                                       19
<PAGE>
related benefits of $1.1 million, professional fees of $370,000, and advertising
and promotion of $268,000. Of the total increase of $1.9 million,  $687,000 were
Roxxi expenses, some of which are included in the breakdown above.

         Income From Operations.  Income from operations  decreased $2.4 million
to  $62,000 in 1994 from $2.5  million in 1993.  This  substantial  decrease  in
operating results was primarily attributable to the losses incurred by the Roxxi
operation,  a significant  reduction in gross margins on sales to OEMs, and cost
increases  to  strengthen  the  Company's  selling and  marketing  programs.  In
addition,  large  one-time  expenditures  were  incurred  to move the  Company's
administrative   and  manufacturing   operations  to  a  new  facility  and  for
professional  fees  related  to  the  administration  and  settlement  of  legal
proceedings filed against the Company in 1993.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

         In recent  periods the  Company has  financed  its  operations  through
internally generated funds and borrowings.  The Company used $314,000 in cash to
fund operating  activities during 1996.  Although the Company  experienced a net
loss of $4.4 million in 1996,  the cash used from  operations  was only $314,000
primarily  due to the  non-cash  effect  from  the  write-off  of  property  and
equipment,  the  increase of  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  and  inventory
reserves,  the expensing of certain stock options granted,  and depreciation and
amortization.  In 1996, the Company  received cash proceeds of $740,000 from the
sale of certain fixed assets. In 1995, operating activities produced $566,000 in
cash.  The Company  generated cash flow from  operating  activities  although it
experienced a net loss for 1995  primarily due to the effect of the property and
equipment  and  inventory  write-offs,   which  were  primarily  non-cash,   and
depreciation and amortization.

         The Company's Equipment Lease with Acushnet will provide  approximately
$450,000 in annual payments to the Company.

         At December 31, 1996, the Company had positive  working capital of $1.2
million,  down from $2.4 million at December  31, 1995.  The decrease in working
capital is  primarily  the result of expenses  incurred  related to the Acushnet
transaction and a decrease in inventory of $339,000.

         In  February  1997,  the  Company  entered  into a new  line of  credit
facility and term loan with a commercial bank. These credit  arrangements mature
on February 10, 2000 and contain net worth,  debt  service  coverage and minimum
income   requirements   and  prohibit   dividend   payments  and  limit  capital
expenditures.  At  December  31,  1996,  the  Company  was in breach of  certain
covenants in its prior line of credit,  which breaches were waived by the lender
until the Company was able to refinance  its line of credit.  Due to  Acushnet's
start-up delays in the production of grips, the Company's ability to satisfy its
new loan covenants has been  impaired,  which has caused the Company to obtain a
waiver of any breaches of such covenants and  modification  of such covenants in
the  future.  The  inability  of the  Company to meet its current or future loan
covenants could result in an  acceleration  of its  indebtedness or restrict the
Company's access to such loans, which would impair the Company's ability to fund
its  operations  unless or until the Company  secures an  alternative  source of
funding.  There can be no assurance  that the Company would be able to secure an
alternative  source  of  funding.  See  Notes 7 and 17 to Notes to  Consolidated
Financial Statements.

Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards

         In the first quarter of 1996, the Company adopted Financial  Accounting
Standards  Board  Statement of  Financial  Accounting  Standard  (SFAS) No. 121,
Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived  Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to
Be Disposed Of, which  requires  impairment  losses to be recorded on long-lived
assets used in operations  when  indicators  of  impairment  are present and the
undiscounted  cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than
the  assets'  carry  amount.  SFAS No. 121 also  addresses  the  accounting  for
long-lived  assets that are  expected to be disposed  of. Due to the  historical
losses at Roxxi, the Company determined that the intangibles acquired as part of
the Roxxi acquisition were not recoverable and consequently  wrote-off  $684,000
during 1996.
                                       20
<PAGE>
         In 1996,  the Company  adopted  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board
Statement of Financial  Accounting Standard (SFAS) No. 123, Accounting for Stock
Based  Compensation,  which  establishes a fair value method of  accounting  for
stock-based  compensation  plans and for transactions in which an entity aquires
goods or services from  non-employees in exchange for equity  instruments.  SFAS
No. 123 encourages, but does not require, companies to record compensation costs
for stock-based employee  compensation.  The Company has recorded expenses equal
to the fair value of certain stock  options  granted to  non-employees  over the
vesting period of the related options. In 1996, the Company recorded expenses of
$394,000 pursuant to SFAS No. 123.

Backlog

         Ordinarily,  because  the  Company  fills many of its orders  within 48
hours after receipt of a purchase order, backlog is insignificant. Although many
of the Company's OEM customers provide the Company with purchase orders weeks or
months  prior to the  requested  date,  these  orders are  generally  cancelable
without penalty, as is customary in the industry.

Forward Looking Statements

         This Annual  Report on Form 10-K contains  forward-looking  statements.
Additional  written  or  oral  forward-  looking  statements  may be made by the
Company from time to time in filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission
or otherwise.  The words "believe,"  "expect,"  "anticipate," and "project," and
similar expressions identify forward-looking statements,  which speak only as of
the date the statement was made. Such forward-looking  statements are within the
meaning of that term in Section 27A of the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,
and  Section  21E of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as  amended.  Such
statements may include,  but not be limited to, projections of revenues,  income
or loss, capital expenditures,  plans for future operations,  financing needs or
plans, the impact of inflation and plans relating to products or services of the
Company,  as  well  as  assumptions  relating  to  the  foregoing.  The  Company
undertakes  no  obligation  to  publicly  update or revise  any  forward-looking
statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise.

         Forward-looking   statements  are  inherently   subject  to  risks  and
uncertainties,  some of which cannot be predicted or  quantified.  Future events
and actual results could differ materially from those set forth in, contemplated
by, or  underlying  the  forward-looking  statements.  Statements in this Annual
Report,  including the Notes to the Consolidated  Financial  Statements,  in the
Item  captioned  "Business"  and in  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations"  describe factors,  among others,
that could  contribute  to or cause such  differences.  Additional  factors that
could cause actual  results to differ  materially  from those  expressed in such
forward-looking  statements  are  set  forth  in  "Business"  and  "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of  Operations,"  in
the  Company's  Quarterly  Reports on Form 10-Q for the periods  ended March 31,
June 30, and September 30, 1996, and in the Current Reports on Form 8-K filed by
the Company in 1996, on January 6, 1997, and on February 6, 1997.
                                       21
<PAGE>
Factors That May Affect Future Operating Results and Financial Condition

         The Company's  future  operating  results and  financial  condition are
dependent on a number of factors that the Company  must  successfully  manage in
order to achieve favorable future operating results and financial condition. The
following  potential  risks and  uncertainties,  together  with those  mentioned
elsewhere  herein,  could  affect  the  Company's  future  operating  result and
financial condition.

Losses from Operations and Decline in Working Capital
- -----------------------------------------------------

         The Company's  income from  operations has decreased  significantly  in
recent  years.  The Company  attributes  these  results to a variety of factors,
including a decline in overall  grip sales and an  increase in lower  margin OEM
sales as a percentage of total grip sales, delays in the introduction of certain
new grips, expenses incurred in connection with headwear production,  a one-time
charge to earnings related to a barter transaction,  expenses incurred resulting
from fixed asset, inventory and accounts receivable write-offs, the write-off of
Roxxi intangible assets, and expenses incurred in connection with the transition
of grip manufacturing to Acushnet.  Although the Company has instituted programs
to reduce expenses,  there can be no assurance that the Company will not sustain
losses in the future.  In addition,  the Company's cash and cash equivalents and
working capital have also decreased  significantly  in recent years. The Company
finances its  expenditures,  in part,  through a $1.75 million revolving line of
credit and a $700,000 term loan. The Company's access to this line of credit and
term loan may be restricted  in the event the Company  fails to satisfy  certain
debt covenants, of which there can be no assurance.  The Company recently was in
default of certain loan covenants and obtained waivers and modifications of such
covenants to better enable the Company to satisfy such  covenants in the future.
In the  event the  Company  fails to  achieve  budgeted  levels of sales,  gross
margins,  and  expenses,   it  may  require  additional  funds  to  finance  its
operations.  There can be no  assurance  that the Company will be able to obtain
these funds on terms and conditions acceptable to the Company, if at all.

Use of Third Party Suppliers
- ----------------------------

         The Company  currently  purchases and for an indefinite  period of time
intends to purchase its entire  supply of grips from two third party  suppliers,
including  Acushnet,  and  anticipates  that all of its grips may  eventually be
supplied by Acushnet. Acushnet has experienced start-up delays in the production
of grips which has adversely affected the Company's  customer  relationships and
results of operation,  impaired the Company's ability to satisfy loan covenants,
and may make it more difficult for the Company to satisfy  lending  covenants in
the future.  Although the Company has modified its  agreement  with Acushnet and
has  obtained  modifications  and  waivers  of  certain  of its  loan  covenants
resulting  from  Acushnet's  production  difficulties,   any  further  delay  or
disruption in the supply of grips to the Company  would have a material  adverse
impact on the Company's business and may cause the Company to be in violation of
its loan  covenants.  The Company  currently has no back-up  source of supply or
other  contingency  plans in the event the Company  encounters any disruption or
termination  in the  supply of its  grips,  and any  transition  to  alternative
suppliers or the resumption of in-house manufacturing  operations by the Company
would result in  production  delays,  the loss of sales and key  customers,  and
would  materially  and adversely  affect the Company's  financial  condition and
results of operation. Although the Company believes that it has certain remedies
available to it under its  agreement  with  Acushnet  arising out of  Acushnet's
production  delays,  there can be no assurance that the Company would be able to
successfully  pursue  such  remedies  or that  such  remedies  would  adequately
compensate  the Company for any losses  incurred by it as a result of Acushnet's
delays.

Competition
- -----------

         The overall market for sports equipment and golf grips in particular is
highly  competitive.  The  principal  competitors  for the  Company's  golf grip
products  include  Eaton/Golf  Pride and Lamkin  Corp.,  with Eaton's Golf Pride
division  currently  maintaining  a majority of the total golf grip  market.  In
addition  to  its  major  golf  grip   competitors,   several  other  golf  grip
manufacturers  with whom the  Company  competes,  as well as  several  golf club
manufacturers that do not currently  manufacture  premium quality golf grips but
could enter this market segment,  have greater financial,  marketing,  and other
resources than the Company.  In addition,  the  availability of imitation,  less
                                       22
<PAGE>
costly grips  manufactured by other companies have attracted and may continue to
attract consumers and club manufacturers.

         The  athletic  headwear  industry  is  characterized  by  an  extremely
competitive and wide-open environment. Many of the Company's competitors in this
industry possess significantly greater financial, marketing, and other resources
than the Company.

Customer Concentration
- ----------------------

         The  Company's  sales of golf grips to OEMs  account for a  significant
percentage of the Company's total net sales. The Company currently provides golf
club grips used on many of Cobra's premium golf club lines,  which accounted for
11.7% of the  Company's  total net sales in 1996,  and all of the grips  used on
Odyssey's various mens' putter models.  The Company also supplies grips to other
OEMs such as Titleist, Bridgestone, Henry-Griffitts, Mizuno, Tad Moore Golf, and
is the primary vendor for Tommy Armour Golf. A substantial  decrease in sales to
any of the Company's  major OEM customers  would have a material  adverse impact
upon the Company's  business.  Further,  there can be no assurance that sales to
OEMs will continue to increase.

         Precision  Japan, the exclusive  Japanese  distributor of the Company's
golf grips and athletic  headwear,  accounted for a  substantial  portion of the
Company's  total net sales over the last three years.  The Company and Precision
Japan  have  entered  into a ten-year  agreement  expiring  in 2001 under  which
Precision Japan has been granted exclusive  distribution rights to the Company's
products for Japan and certain other Far Eastern countries.  Precision Japan may
renew this agreement for successive five-year terms. The agreement is terminable
by either  party for cause or if they fail to agree upon  pricing  terms,  or by
Precision  Japan at any time upon six months  notice to the  Company.  While the
Company  currently enjoys a good  relationship with Precision Japan, the loss of
Precision  Japan  as a  distributor  of  the  Company's  products  would  have a
significant adverse effect on the Company's business.

International Sales
- -------------------

         A large  percentage of the Company's total net sales during 1996, 1995,
and 1994 were derived from  international  sales,  which primarily  consisted of
sales of golf club grips. The Company uses  distributors to sell its products in
foreign markets,  including the United Kingdom,  Japan, Sweden and Canada. Sales
to Precision Japan, the Company's exclusive  distributor for Japan, accounts for
the substantial percentage of the Company's international sales. Precision Japan
has begun to market the Company's athletic headwear products as well,  primarily
targeting the golf market.  However,  the Japanese  economy has been  relatively
stagnant and the Company's  Japanese sales have  decreased in recent years.  The
Company  anticipates  that  international  sales will  continue to decrease.  In
addition,  the  Company's  international  business may be affected by changes in
demand   resulting  from   fluctuations  in  currency   exchange  rates,   trade
restrictions, duties, general economic conditions and other factors. The Company
seeks  to  mitigate  its  direct  exposure  to  exchange  rate  fluctuations  by
transacting most international business in United States dollars.

Development and Introduction of New Products
- --------------------------------------------

         The Company  believes  that its future  growth and success  will depend
significantly  on its  ability to  increase  its market  share with its  present
product lines while concurrently developing new products and product categories.
The Company  will be reliant to a large  extent on Acushnet  with respect to new
compounds and product  innovations.  There can be no assurance  that the Company
will be able  increase its market  share with its existing  product line or that
the Company's  alliance  with  Acushnet will result in new product  offerings or
that any new products introduced will be successful. The development of new golf
club grips is influenced by the standards and interpretations promulgated by the
United  States Golf  Association  ("USGA").  The Company  believes  that it must
develop products that comply with those standards even though they apply only to
USGA-sanctioned  competitive  events.  Although the Company believes that all of
its grips comply with USGA  standards,  there can be no  assurance  that any new
products
                                       23
<PAGE>
will receive USGA approval or that existing USGA  standards  will not be altered
in ways that adversely affect sales of the Company's products.

Seasonality; Fluctuations in Operating Results
- ----------------------------------------------

         Golf is generally  considered a warm weather  sport.  Accordingly,  the
Company has  historically  enjoyed its  strongest  sales in the first and second
quarters in  anticipation  of consumer  purchases  of golf  products  during the
second and third quarters, the principal selling season for golf equipment.  The
increased  sales  during  this  period  result  in a  corresponding  build up of
receivables.  Income from  operations is typically lower in the third and fourth
quarters  as fixed  operating  costs are spread  over a  generally  lower  sales
volume.  In order to minimize  the effect of  seasonality,  the  Company  builds
product inventories during the third and fourth quarters to allow the Company to
use its  production  resources more  effectively.  The timing of orders from OEM
customers and fluctuations in demand due to the sudden  popularity or decline in
popularity of specific golf clubs  manufactured by customers also may contribute
to quarterly or other periodic fluctuations.

Dependence on Discretionary, Consumer Spending
- ----------------------------------------------

         Sales  of  golf   equipment   historically   have  been   dependent  on
discretionary spending by consumers,  which may be adversely affected by general
economic  conditions  and the  popularity  of golf in  general.  A  decrease  in
consumer  spending  on golf  equipment  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on the
Company's business and operating results.

Protection of Proprietary Rights
- --------------------------------

         The Company has obtained design patents on some of its grips,  although
it has elected not to pursue  patents  with  respect to its  proprietary  rubber
compounds and related technologies.  The Company also seeks trademark protection
in an effort to establish and protect various  proprietary  rights.  Despite the
safeguards  undertaken  by the  Company,  there  can be no  assurance  that  its
proprietary rights are adequately protected or that competitors will not be able
to  produce  products  that  successfully  imitate  the  Company's  designs  and
materials without infringing the Company's proprietary rights.

Raw Materials
- -------------

         The primary  raw  material  used in the  Company's  proprietary  rubber
formula is ethylene propylene diene monomer ("EPDM"), a petroleum-based  product
that is subject  to price  fluctuations.  Prior to  entering  into the  Acushnet
Supply  Agreement,  the  Company  acquired  EPDM from only one  source.  Certain
additional  components used in the Company's products were available or supplied
by only one source and others were available from limited sources.  In the event
the  Company's  grip  suppliers  were to  experience  an unplanned  reduction or
interruption in raw material from the suppliers of such materials, the Company's
results of operations  would be adversely  affected  until  alternative  sources
could be established. Moreover, operating results could be adversely affected by
the receipt of defective  raw  materials  or products,  an increase in prices by
suppliers,  or the  inability to obtain  lower prices to respond to  competitive
pricing pressures.

Dependence on Chief Executive Officer
- -------------------------------------

         The  Company's  success  depends  upon the  continued  efforts of Danny
Edwards,  the  Company's  founder,   Chairman,   Chief  Executive  Officer,  and
substantial  stockholder.  Mr. Edwards'  standing in the professional golf world
has afforded the Company exceptional  opportunities to introduce its products to
both Tour and club  professionals,  an important factor that was critical to the
Company's  early success.  Similarly,  Mr. Edwards' status as a former winner of
the Japanese Masters  tournament enabled the Company to gain an introduction to,
and increase  penetration  within, the Japanese market. The loss of Mr. Edwards'
services would have a material adverse effect upon the Company's operations. The
Company currently does not have an employment agreement with Mr. Edwards.
                                       24
<PAGE>
        ITEM 8 - CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

         The  Independent  Auditors'  Reports of Ernst & Young LLP and KPMG Peat
Marwick  LLP and the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  of the  Company as of
December 31, 1996 and 1995, and for each of the years in the  three-year  period
ended December 31, 1996, follow:
                                       25
<PAGE>
                          Independent Auditors' Report



The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Royal Grip, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Royal Grip, Inc.
as of December 31, 1996 and 1995,  and the related  consolidated  statements  of
operations,  stockholders'  equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. Our
audits also included the  financial  statement  schedule  listed in the Index at
Item  14(b).  These  consolidated  financial  statements  and  schedule  are the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these  consolidated  financial  statements  and schedule based on our
audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the 1996 and 1995 consolidated  financial statements referred to
above present  fairly,  in all material  respects,  the  consolidated  financial
position of Royal Grip, Inc. at December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the consolidated
results  of its  operations  and its cash  flows for the years  then  ended,  in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.  Also, in our opinion,
the related  financial  statement  schedule,  when considered in relation to the
basic consolidated  financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly in all
material respects the information set forth therein.

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated  financial statements,  on January 1,
1996, the Company adopted Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 121,
"Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to
be Disposed Of."

                                              /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Phoenix, Arizona
February 14, 1997, 
except as to Notes 12 
and 17, as to which 
the date is April 11, 1997.

                                       26
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT



The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Royal Grip, Inc:

We  have  audited  the  accompanying   consolidated  statements  of  operations,
stockholders'  equity,  and cash  flows of Royal  Grip,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries
("Royal  Grip")  for the  year  ended  December  31,  1994.  These  consolidated
financial  statements are the  responsibility of the Company's  management.  Our
responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  these  consolidated  financial
statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those standards  require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance   about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of  material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing  the  accounting  priciples  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We beleive that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly,  in all material  respects,  the results of the  operations and the cash
flows of Royal Grip for the year ended  December 31, 1994,  in  conformity  with
generally accepted accounting principles.


                                        KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP

Phoenix, Arizona
February 24, 1995
                                       27
<PAGE>
                                Royal Grip, Inc.

                           Consolidated Balance Sheets
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                December 31
                                                                         ----------------------------
                                                                                 1996            1995
                                                                         ------------    ------------
<S>                                                                      <C>             <C>         
Assets
Current assets:
   Cash and cash equivalents                                             $     38,099    $    413,345
   Trade accounts receivable (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of
   $549,455 in 1996 and $227,070 in 1995)                                   1,593,554       1,864,012
   Income tax refund receivable                                                  --           101,139
   Inventories, net                                                         1,381,215       1,720,296
   Prepaid expenses                                                            39,628          54,252
   Current portion of net investment in lease                                 214,506            --
   Other current assets                                                        92,929          90,576
                                                                         ------------    ------------
Total current assets                                                        3,359,931       4,243,620

   Property and equipment, net                                              1,925,056       6,258,292
   Net investment in lease, less current portion                            2,907,494            --
Intangibles, net                                                              251,554       1,083,240
Other assets                                                                   51,250          58,675
                                                                         ------------    ------------
                                                                         $  8,495,285    $ 11,643,827
                                                                         ============    ============
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Current liabilities:
   Line of credit                                                        $     60,000    $       --
   Trade accounts payable                                                     829,211         900,501
   Accrued payroll and commissions                                            220,390         236,943
   Accrued expenses                                                           878,436         534,182
   Current portion of long-term debt and capital leases                       207,230         136,643
                                                                         ------------    ------------
Total current liabilities                                                   2,195,267       1,808,269

Long-term debt and capital leases, less current portion                       671,054         161,422
Other liabilities                                                               8,147            --

Commitments and contingencies

Stockholders' equity:
   Preferred stock, par value $.001 per share.  Authorized 5,000,000
         shares; none issued                                                     --              --
   Common stock, par value $.001 per share.  Authorized
         15,000,000 shares; 2,734,678 shares issued and
         outstanding in 1996 and 1995                                           2,735           2,735
   Additional paid-in capital                                              12,592,906      12,199,288
   Accumulated deficit                                                     (6,974,824)     (2,527,887)
                                                                         ------------    ------------
Total stockholders' equity                                                  5,620,817       9,674,136
                                                                         ------------    ------------
                                                                         $  8,495,285    $ 11,643,827
                                                                         ============    ============
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
                                       28
<PAGE>
                                Royal Grip, Inc.

                      Consolidated Statements of Operations
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              Year Ended December 31
                                                                    1996               1995                1994
                                                             ------------------ ------------------- ------------------
<S>                                                                 <C>                 <C>                <C>        
Net sales                                                           $16,120,617         $17,373,451        $13,643,139
Cost of goods sold                                                   12,324,745          12,307,334          8,251,258
                                                             ---------------------------------------------------------
Gross profit                                                          3,795,872           5,066,117          5,391,881
Selling, general and administrative expenses                          6,016,913           7,512,092          5,300,997
Loss on write-down and disposition of property and
   equipment                                                            446,166             530,788             28,710
Manufacturing outsourcing and acquisition costs                       1,052,900             110,754                  -
Loss on write-off of intangibles                                        684,329                   -                  -   
                                                             ---------------------------------------------------------
Income (loss) from operations                                        (4,404,436)         (3,087,517)            62,174

Other income (expense):
   Interest income                                                       11,123              25,524             83,753
   Interest expense                                                     (52,348)            (62,904)           (47,010)
   Other income (expense), net                                           (1,276)             (7,424)            10,711
                                                             ---------------------------------------------------------
Income (loss) before income tax benefit (expense)                    (4,446,937)         (3,132,321)           109,628
Income tax benefit (expense)                                                  -             359,000            (44,000)
                                                             ---------------------------------------------------------
Net income (loss)                                                   $(4,446,937)        $(2,773,321)       $    65,628
                                                             =========================================================

Net income (loss) per share                                         $     (1.63)        $     (1.01)   $           .02
                                                             =========================================================

Shares used in computation                                            2,734,678           2,734,678          2,725,229
                                                             =========================================================
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
                                       29
<PAGE>
                                Royal Grip, Inc.

                 Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              Additional       Retained            Total
                                                               Common          Paid-In         Earnings        Stockholders'
                                                                Stock          Capital         (Deficit)          Equity

<S>                                                                 <C>         <C>            <C>                  <C>        
Balances at January 1, 1994                                         $2,650      $11,591,808    $    179,806         $11,774,264
   Issuance of common stock upon purchase of
         subsidiary                                                     85          607,480               -             607,565
   Net income                                                            -                -          65,628              65,628
                                                           --------------------------------------------------------------------
Balances at December 31, 1994                                        2,735       12,199,288         245,434          12,447,457
   Net loss                                                              -                -      (2,773,321)         (2,773,321)
                                                           --------------------------------------------------------------------
Balances at December 31, 1995                                        2,735       12,199,288      (2,527,887)          9,674,136
   Issuance of stock options to nonemployees                             -          393,618               -             393,618
   Net loss                                                              -                -      (4,446,937)         (4,446,937)
                                                           --------------------------------------------------------------------
Balances at December 31, 1996                                       $2,735      $12,592,906    $ (6,974,824)        $ 5,620,817
                                                           ====================================================================
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
                                       30
<PAGE>
                                Royal Grip, Inc.

                      Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  Years Ended December 31

                                                                            1996            1995            1994
                                                                      ---------------- --------------- ---------------
<S>                                                                       <C>              <C>            <C>         
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income (loss)                                                         $ (4,446,937)    $(2,773,321)   $     65,628
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by
   (used in) operating activities:
   Depreciation and amortization                                             1,652,981       1,948,196       1,577,890
   Allowance for doubtful accounts                                             322,385          83,010          54,417
   Loss on write-down and disposition of property and
            equipment                                                          446,166         530,788          28,710
   Loss on write-off of intangibles                                            684,329               -               -
   Inventory write-down and reserves                                           117,827         588,203               -
   Issuance of stock options to nonemployees                                   393,618               -               -
   Deferred income taxes                                                             -        (272,000)        (58,000)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
   Trade accounts receivable                                                   (51,927)       (572,502)       (308,385)
   Income tax refund receivable                                                101,139         349,800        (450,939)
   Inventories                                                                 221,254        (191,713)       (900,115)
   Prepaids and other current assets                                            12,271         121,126         (99,785)
   Other assets and intangibles                                                (23,561)         37,514          99,389
   Trade accounts payable and accrued expenses                                 256,411         716,762          40,084
                                                                      ---------------- --------------- ---------------
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities                           (314,044)        565,863          48,894

Cash flows from investing activities
Purchases of property and equipment                                         (1,449,593)       (830,842)     (4,073,877)
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment                                   740,025          34,229          11,650
Payment for purchase of Roxxi, Inc., net of cash acquired                            -               -        (317,574)
                                                                      ---------------- --------------- ---------------
Net cash used in investing activities                                         (709,568)       (796,613)     (4,379,801)

Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt                                       726,309          36,155               -
Repayments on long-term debt and capital leases                               (146,090)       (105,969)       (629,878)
Increase in restricted cash                                                          -               -          40,480
Increase (decrease) in revolving line of credit                                 60,000        (480,000)        300,000
Increase in other liabilities                                                    8,147               -               -
                                                                      ---------------- --------------- ---------------
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities                            648,366        (549,814)       (289,398)
                                                                      ---------------- --------------- ---------------
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents                                     (375,246)       (780,564)     (4,620,305)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year                                 413,345       1,193,909       5,814,214
                                                                      ---------------- --------------- ---------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                                  $     38,099    $    413,345   $   1,193,909
                                                                      ================ =============== ===============
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
                                       31
<PAGE>
                                Royal Grip, Inc.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                                December 31, 1996


1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business

Royal Grip, Inc. (Company) designs and manufactures golf club grips and athletic
headwear.  The Company's  products are sold throughout the United States as well
as internationally,  largely Japan and the United Kingdom. During December 1996,
the Company outsourced the manufacturing of their golf club grips (see Note 12).

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated  financial statements include the financial statements of Royal
Grip,  Inc.  and its wholly owned  subsidiaries.  All  significant  intercompany
balances and  transactions  have been  eliminated in  consolidation.  All of the
companies operate within the sports industry;  therefore, no segment information
is provided.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the amounts reported in the financial  statements and accompanying notes.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid  investments with maturities at the date
of purchase of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of weighted average cost or market.

Intangible Assets

Intangible  assets consist of trademarks,  covenants not to compete and goodwill
primarily  arising from the  acquisition  of Roxxi,  Inc.  (Roxxi) (see note 2).
Costs incurred in securing trademark rights are amortized over a 20-year period.
As part of the acquisition of Roxxi, the Company  purchased two covenants not to
compete.  Covenants not to compete are amortized on a straight-  line basis over
the contractual lives which range from two to five years. Goodwill, representing
the excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of the net assets
of Roxxi, is
                                       32
<PAGE>
                                Royal Grip, Inc.

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

amortized  on a  straight-line  basis over the period of expected  benefit of 15
years. Due to the historical losses of Roxxi, during the fourth quarter of 1996,
the Company assessed the recoverability of Roxxi intangibles based upon expected
future undiscounted cash flows of Roxxi and other relevant information. Based on
this evaluation,  the Company determined that the recoverability of goodwill and
covenants not to compete were  impaired,  and  consequently,  recorded a loss of
$684,329 to write-off the related assets.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is stated at cost or, if acquired under capital lease, at
the lower of the present  value of minimum  lease  payments or fair value at the
inception of the lease.

Depreciation  of property and equipment is provided over estimated  useful lives
of three to twelve years on the  straight-line  method.  Equipment under capital
leases and leasehold improvements are amortized on the straight-line method over
the  shorter  of the  lease  term or the  estimated  useful  life of the  asset.
Amortization of capitalized  leases is included in depreciation and amortization
expense.

Revenue Recognition

The Company  recognizes  revenues as of the date  merchandise  is shipped to its
customers.

Income Taxes

The Company  accounts for income taxes under the asset and  liability  method of
Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards  (SFAS) No. 109,  "Accounting  for
Income Taxes."

Advertising

The Company expenses advertising as incurred.  Advertising expense for the years
ended December 31, 1996,  1995 and 1994  approximated  $621,000,  $1,446,000 and
$788,000, respectively.

Net Income (Loss) Per Share

Net income  (loss) per share is computed by  dividing  net income  (loss) by the
weighted  average  number of common shares  outstanding,  after giving effect to
dilutive stock options in 1994. Stock options were not included in 1996 and 1995
since they were antidilutive.
                                       33
<PAGE>
                                Royal Grip, Inc.

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Stock Based Compensation

The Company  grants stock options for a fixed number of shares to employees with
an  exercise  price  equal to the fair value of the shares at the date of grant.
The Company  accounts for stock option  grants to employees in  accordance  with
Accounting  Principles  Board  Opinion No. 25,  "Accounting  for Stock Issued to
Employees" (APB 25).

The Company adopted SFAS No. 123 "Accounting  for Stock Based  Compensation"  in
1996 related to stock options granted to nonemployees. Expense equal to the fair
value of the options granted to nonemployees is recorded over the vesting period
of the  related  options.  The  adoption of SFAS No. 123 did not have a material
impact on the consolidated operations of the Company.

Long-Lived Assets

         The  Company  adopted  in  1996,  SFAS  No.  121,  "Accounting  for the
Impairment of  Long-Lived  Assets and for Long- Lived Assets to be Disposed Of,"
which  requires  impairment  losses to be recorded on long-lived  assets used in
operations when indicators of impairment are present and the  undiscounted  cash
flow  estimated  to be  generated  by these  assets  are less  than the  assets'
carrying  amounts.  SFAS No. 121 also  addresses the  accounting  for long-lived
assets  that are  expected to be disposed  of. Due to the  historical  losses at
Roxxi,  the Company  determined  that the  property and  equipment  and goodwill
acquired as part of the Roxxi  acquisition  may not be  recoverable  through the
undiscounted  cash flow of the Roxxi  operation.  The Company's  estimate of the
fair value,  less selling costs, of the property and equipment  exceeded its net
carrying value,  and  accordingly,  no loss was recorded related to the property
and equipment.  However, the Company wrote-off the goodwill and covenants not to
compete related to the Roxxi acquisiton.

Basis of Presentation

The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements have been prepared on the
basis that the  Company  will  continue  as a going  concern.  The  Company  has
incurred  successive losses and, in order for the Company to continue as a going
concern, the Company must achieve profitable operations in the near term. If not
successful in achieving  profitable  operations,  the Company could be placed in
default of certain  debt  covenants  which  could  accelerate  the  maturity  of
outstanding  debt balances or restrict the Company's access to the loans. In the
event the Company fails to achieve budgeted levels of sales and expenses, it may
be required to obtain  additional funds to finance its operations.  There can be
no  assurance  that the Company  will be able to obtain these funds on terms and
conditions acceptable to the Company, if at all.

Management's  plans with  respect to  achieving  profitable  operations  include
outsourcing  its golf  club  grip  manufacturing  during  1997  (see Note 12) to
Acushnet Rubber Company,  Inc.  (Acushnet) in order to decrease and fix its grip
manufacturing costs.  Acushnet has experienced start-up delays in the production
of grips,  which has adversely  affected the Company's  customer  relationships.
Accordingly,  the  Company is  experiencing  losses in early 1997  greater  than
anticipated.  The Company has entered into an agreement  with  Acushnet  whereby
Acushnet  will  reimburse the Company for amounts  which  approximate  the gross
margin on sales lost as a result of failure to produce sufficient quantities.
                                       34
<PAGE>
                                Royal Grip, Inc.

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

The  Company's  plans  also  include  cost  reductions,   improving   purchasing
arrangements,   new  product   introductions,   and  changes  to  the   headwear
manufacturing  process.  Management  has also  developed  production,  sales and
financing  plans that call for  significant  improvements  in 1997,  including a
significant  improvement  in net income (loss).  Management  believes that these
plans,  when  coupled  with  available  credit  facilities,   and  the  improved
operations subsequent to year-end will enable the Company to continue as a going
concern at least through December 31, 1997.

2. Acquisition of Roxxi

On  April  12,  1994,  the  Company   completed  its  acquisition  of  Roxxi,  a
manufacturer  of  athletic  headwear,   located  in  Oklahoma  City,   Oklahoma.
Operations  of Roxxi  from  that date have  been  included  in the  consolidated
financial statements. The purchase price was $1,250,692,  consisting of $369,877
in cash,  issuance  of 84,678  unregistered  shares of  common  stock  valued at
$607,565,  and issuance of a note  payable with a net present  value of $273,250
for a covenant not to compete. In addition,  the Company granted an option to an
employee of Roxxi to acquire  28,226  shares of common stock at the market value
on  the  closing  date.  The  acquisition  was  accounted  for  as  a  purchase.
Accordingly,  the  purchase  price was  allocated  to the  assets  acquired  and
liabilities  assumed  based  on  their  estimated  fair  values  at the  date of
acquisition determined by management estimates, as follows:

              Cash                                        $     52,303 
              Trade accounts receivable                        304,624 
              Inventories                                      325,834 
              Prepaid expenses                                  18,723 
              Property and equipment                           418,371 
              Goodwill                                         641,311 
              Covenants not to compete                         543,250 
              Other assets                                       3,841 
              Revolving line of credit                        (180,000)
              Trade accounts payable                           (74,683)
              Accrued expenses                                (308,178)
              Long-term debt                                  (474,897)
              Other liabilities                                (19,807)
                                                          ------------ 
                                                          $  1,250,692 
                                                          ============ 
                                       35
<PAGE>
                                Royal Grip, Inc.

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


2. Acquisition of Roxxi (continued)

The following  financial  information  presents the unaudited pro forma combined
results of the  Company  for the year ended  December  31,  1994 as if the Roxxi
acquisition had occurred at the beginning of the period.


          Net sales                                           $14,259,000
          Net income                                               97,000
          Earnings per share                                          .04

The above pro forma  results  give effect to (1)  estimated  adjustments  to net
sales,  cost of  goods  sold,  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses,
including  amortization of intangibles  resulting from the acquisition,  and (2)
estimated income tax effects thereon. The pro forma information presented is for
informational purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of future earnings
or of what the  earnings  actually  would  have  been had the  combination  been
consummated at the beginning of the period.

3. Intangible Assets

Intangible assets at December 31 consist of the following:

                                                 1996               1995        
                                            ------------------------------- 
                                                                            
      Goodwill                               $         -        $   641,311 
      Covenants not to compete                         -            543,250 
      Trademarks and patents                     317,958            298,522 
                                            ------------------------------- 
                                                 317,958          1,483,083 
      Less accumulated amortization              (66,404)          (399,843)
                                            ------------------------------- 
                                             $   251,554         $1,083,240 
                                            =============================== 
      

Amortization  of  intangibles  expense of  $178,343,  $220,574  and $168,377 was
recorded  in 1996,  1995 and 1994,  respectively.  During the fourth  quarter of
1996, the Company wrote off the goodwill and covenants not to compete related to
the acquisition of Roxxi aggregating $684,329.
                                       36
<PAGE>
                                Royal Grip, Inc.

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


4. Inventories

Inventories consist of the following:


                                           1996               1995
                                 ------------------------------------

Finished goods                         $   849,769         $1,144,516
Work in process                            100,092            188,677
Raw materials                              476,354            575,306
                                 ------------------------------------
                                         1,426,215          1,908,499
Less reserves                             (45,000)          (188,203)
                                 ------------------------------------
                                        $1,381,215         $1,720,296
                                 ====================================

During the first  quarter of 1995,  the  Company  sold  certain  inventory  in a
bartering  transaction  in exchange  for trade  credit  rights to be used in the
purchase  of  goods  and  services  over a three  year  period.  No  profit  was
recognized  on the initial  transaction  and the rights were to be  amortized as
they were  utilized.  Due to the  uncertainty  as to the  timing  and  extent of
utilization  of the trade credit  rights,  management  recorded a write-down  in
expense  to cost of goods  sold of the  trade  credit  rights  of  approximately
$331,000 in 1995. No trade credit rights had been used as of December 31, 1996.

During the fourth quarter of 1995, management recorded approximately $188,000 in
expense  to cost of goods  sold to  reserve  for  certain  excess  and  obsolete
inventory.

5. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consist of the following at December 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   1996                 1995
                                                           -----------------------------------------
<S>                                                              <C>                  <C>         
Machinery and equipment                                            $  1,406,160         $  7,894,240
Furniture and fixtures and office equipment                           1,391,698            1,023,241
Transportation                                                           73,702              906,833
Leasehold improvements                                                  229,891              863,498
Embroidery tapes                                                         93,518               93,177
                                                           -----------------------------------------
                                                                      3,194,969           10,780,989
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization                      (1,269,913)          (4,522,697)
                                                           -----------------------------------------
Property and equipment, net                                        $  1,925,056         $  6,258,292
                                                           =========================================
</TABLE>
Depreciation  expense of  $1,474,638,  $1,727,622 and $1,409,513 was recorded in
1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
                                       37
<PAGE>
                                Royal Grip, Inc.

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


6. Investment in Lease

The  Company is the lessor of certain  manufacturing  equipment  under a capital
lease  agreement  expiring in December 2006,  which  transfers  ownership of the
equipment to the lessee at the end of the lease term (see Note 12).

The Company's net investment in the direct  financing lease at December 31, 1996
consists of:


Minimum lease payments receivable                              $ 4,508,385
Unearned income                                                (1,386,385)
                                                        ------------------
                                                                 3,122,000
Less current portion                                             (214,506)
                                                        ------------------
                                                                $2,907,494
                                                        ==================

At December 31, 1996, future minimum lease payments  receivable under the direct
financing lease are as follows:


1997                                                           $   450,838
1998                                                               450,838
1999                                                               450,838
2000                                                               450,838
2001                                                               450,838
Thereafter                                                       2,254,195
                                                        ------------------
                                                                $4,508,385
                                                        ==================

7. Line of Credit, Long-Term Debt and Capital Leases

At December  31,  1996,  the Company was in default of certain  covenants on its
existing  $1,200,000  line of credit which were waived by the bank.  In February
1997, the Company refinanced the outstanding balance of $760,000 through $60,000
in advances  under a new  $1,750,000  revolving  line of credit and  $700,000 of
advances  under a new $700,000 term note  agreement with a bank. The new line of
credit and term loan require payment of monthly  interest at the bank's interest
rate (prime) plus 1.75 percent. Should the Company attain certain stipulated net
income  levels as defined in the  agreement,  the interest rate shall be payable
monthly at prime plus 1.00  percent.  The term loan requires  monthly  principal
payments  of  $12,000  beginning  March  1997.  The line of credit and term loan
mature in February 2000. The $700,000 outstanding at December 31, 1996 under the
prior line of credit,  which was due to mature in 1997, and refinanced  with the
new  term  loan,  has  been  classified  as  long-term  debt  in  the  Company's
consolidated balance sheet.
                                       38
<PAGE>
                                Royal Grip, Inc.

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


7. Line of Credit, Long-Term Debt and Capital Leases (continued)

The new line of credit allows the Company to borrow an amount up to  $1,750,000,
but restricts the borrowings based on certain  receivable and inventory  levels.
As of the date of the  refinancing,  approximately  $950,000 was  available  for
borrowings  under  the  terms of its new line of  credit  based  upon  available
collateral. The line of credit and term loan are collateralized by substantially
all of the Company's assets and contain certain covenants,  the more restrictive
of which  prohibit the payment of  dividends,  limit capital  expenditures,  and
require the Company to comply with certain  financial  ratios.  The Company must
maintain a debt service coverage ratio of 1.0 to 1.0 for each quarter commencing
June 30, 1997 and 1.25 to 1.00 for each  quarter  commencing  December 31, 1997,
and  thereafter.  The  Company has a covenant to maintain a minimum net worth of
$6,300,000  at December  31,  1996,  and net worth can not decrease by more than
$300,000 for the quarter ending March 31, 1997;  increase less than $400,000 for
the quarter  ending June 30, 1997;  increase  less than $150,000 for the quarter
ending  September 30, 1996;  decrease more than $250,000 for the quarter  ending
December  31,  1997;  and  increase  less than  $300,000  for each  fiscal  year
thereafter. The Company also has net income covenants which correlate to the net
worth covenants  described  above,  and beginning in April 1997, the Company can
not have a loss in excess of  $100,000  in any one  month.  The  Company  was in
default of its net worth  covenant  at December  31, 1996 and  received a waiver
from the bank.  See Note 17 regarding the  modification  to this  covenant.  The
weighted average interest rates on short-term borrowings as of December 31, 1996
and 1995 were approximately 8.75 percent and 8.50 percent, respectively.

Long-term debt and capital leases consist of the following at December 31:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        1996              1995
                                                                                 ------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                     <C>          <C>             
Amounts payable under line of credit with a commercial bank, refinanced
   subsequent to December 31, 1996 through a term loan (see above).
                                                                                        $   700,000  $              -
Note payable to a former employee of the Company, $330,000 face value,
   discounted at a rate of 8 percent interest, payable in four annual principal
   and interest installments of $82,500, maturing April 1998.
                                                                                            155,947           225,367
Capital lease obligations, paid in full in 1996.                                                  -            50,011
Other                                                                                        22,337            22,687
                                                                                 ------------------------------------
                                                                                            878,284           298,065
Less current portion                                                                      (207,230)         (136,643)
                                                                                 ------------------------------------
                                                                                        $   671,054       $   161,422
                                                                                 ====================================
</TABLE>
                                       39
<PAGE>
                                Royal Grip, Inc.

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


7. Line of Credit, Long-Term Debt and Capital Leases (continued)

At December 31, 1996, the maturities of long-term debt are as follows:


     1997                                                     $207,230
     1998                                                      222,626
     1999                                                      149,673
     2000                                                      298,211
     2001                                                          544
                                                       ---------------
                                                              $878,284
                                                       ===============

8. Income Taxes

Income tax  expense  (benefit)  consists  of the  following  for the years ended
December 31:


                                1996             1995            1994
                          -------------------------------------------------
Current:
   Federal                $           -         $  (87,000)        $102,000
   State                  -                               -               -
                          -------------------------------------------------
                          -                        (87,000)         102,000
Deferred:
   Federal                -                       (186,000)        (68,000)
   State                  -                        (86,000)          10,000
                          -------------------------------------------------
                          -                       (272,000)        (58,000)
                          -------------------------------------------------
                          $           -          $(359,000)       $  44,000
                          =================================================

Income tax expense  (benefit) differs from amounts computed by applying the U.S.
federal  income tax rate of 35 percent to income (loss) before income taxes as a
result of the following:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1996              1995              1994
                                                       -----------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                          <C>               <C>                 <C>      
Computed "expected" tax expense (benefit)                    $ (1,556,000)     $(1,096,000)        $  38,000
Graduated surtax exemptions                                        44,000           31,000           (12,000)
State income taxes (benefit), net of federal benefit                    -          (57,000)            7,000
Increase in valuation allowance                                 1,270,000          776,000                 -
Non deductible goodwill amortization                              226,000           17,000                 -
Other, net                                                         16,000          (30,000)           11,000
                                                       -----------------------------------------------------
                                                             $          -      $  (359,000)        $  44,000
                                                       =====================================================
</TABLE>
                                       40
<PAGE>
                                Royal Grip, Inc.

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


8. Income Taxes (continued)

The tax effects of temporary  differences that give rise to significant portions
of the  deferred  tax assets and  deferred  tax  liabilities  at December 31 are
presented below:


                                               1996              1995
                                        ------------------------------------
Deferred tax assets:
   Allowance for doubtful accounts            $    220,000      $     91,000
   Inventory obsolescence reserves                  18,000            75,000
   Amortization of covenants not to compete        184,000            99,000
   Inventory cost capitalization                    14,000            20,000
   Financial advisor fee                            47,000            55,000
   Nonemployee stock options                       172,000                 -
   Alternative minimum tax credit                        -             6,000
   Other, net                                       47,000             8,000
   Net operating loss carryforwards              1,716,000         1,196,000
                                        ------------------------------------
Gross deferred tax assets                        2,418,000         1,550,000
Valuation allowance                            (2,273,000)         (776,000)
                                        ------------------------------------
Net deferred tax assets                            145,000           774,000

Deferred tax liabilities:
   Depreciation                                  (145,000)         (774,000)
                                        ------------------------------------
Total gross deferred tax liabilities             (145,000)         (774,000)
                                        ------------------------------------
Net deferred tax assets                  $               -  $              -
                                        ====================================

The valuation allowance increased $1,497,000 and $776,000 during the years ended
December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

At December  31,  1996,  the Company  had federal and state net  operating  loss
carryforwards of approximately  $4,290,000.  The federal and state net operating
loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2010 and 2000,  respectively,  if not
utilized.
                                       41
<PAGE>
                                Royal Grip, Inc.

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


9. Leases

The  Company  leases  corporate  offices,  manufacturing  facilities  and office
equipment  under  operating lease  agreements  expiring  through March 2001. The
Company is negotiating to move its corporate  facilities in 1997. Minimum annual
rental commitments under noncancelable leases are as follows:


Years ending December 31:
   1997                                            $261,558
   1998                                             245,731
   1999                                              65,472
   2000                                              65,472
   2001                                              15,000
                                         ------------------
                                                   $653,233
                                         ==================

Rental expense under operating leases totaled approximately  $312,000,  $295,000
and $328,000 for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

10. Significant Customers

Sales to the Company's exclusive Japanese distributor represented 19 percent, 21
percent and 22 percent of net sales for the years ended December 31, 1996,  1995
and 1994, respectively.  Additionally,  during 1996, 1995 and 1994, sales to one
original  equipment  manufacturer  accounted  for 12  percent,  9 percent and 12
percent of net sales, respectively.

International  sales  represented  21 percent,  22 percent and 26 percent of net
sales for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994, respectively.

11. Supplemental Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Information

During 1996,  1995,  and 1994,  the Company paid  $52,348,  $62,062 and $30,592,
respectively, for interest.

As explained in Note 2, the acquisition of Roxxi was completed, in part, via the
issuance of 84,678  unregistered shares of common stock valued at $607,565 and a
note payable with a face amount of $330,000 and a net present value of $273,250.

As explained in Note 12, the Company recorded a $3,122,000  direct finance lease
receivable as a result of the leasing of certain manufacturing equipment under a
capital lease.
                                       42
<PAGE>
                                Royal Grip, Inc.

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


12. Manufacturing and Supply Agreement

         On December 21, 1996,  the Company  entered  into a  Manufacturing  and
Supply Agreement  (Acushnet Supply  Agreement) with Acushnet.  On April 4, 1997,
the Company and Acushnet  renegotiated certain aspects of their agreement.  This
agreement,  as amended,  makes Acushnet the exclusive supplier of non-cord grips
to the Company,  subject to the Company's  ability to use other suppliers in the
event  Acushnet  fails to meet  production  requirements, and requires  that the
Company  purchase minimum annual volumes  (commencing  after January 1, 1999) at
fixed prices specified in the contract. Acushnet is obligated to provide ongoing
research  and  development   with  respect  to  grip  compounds,   manufacturing
processes, and engineering and quality control support.

         The term of the Acushnet Supply Agreement expires on December 21, 2006,
subject  to the  Company's  right  to  extend  the  agreement  for  up to  three
additional  periods of five years each. The Acushnet Supply Agreement is subject
to termination by either party upon certain material  breaches thereof or of the
equipment  lease  described  below.  Upon  termination  of the  Acushnet  Supply
Agreement  by the Company  arising  out of a material  breach by  Acushnet,  the
Company may at its option repurchase any grip  manufacturing  equipment owned by
Acushnet at fair market  value.  In  addition,  the  Company may  terminate  the
Acushnet  Supply  Agreement  at any time upon written  notice,  and Acushnet may
terminate the  agreement by providing  ten months'  prior written  notice on and
after June 30, 1998, and payment by the terminating  party to the other party of
a termination  fee, which  includes the  repurchase at prescribed  values of the
manufacturing  equipment owned by Acushnet,  an additional fee of $2,500,000 and
other fees and commitments  relating,  among other things,  to the transition of
production operations.

         In connection with the Acushnet Supply Agreement, the Company leased to
Acushnet  the  Company's  specialized   manufacturing   equipment  used  in  the
production of its non-cord grips, pursuant to a capital lease agreement dated as
of December 21, 1996 (Equipment  Lease).  Under the Equipment Lease, the Company
granted to Acushnet an option to purchase the Company's manufacturing equipment.
Further,  the Equipment Lease terminates on December 31, 2006, at which time the
equipment will be  transferred to Acushnet at no further cost. As a result,  the
Company has recorded a $3,122,000  direct finance lease receivable for the lease
of such  equipment  receivable  in monthly  installments  of  $37,570  including
interest at 7.8 percent and  maturing in December  2006 (see Note 6). No gain or
loss was recorded on the transaction.

         Acushnet has  experienced  start-up  delays in the  production of grips
which has adversely affected the Company's customer relationships and results of
operations, has impaired the Company's ability to satisfy its loan covenants and
may make it more difficult for the Company to satisfy  lending  covenants in the
future.  The recent  amendments  to the Acushnet  Supply  Agreement  provide the
Company with a credit of $400,000  against  future grip purchases and additional
purchase  credits in the event Acushnet fails to meet  production  requirements.
These  credits  may be  reduced  depending  upon  Acushnet's  production  beyond
specified  levels or as a result of its cancellation of stock options granted to
it by the Company.  The modified agreement also alters the future production and
purchase  requirements  of the parties.  

         As a result of the  Acushnet  Supply  Agreement,  the Company  incurred
certain  additional  expenses  during  the  fourth  quarter  of  1996  including
approximately  $304,000 in employee termination benefits,  largely paid prior to
December 31, 1996,  $246,000 of professional  and consulting  fees,  $478,000 in
projected lease termination and related leasehold improvement costs and $359,000
in  stock  option  costs  (see  Note  13).   Such  costs  are  included  in  the
manufacturing  outsourcing  costs  and loss on  write-down  and  disposition  of
property and equipment line items in the consolidated  statements of operations.
Approximately $440,000 of these related costs are unpaid at December 31, 1996.
                                       43
<PAGE>
                                Royal Grip, Inc.

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


13. Stock Options

The  Company  has  elected  to  follow  APB 25 and  related  Interpretations  in
accounting  for its employee  stock options  because,  as discussed  below,  the
alternative fair value accounting  provided for under SFAS No. 123,  "Accounting
for Stock-Based Compensation," requires use of option valuation models that were
not developed for use in valuing  employee stock options.  Under APB 25, because
the exercise price of the Company's employee stock options equals or exceeds the
market  price of the  underlying  stock on the date of  grant,  no  compensation
expense is recognized.

Employee Stock Options

The Company has a Stock Option Plan (Plan),  which provided for options on up to
250,000  shares of the Company's  common stock (amended to provide up to 400,000
shares  in 1994).  These  options  are  available  for  grant  under the Plan to
employees and certain  consultants of the Company.  Under the terms of the Plan,
the exercise  price of the  incentive  stock  options must equal the fair market
value per share of the common stock on the grant date or 110 percent of the fair
market  value  if the  grantee  beneficially  owns  10  percent  or  more of the
outstanding  stock of the Company.  The options vest over varying  periods up to
three years and expire in five to eight years.

The Company has a Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan (Director Option Plan)
with 24,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance thereunder. Pursuant to
the terms of the Director Option Plan, each non-employee director of the Company
receives a one-time option grant of 3,000 shares. The exercise price is equal to
the fair market value on the date of grant.  The options vest over a 3-year term
and expire in five years.

In 1996,  the Board of Directors  approved an additional  Non-Employee  Director
Stock Plan (Director Stock Plan) with 30,000 shares of common stock reserved for
issuance  thereunder.  Pursuant to the terms of the  Director  Stock Plan,  each
non-employee  director of the Company  receives options to purchase 1,500 shares
of the Company's  common stock on the third day following the day upon which the
Company  releases its earning report for the previous  fiscal year. The exercise
price granted under the Director Stock Plan will be the fair market value of the
common stock on the grant date.  The options vest upon the grant date and expire
in six years.

Pro forma information  regarding net income (loss) and earnings (loss) per share
is required by SFAS 123 which also requires that the  information  be determined
as if  the  Company  has  accounted  for  its  employee  stock  options  granted
subsequent  to December  31, 1994 under the fair value  method of SFAS 123.  The
fair value for these options was estimated at the date of
                                       44
<PAGE>
                                Royal Grip, Inc.

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


13. Stock Options (continued)

grant using a  Black-Scholes  option  pricing model with the following  weighted
average assumptions for 1996: risk-free interest rate of 5.17 percent,  dividend
yield of -0-  percent,  volatility  factor of the  expected  market price of the
Company's  common  stock of .552  and a  weighted-average  expected  life of the
options of four  years.  During  1995,  no  significant  employee  options  were
granted.

The Black-Scholes option valuation model was developed for use in estimating the
fair value of traded  options which have no vesting  restrictions  and are fully
transferable.  In addition,  option valuation models require the input of highly
subjective  assumptions  including the expected stock price volatility.  Because
the Company's stock options have  characteristics  significantly  different from
those traded options,  and because changes in the subjective  input  assumptions
can materially  affect the fair value  estimate,  in management's  opinion,  the
existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair
value of its stock options.

For purposes of pro forma  disclosures,  the estimated fair value of the options
is amortized to expense over the options vesting period. The Company's pro forma
information for the year ended December 31, 1996, follows:


Net loss, as reported                                               $4,446,937
Pro forma compensation expense for stock options:
   1996 grants                                                         294,000
                                                            ------------------
Pro forma net loss                                                  $4,740,937
                                                            ==================
Pro forma loss per share                                                 $1.73
                                                            ==================

Employee  stock options  granted in 1995 were not material to the  operations of
the Company.  Because SFAS 123 is applicable only to options granted  subsequent
to December 31, 1994,  its pro forma  effect will not be fully  reflected  until
approximately 1999.
                                       45
<PAGE>
                                Royal Grip, Inc.

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


13. Stock Options (continued)

A summary  of stock  option  activity  granted  within  the  plans  and  related
information for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               Options Outstanding
                                                           ------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                                                          Weighted
                                             Options                                                       Average
                                            Available                                Exercise          Exercise Price
                                            for Grant           Shares             Price Range
                                        -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                          <C>                <C>             <C>       <C>               <C>   
Balance at December 31, 1993                   73,500            200,500         $  8.50 - $13.48
Shares reserved                               150,000                 -
Options granted                               (70,726)            70,726         $  7.31 - $12.00
Options exercised                                   -                 -
Options canceled                                6,000             (6,000)        $ 12.00 - $12.25
                                        -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at December 31, 1994                  158,774            265,226         $  8.50 - $13.48
Shares reserved                                     -                 -
Options granted                               (18,250)            18,250         $  4.00 - $12.25
Options exercised                                   -                 -
Options canceled                              103,476           (103,476)        $  7.31 - $12.25
                                        -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at December 31, 1995                  244,000            180,000         $  4.00 - $13.48            $10.13
Shares reserved                                30,000                 -
Options granted                              (405,839)           405,839         $  2.75 - $ 6.50             $3.24
Options exercised                                   -                 -
Options canceled                              219,000           (219,000)        $  5.38 - $13.48             $9.11
                                        -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at December 31, 1996                   87,161            366,839         $  2.75 - $12.00             $3.65
                                        ===============================================================================
</TABLE>

At December 31, 1996 and 1995,  options granted within the plans for 298,006 and
145,050 shares were exercisable, respectively, with exercise prices ranging from
$2.75 to $12.00 and $5.25 to $13.48, respectively. The weighted average exercise
price of exercisable  options was approximately  $3.64 at December 31, 1996. The
weighted-average  fair value of options  granted  during the year ended December
31, 1996 was  approximately  $1.18. The weighted average  remaining  contractual
life of options  outstanding at December 31, 1996 was approximately 7 years. The
Company recorded in selling,  general and administrative  expenses approximately
$35,000 in expense for options  granted within these plans and vested during the
year ended December 31, 1996.
                                       46
<PAGE>
                                Royal Grip, Inc.

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


13. Stock Options (continued)

Other Stock Options

At December 31, 1996 and 1995, the Company has 58,000 and 33,000,  respectively,
outstanding options granted to certain former employees in connection with their
severance  packages at exercise prices ranging from $8.50 to $12.25 and expiring
between  2001 and  2004.  These  options  replaced  options  held by the  former
employees at their dates of termination. The original options were added back to
the reserved shares  available for grant under the Company's stock option plans.
The  exercise  price  granted was equal to the  exercise  price of the  original
option grant and was above the fair value of the Company's  stock at the date of
grant  of the  replacement  options,  therefore,  no  compensation  expense  was
recorded by the Company.  Options of 25,000 and 33,000 were  granted  during the
years ended  December  31, 1996 and 1995,  respectively.  The  weighted  average
exercise  price and fair value of those options  granted in 1996 were $12.25 and
$1.40,  respectively,  at the date of grant. The weighted average exercise price
and remaining contractual life of these outstanding options (100 percent vested)
at December 31, 1996 were $10.63 and 5 years, respectively.

During 1996, the Company granted to Acushnet 50,000 options at $4.00 and 200,000
options at $5.00 to purchase  common shares of the Company.  The options  vested
immediately and expire in 1999.  Approximately  $359,000 in expense was recorded
as manufacturing  outsourcing costs in the consolidated  statement of operations
for the year ended  December  31, 1996 to reflect the  immediate  vesting of the
granted  options.  The fair  value for these  options  was  estimated  using the
Black-Scholes   option  pricing  model  with  the  following   weighted  average
assumptions:  risk  free  interest  rate  5.17  percent,  dividend  yield of -0-
percent,  volatility factor of the expected market price of the Company's common
stock of .552 and a weighted  average expected life of three years. The weighted
average exercise price and fair value of these options at the date of grant were
$4.80 and $1.44, respectively. The weighted average exercise price and remaining
contractual  life of these options  outstanding  at December 31, 1996 were $4.80
and 3 years, respectively.

14. Related Party Transactions

During  1996 and 1995,  the Company  paid  approximately  $24,000  and  $53,000,
respectively,  in  management  consulting  and  other  fees  to a firm  and  its
affiliate,  having a member who is also a director of the Company.  In addition,
the Company paid $34,000 in 1994 to Danny  Edwards  Profile  Sports to hold golf
schools  for  employees  and  customers  of the  Company.  The  Company's  Chief
Executive Officer is a 50 percent owner of Danny Edwards Profile Sports.

15. Financial Instruments

Concentration of Credit Risk

The Company is subject to a concentration of credit risk as a result of sales to
its significant  customers  including its exclusive Japanese  distributor and an
original equipment manufacturer. To reduce its credit risk, the Company requires
letter  of  credit  agreements  from  its  Japanese  distributor.  The  original
equipment manufacturer purchased
                                       47
<PAGE>
                                Royal Grip, Inc.

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


finished goods throughout the year under normal terms. Bad debt losses have been
considered in establishing allowances for doubtful accounts.

Fair Values

The  carrying  amounts  reported  in  the  balance  sheets  for  cash  and  cash
equivalents,  accounts receivable, net investment in lease, accounts payable and
long-term  debt  approximates  their fair value at December 31,  1996.  The fair
values of long-term  debt are estimated  using  discounted  cash flow  analyses,
based on the Company's current incremental  borrowing rates for similar types of
borrowing arrangements.

16. Benefit Plan

During 1995,  the Company  adopted a 401(k)  Savings Plan (401(k) Plan) covering
substantially  all employees who have completed one year of service during which
an employee must work at least 1,000 hours.  Under the terms of the 401(k) Plan,
employees  may  make  voluntary   contributions   up  to  15  percent  of  their
compensation,  subject to Internal Revenue Service limitations. The Company does
not make contributions to the Plan. The Company offers, as one of the investment
mediums to the participants, common stock of the Company and has reserved 50,000
shares for issuance under the 401(k) Plan.

17. Subsequent Events

During January 1997,  the Company  entered into a letter of intent to merge with
an  unrelated  golf  club  shaft   manufacturing   company,  FM  Precision  Golf
Corporation  (FMP). The preliminary  terms  contemplate that the shareholders of
FMP will receive 65 percent of the resulting company,  on a fully diluted basis,
and will control the board of directors.  The transaction is subject to a number
of  conditions,  including  the  completion  of due  diligence by both  parties,
execution of a definitive agreement,  and approval by the board of directors and
stockholders of each company.

Should the merger occur, the use of certain tax net operating loss carryforwards
available  to the  Company  may be  limited.  There can be no  assurances  as to
whether the merger will occur or if it occurs, the ultimate terms of the merger.

At December 31, 1996 and March 31, 1997, the Company was not in compliance  with
its quarterly net income (loss), debt service,  and net worth debt covenants and
anticipated not meeting many of its quarterly and monthly covenants during 1997.
The  Company  obtained an amended  bank  agreement  which  waived the net income
(loss),  debt  service,  and net worth  covenant  defaults  and amended the debt
agreement  whereby the net income  (loss) limits have been modified to a loss of
no more than  $1,000,000  for the quarter ending March 31, 1997 and a cumulative
loss of no more than  $1,600,000  for the quarter  ending June 30, 1997, and for
each month thereafter in 1997. The agreement  amended the net worth covenants to
correlate  with the net loss  covenants  above.  The quarterly  debt service and
monthly loss limit covenants were waived by the bank for 1997. In addition,  the
interest rate was amended to the prime rate plus 3.0 percent  effective April 1,
1997, subject to change based on the operating results of the Company.
                                       48
<PAGE>
             ITEM 9 - CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS
                     ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES


   The disclosure  called for by this item has been  previously  reported in the
Company's 1995 Form 10-K Report.


                                    PART III

          ITEM 10 - DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

Information Concerning Directors

     Information concerning the names, ages, positions with the Company, and the
business experience of the Company's current directors,  each of whom has served
continuously since his first election, is set forth below:


Name              Age          Position                          Term Expires
- ----              ---          --------                          ------------
Danny Edwards     45           Chairman of the Board and             1997
                               Chief Executive Officer
Gardiner Dutton   66           Director                              1997
Barry Entous      52           Director                              1998
James W. Myers    62           Director                              1999

- -------------------------

     Danny  Edwards has been Chairman of the Board and Chief  Executive  Officer
since  founding the Company in 1988,  and served as President from 1988 to 1994.
Mr. Edwards has played on the Professional  Golf Association Tour since 1975 and
has won five tournaments.  Mr. Edwards was a three-time Collegiate  All-American
at Oklahoma  State  University and a member of the 1973 United States Walker Cup
Team. Currently,  Mr. Edwards competes annually in three to five PGA Tour events
as well as selected regional tournaments and charity events in order to maintain
his high profile in the golf industry.  Mr. Edwards is also a principal of Danny
Edwards Profile Sports ("Profile Sports"), which conducts corporate golf schools
for executives  throughout  the country.  Mr.  Edwards'  activities on behalf of
Profile Sports occupy  approximately 12 days of his  professional  time annually
and afford him an opportunity to further promote the Company's products.

     Gardiner  Dutton has served as a director of the Company since August 1995.
From 1990 to 1995, Mr. Dutton served as President and Chief Executive Officer of
Bowmar  Instruments Corp., an electronics  manufacturer.  From 1980 to 1990, Mr.
Dutton served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Inertia Dynamics, Inc.,
a manufacturer of lawn and garden equipment.  Mr. Dutton currently serves on the
board of directors of National Health Enhancement Systems,  Inc., a developer of
medical management software and call centers for the health care industry.

     Barry Entous has served as a director of the Company  since June 1989.  Mr.
Entous is a certified  public  accountant  and, since 1977, has been a principal
with  Entous & Entous,  Inc.,  an  independent  accounting  firm  that  provides
personal  accounting  services to Mr.  Edwards.  Mr.  Entous serves on the Audit
Committee of the Board of Directors.

     James W. Myers,  has served as a director of the Company  since April 1990.
Since January 1996,  Mr. Myers has served as President of Myers  Management  and
Capital Group, Inc., a management  consulting firm. From 1986 to 1995, Mr. Myers
was a principal of Myers Craig Vallone Francois, Inc., an investment banking and
management  advisory firm he founded in May 1986. Mr. Myers currently  serves on
the boards of directors of National Health  Enhancement  Systems,  Inc. and ILX,
Inc.
                                       49
<PAGE>
Information Concerning Executive Officers

     Information regarding executive officers of the Company is set forth at the
end of Part I of this Form 10-K Report.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

     Section  16(a) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as amended  (the
"Exchange Act"), requires the Company's officers and directors,  and persons who
beneficially  own more than 10% of a registered  class of the  Company's  equity
securities,  to file  reports of  ownership  and changes in  ownership  with the
Securities and Exchange  Commission  and the National  Association of Securities
Dealers Automated  Quotation  System.  Such reports are filed on Form 3, Form 4,
and Form 5 under the Exchange  Act, as  appropriate.  Officers,  directors,  and
greater than 10% beneficial  owners are required by Exchange Act  regulations to
furnish the Company with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file.

     Based  solely on its review of the copies of such forms  received  by it or
written  representations  from  certain  reporting  persons  that  no Form 5 was
required  for such person,  the Company  believes  that,  during the fiscal year
ended  December  31,  1996,  all  officers,  directors,  and  greater  than  10%
beneficial   owners   complied   with  the   applicable   Section  16(a)  filing
requirements.

                        ITEM 11 - EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     The table below sets forth information  concerning the annual and long-term
compensation  for services  rendered in all capacities to the Company during the
fiscal years ended December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994, of those persons who were,
at December 31, 1996: (i) the chief executive  officer of the Company;  and (ii)
the other  executive  officers  of the  Company  whose  annual  salary and bonus
exceeded $100,000 (the "Named Executive Officers"):

Summary of Compensation

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            Long-Term
                                                    Annual Compensation                     Compensation
                                                    -------------------                     ------------
                                                                        Other Annual          Securities
  Name and Principal                    Salary          Bonus           Compensation          Underlying
       Position            Year          ($)            ($)(1)             ($)(2)            Options(#)(3)
- --------------------      ------        -----           ------            --------           -------------

<S>                       <C>        <C>                  <C>               <C>                <C>   
Danny Edwards              1996       139,108.(4)          0                 0                   85,100
Chairman of the Board      1995         250,000            0                 0                        0
of Directors and Chief     1994         250,000            0                 0                        0
Executive Officer

Robert G.J. Burg, II       1996        154,663             0                 0                  106,066
President                  1995        150,000             0                 0                        0
                           1994        120,000             0                 0                        0
</TABLE>
- --------------

(1)       The amounts shown in this column represent bonuses granted pursuant to
          the Company's executive bonus program.

(2)       Other  annual  compensation  provided  to each of the Named  Executive
          Officers during the periods  presented,  including moving expenses and
          other perquisites, was less than 10% of the respective Named Executive
          Officer's total annual salary and bonus.

(3)       The amounts shown in this column represent  outstanding  stock options
          originally  granted  to  Messrs.  Edwards  and  Burg  pursuant  to the
          Company's Stock Option Plan that were repriced on November 15, 1996.

(4)       During a portion of 1996, Mr. Edwards voluntarily reduced his salary.
                                       50
<PAGE>
Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year

          The following table sets forth  information  concerning  stock options
granted to the Named Executive Officers by the Company in 1996:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        Potential Realizable
                                                                                                          Value at Assumed
                                     Number of                                                              Annual Rates of
                                    Securities   Percent of Total                                             Stock Price
                                    Underlying   Options Granted                                           Appreciation for
                                     Options     to Employees in    Exercise or                              Option Term
                                     Granted       Fiscal Year      Base Price      Expiration
             Name                      (#)            (%)             ($/Sh)           Date               5%          10%
         ------------                 -----       -------------       ------       ------------         ------       -----
<S>                                 <C>              <C>               <C>         <C>                  <C>          <C>  
Danny Edwards(1)..............        4,714            1.6%              2.75        11/15/2001           3,582        7,920
                                     80,386           27.8%              3.03        11/15/2001          38,585      112,540
                                     ------           -----                                              ------      -------
                                     85,100           29.4%                                              42,168      120,460
                                     ======           =====                                              ======      =======
Robert G.J. Burg, II(2).......      106,066           36.6%              2.75        11/15/2004         138,947      333,047
</TABLE>

- ---------------------

(1)       Prior to November 15, 1996, Mr. Edwards was the holder of vested stock
          options to purchase 21,000 shares of the Company's  Common Stock at an
          exercise price of $12.25 per share, and an additional 24,000 shares at
          an exercise  price of $13.48 per share.  On November 15, 1996,  all of
          Mr. Edwards'  outstanding  stock options were canceled and the Company
          reissued to Mr.  Edwards new stock options to purchase 4,714 shares of
          the  Company's  Common  Stock at an exercise  price of $2.75 per share
          (the market price of the Company's Common Stock on the date of grant),
          and an  additional  80,386  shares at an  exercise  price of $3.03 per
          share.  All of the new stock options were fully vested and exercisable
          on the date of grant.  All unexercised  options expire on November 15,
          2001.

(2)       Prior to November  15,  1996,  Mr. Burg was the holder of vested stock
          options to purchase 37,500 shares of the Company's  Common Stock at an
          exercise  price of $8.50 per share.  On November 15, 1996,  Mr. Burg's
          outstanding options were canceled and the Company reissued to Mr. Burg
          new options to purchase  106,066 shares of the Company's  Common Stock
          at an exercise  price of $2.75 per share.  All of Mr. Burg's new stock
          options were fully vested and  exercisable  on the date of grant.  All
          unexercised new stock options will expire on November 15, 2004.

Fiscal Year End Option Values

          The following table sets forth information  concerning the fiscal year
end value of unexercised options held by the Named Executive Officers. The Named
Executive Officers did not exercise any options in 1996.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     Number of Securities                Value of Unexercised
                                                    Underlying Unexercised                   In-the-Money
                                                          Options at                          Options at
                                                      Fiscal Year End(#)                 Fiscal Year End($)(1)
Name                                             Exercisable    Unexercisable      Exercisable       Unexercisable
- ----                                             -----------    -------------      -----------       -------------
<S>                                               <C>              <C>               <C>                  <C>
Danny Edwards................................       85,100           0                 0                    0
Robert G.J. Burg, II.........................      106,066           0                 0                    0
</TABLE>
- ---------------------
(1)       Options are considered to be  "in-the-money"  if the fair market value
          of the underlying securities exceeds the exercise price of the options
          on a specified  date.  No values have been  reported in these  columns
          insofar  as the  exercise  price  of all  options  held  by the  Named
          Executive  Officers was equal to or greater than the closing  price of
          the Common Stock at December 31, 1996.
                                       51
<PAGE>
Compensation of Directors

          Beginning April 1, 1996, nonemployee members of the Board of Directors
were paid $750 for attendance at, or  participation  by telephone in, regular or
special Board meetings or meetings of committees of which they are members. Such
directors  are also  reimbursed  for  reasonable  travel  expenses  incurred  in
connection  with  attendance at each Board and committee  meeting.  In addition,
nonemployee  directors are eligible to receive  annual stock option grants under
the Company's 1996 Nonemployee Director Stock Plan (the "Director Plan").

          Mr. James W. Myers, an independent  director of the Company,  was paid
$1,500 in directors' fees in 1996 for his attendance at meetings of the Board of
Directors and  committees  thereof.  In addition,  Myers  Management and Capital
Group, Inc., a management consulting firm of which Mr. Myers is a principal, was
paid $24,500 in consulting  fees by the Company during 1996. The Company granted
to Mr.  Myers stock  options to purchase  1,500 shares of the  Company's  Common
Stock in 1996 pursuant to the Director Plan. Such options have an exercise price
of $6.375 per share.

          Mr. Gardiner S. Dutton,  an independent  director of the Company,  was
paid $1,500 in  directors'  fees in 1996 for his  attendance  at meetings of the
Board of Directors and  committees  thereof.  The Company  granted to Mr. Dutton
stock  options to purchase  1,500 shares of the  Company's  Common Stock in 1996
pursuant to the Director Plan. Such options have an exercise price of $6.375 per
share.

          Mr. Barry Entous,  an  independent  director of the Company,  was paid
$1,500 in directors' fees in 1996 for his attendance at meetings of the Board of
Directors  and  committees  thereof.  The Company  granted to Mr.  Entous  stock
options to purchase 1,500 shares of the Company's  Common Stock in 1996 pursuant
to the Director Plan. Such options have an exercise price of $6.375 per share.

Employment Contracts and Termination of Employment Arrangements

          The  Company was a party to an  employment  agreement  with Mr.  Danny
Edwards that expired in August 1996.  The Company  currently  has no  employment
agreements with any employees of the Company.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

          Decisions relating to compensation of the Company's executive officers
are made by the independent members of the Board of Directors, none of whom have
any  interlocking  relationships  with the Company.  In 1996, the members of the
Board making such  determinations  were Messrs.  Barry  Entous,  James W. Myers,
Gardiner S. Dutton,  and Drew M. Brown,  who resigned from the Board in November
1996. All of these  directors are and were  independent  members of the Board of
Directors.
                                       52
<PAGE>
          ITEM 12 - SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND
                                   MANAGEMENT

          The  following   table  sets  forth  the  number  and   percentage  of
outstanding  shares of common stock,  par value $.001 per share,  of the Company
(the "Common Stock")  beneficially owned by: (i) each person who is known to the
Company to own beneficially  more than 5% of the outstanding  Common Stock; (ii)
each  director  of the  Company;  (iii) each of the  Company's  Named  Executive
Officers (as defined  above);  and (iv) all directors and executive  officers of
the Company as a group:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner                            Shares Beneficially Owned(1)     Percent Owned(1)
- ------------------------------------                            ----------------------------     ----------------
<S>                                                                  <C>                          <C>     
Danny Edwards(2)                                                       1,133,605                    33.8%   
Barry Entous(3)                                                            4,500                      *     
James W. Myers(3)                                                          4,500                      *     
Gardiner Dutton(5)                                                         3,500                      *     
Robert G.J. Burg, II(6)                                                  107,066                     3.2%   
DMB Property Ventures Limited Partnership(7)                             414,771                    12.4%   
Acushnet Rubber Company, Inc.                                            250,000(8)                  7.4%
All directors and executive officers as a group(9)                     1,276,171                    38.0%  
</TABLE>
- -----------------                                                

*        Represents less than 1% of the outstanding Common Stock.

(1)      This information  regarding beneficial ownership of the Common Stock by
         certain  beneficial owners and management of the Company is as of March
         15, 1997.  The percent  owned  calculations  are based on the number of
         shares of Common  Stock  outstanding  on March 15,  1997,  plus,  where
         appropriate,  those shares  subject to  unexercised  options  which are
         exercisable  on March  15,  1997,  or within  60 days  thereafter.  The
         persons  named in the  table,  to the  Company's  knowledge,  have sole
         voting and sole  investment  power with respect to all shares of Common
         Stock  shown  as  beneficially  owned  by them,  subject  to  community
         property laws where  applicable  and the  information  contained in the
         footnotes hereunder. Unless  otherwise indicated, the  address for each
         person  named in  this  table is c/o Royal Grip, Inc., 444 West Geneva,
         Tempe, Arizona 85282.

(2)      The total for Mr. Edwards includes 85,100 shares subject to unexercised
         options  which are  exercisable  on March 15,  1997,  or within 60 days
         thereafter.  

(3)      The totals for Messrs. Entous and Myers include 9,000 shares subject to
         unexercised  options which are exercisable on March 15, 1997, or within
         60 days thereafter.

(5)      The total for Mr. Dutton  includes  2,500 shares subject to unexercised
         options  which are  exercisable  on March 15,  1997,  or within 60 days
         thereafter.

(6)      The total for Mr. Burg includes  106,066  shares subject to unexercised
         options  which are  exercisable  on March 15,  1997,  or within 60 days
         thereafter.

(7)      DMB  Property   Ventures  Limited   Partnership,   a  Delaware  limited
         partnership ("DMB Property Ventures") is an investment management firm.
         The address of DMB Property  Ventures is 4201 North 24th Street,  Suite
         120,  Phoenix,  Arizona  85016.  Mr. Drew M. Brown,  a principal of DMB
         Property  Ventures,  was a  member  of the  Board of  Directors  of the
         Company from April 1990 until November 1996.

(8)      The  total  for  Acushnet   Rubber   Company,   Inc.,  a  Massachusetts
         corporation  ("Acushnet"),  consists of 250,000  shares of Common Stock
         subject to unexercised options which are exercisable on March 15, 1997,
         or within 60 days  thereafter.  Such  options  were  issued to Acushnet
         pursuant to the Acushnet Supply  Agreement.  The address of Acushnet is
         744 Belleville Avenue, New Bedford, Massachusetts, 02742-6916.
                                       53
<PAGE>
(9)      The total for all directors and executive  officers as a group includes
         an aggregate of 222,666 shares subject to unexercised options which are
         exercisable on March 15, 1996, or within 60 days thereafter.


            ITEM 13 - CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

         Under an agreement between the Company, DMB Property Ventures,  and Mr.
Danny  Edwards,  DMB  Property  Ventures  has been granted the right to sell its
shares of Common  Stock in  conjunction  with any sale of shares of Common Stock
held by Mr. Edwards (other than into the public market). See "Security Ownership
of Certain  Beneficial  Owners and  Management."  In  addition,  pursuant to the
agreement,  the Company agreed to use its best efforts,  so long as DMB Property
Ventures  beneficially  owns at least 10% of the Company's Common Stock, to have
the  Board  of  Directors   nominate  a  designee  of  DMB  Property   Ventures,
satisfactory to the Board,  for election to the Board of Directors.  Mr. Drew M.
Brown, a principal of DMB Property Ventures, served as a director of the Company
until  November  1996.  DMB  Property  Ventures  currently  has no  nominees  or
representatives serving on the Board of Directors of the Company.

         The Company has entered into a Manufacturing  and Supply  Agreement (as
amended) with Acushnet  Rubber  Company,  Inc.,  pursuant to which Acushnet will
supply all of the Company's  non-cord  golf grips,  and the Company and Acushnet
have entered into a Capital  Lease  Agreement  pursuant to which the Company has
leased to Acushnet the equipment owned by the Company and previously used in the
Company's in-house manufacturing operations.  See "Business - Manufacturing" and
"Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management."

                                     PART IV

   ITEM 14 - EXHIBITS, CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SCHEDULE, AND REPORTS
                                   ON FORM 8-K

         (a)      Consolidated Financial Statements.

             The following consolidated financial statements of Royal Grip, Inc.
are filed as part of this Form 10-K Report.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            Page or
                                                                                       Method of Filing
                                                                                       ----------------
<S>                                                                                       <C>
             Independent Auditors' Reports                                                 Page 26

             Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto of                        Page 28
             Royal Grip, Inc., including Consolidated Balance Sheets
             as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, and related
             Consolidated Statements of Operations, Stockholders'
             Equity, and Cash Flows for each of the years
             in the three-year period ended December 31, 1996.
</TABLE>
     (b)          Consolidated Financial Statement Schedule.

             The following consolidated financial statement schedule is filed as
a part of this Form 10-K Report.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            Page or
                                                                                       Method of Filing
                                                                                       ----------------
<S>                                                                                     <C>
             Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts                            Filed herewith
</TABLE>
                                       54
<PAGE>
                    All other  schedules have been omitted  because they are not
             applicable or the required information is shown in the consolidated
             financial statements or notes thereto.

     (c)          Exhibits.

     The following exhibits are filed as part of this Form 10-K Report.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     Exhibit                                                                           Page of
      Number                     Description                                       Method of Filing
      ------                     -----------                                       ----------------
<S>                 <C>                                                       <C>
       3.1          Articles of Incorporation of Registrant                    Incorporated by reference to
                                                                               Exhibit 3.1 of the Company's
                                                                               Form S-1 Registration Statement
                                                                               No. 33-67256 ("S-1 #33-
                                                                               67256")

       3.2          Bylaws of Registrant                                       Incorporated by reference to
                                                                               Exhibit 3.2 of S-1 #33-67256

       4.1          Form of Certificate for Common Stock                       Incorporated by reference to
                                                                               Exhibit 4.1 of S-1 #33-67256

      10.1.1        Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan                   Incorporated by reference to
                                                                               Exhibit 4.1 of the Company's
                                                                               Form S-8 Registration Statement
                                                                               No. 33-69212 ("S-8 #33-
                                                                               69212")

      10.1.2        Form of Directors Stock Option Agreement                   Incorporated by reference to
                                                                               Exhibit 4.2 of S-8 #33-69212

      10.2.1        1993 Stock Option Plan                                     Incorporated by reference to
                                                                               Exhibit 4.1 of the Company's
                                                                               Form S-8 Registration Statement
                                                                               No. 33-69222 ("S-8 #33-
                                                                               69222")

      10.2.2        Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement                   Incorporated by reference to
                                                                               Exhibit 4.3 of S-8 #33-69222

      10.2.3        Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement                Incorporated by reference to
                                                                               Exhibit 4.2 of S-8 #33-69222

       10.3         Letter Agreement between Royal Grip, DMB, Richard          Incorporated by reference to
                    Dan Edwards, Drew M. Brown, Mark N. Sklar,                 Exhibit 10.6 of S-1 #33-67256
                    Bennett Dorrance, as Trustee for the Bennett Dorrance
                    Trust, and Harold A. Poling dated August 9, 1993

       10.4         Tax Indemnification Agreement between Royal Grip,          Incorporated by reference to
                    Richard Dan Edwards, Drew M. Brown, Mark N.                Exhibit 10.7 of S-1 #33-67256
                    Sklar and Bennett Dorrance, as Trustee for the Bennett
                    Dorrance Trust, dated August 9, 1993

       10.5         Loan Agreement between Royal Grip and Biltmore             Incorporated by reference to  
                    Investors Bank in the amount of $500,000 dated July        Exhibit 10.9 of S-1  #33-67256
                    1, 1993, and Promissory Note related thereto
</TABLE>
                                       55
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                 <C>                                                        <C>
       10.6         Promissory Note between Royal Grip and Biltmore            Incorporated by reference to
                    Investors Bank in the amount of $700,000 dated July        Exhibit 10.10 of S-1 #33-67256
                    1, 1993

       10.7         Agreement between Royal Grip and Precision Japan           Incorporated by reference to
                    Ltd. dated July 12, 1991                                   Exhibit 10.11 of S-1 #33-67256

       10.8         Employment Agreement between Royal Grip and                Incorporated by reference to
                    Richard Dan Edwards dated August 9, 1993                   Exhibit 10.12 of S-1 #33-67256

       10.9         Form of Indemnity Agreement for Officers and               Incorporated by reference to
                    Directors                                                  Exhibit 10.13 of S-1 #33-67256

      10.10         Executive Compensation Plan                                Incorporated by reference to
                                                                               Exhibit 10.10 of the Company's
                                                                               1993 Form 10-K Report

      10.11         Merger Agreement by and among Royal Grip; Roxxi,           Incorporated by reference to
                    Inc., a Nevada corporation wholly-owned by Royal           Exhibit A to the Company's 
                    Grip; Roxxi, Inc., an Oklahoma corporation, and John       Current Report on Form 8-K
                    Burchfield dated as of April 8, 1994                       filed April 12, 1994

      10.12         Lease Agreement dated February 22, 1996 with HM            Incorporated by reference to
                    Real Estate L.L.C. for the Company's Oklahoma              Exhibit 10.12 of the Company's
                    City, Oklahoma facility                                    1995 Form 10-K Report.

      10.13         1996 Non-Employee Directors Stock Plan                     Incorporation by reference to
                                                                               Exhibit 10.13 of the Company's
                                                                               1995 Form 10-K Report.

      10.14         Loan Agreement with Biltmore Investors Bank in the         Incorporated by reference to
                    amount of $1.2 million, dated June 12, 1995                Exhibit 10.14 of the Company's
                                                                               1995 Form 10-K Report.

      10.15         Business Loan Agreement with Biltmore Investors            Incorporated by reference to
                    Bank, N.A. in the amount of $1.2 million, dated May        Exhibit 10.14 of the Company's
                    30, 1996                                                   Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
                                                                               for the Quarter Ended June 30,
                                                                               1996.

      10.16         Manufacturing and Supply Agreement dated December                     Filed herewith*
                    21, 1996 with Acushnet Rubber Company, Inc.

      10.17         Amendment to Manufacturing and Supply Agreement                       Filed herewith*
                    dated April 4, 1997 with Acushnet Rubber Company

      10.18         Capital Lease Agreement dated December 21, 1996                       Filed herewith
                    with Acushnet Rubber Company Inc.

      10.19         Credit and Security Agreement dated February 10,                      Filed herewith
                    1997 with Norwest Business Credit, Inc. for revolving
                    loan in the amount of $1.7 million and term loan in the
                    amount of $700,000

      10.20         First Amendement to Credit Agreement dated April                      Filed herewith
                    11, 1997 with Norwest Business Credit, Inc.
</TABLE>
                                       56
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                 <C>                                                        <C>
        16          Letter re Change in Certifying Accountant                  Incorporated by reference to the
                                                                               Company's Current Report on
                                                                               Form 8-K, filed October 22,
                                                                               1995

       23.1         Independent Auditors' Consent (Ernst & Young LLP)                     Filed herewith

       23.2         Independent Auditors' Report on Schedule and                          Filed herewith
                    Consent (KPMG Peat Marwick LLP)

       24.1         Power of Attorney for Gardiner Dutton                                 Filed herewith
 
       24.2         Power of Attorney for Barry Entous                                    Filed herewith

       24.3         Power of Attorney for James Myers                                     Filed herewith

         27         Financial Data Schedule                                               Filed herewith
</TABLE>

*     Confidential treatment sought as to portions thereof


      (d)    Reports on Form 8-K.

             The Company did not file any Current Reports on Form 8-K during the
fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996.
                                       57
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

      Pursuant  to the  requirements  of Section  13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report on Form 10-K to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, this 15th
day of April, 1997.

                                    ROYAL GRIP, INC.
                                    a Nevada corporation


                                    By:   /s/  Robert G.J. Burg, II
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                             Robert G.J. Burg, II -- President



          Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
this  report on Form 10-K has been  signed  below by the  following  persons  on
behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name and Signature                                   Title                                 Date
- ------------------                                   -----                                 ----
<S>                                                  <C>                                  <C> 
     /s/ Danny Edwards                               Chairman of the Board and             April 15, 1997
- ---------------------------------------              Chief Executive Officer       
          Danny Edwards                              (Principal Executive Officer) 
                                                     

    /s/  Robert G.J. Burg, II                        President                             April 15, 1997
- -----------------------------------------
          Robert G.J. Burg, II

    /s/  Tom Schneider                               Vice President - Finance              April 15, 1997
- -----------------------------------------            (Principal Financial and
          Tom Schneider                              Accounting Officer)     
                                                     
                  *                                  Director                              April 15, 1997
- ----------------------------------------------
          Barry Entous

                  *                                  Director                              April 15, 1997
- ----------------------------------------------
          James W. Myers

                  *                                  Director                              April 15, 1997
- ----------------------------------------------
          Gardiner Dutton

*By:/s/    Robert G.J. Burg, II
          ---------------------------
          Robert G.J. Burg, II
          Attorney-in-Fact
</TABLE>
                                       58
<PAGE>
                                                                     Schedule II

                                ROYAL GRIP, INC.


                        Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Additions          Additions
                                           Balance at         Charged to        Charged to                        Balances at
                                          Beginning of        Costs and            Other                             End of
                                             Period            Expenses          Accounts         Deductions         Period
                                        ----------------- ------------------ ----------------- ----------------- --------------
<S>                                     <C>               <C>                <C>               <C>               <C>           
Reserves and allowances deducted 
from assets to which they apply: 

Allowances for doubtful accounts:

     Year ended December 31, 1996       $         227,070 $          322,385 $          --     $          --     $      549,455
                                        ================= ================== ================= ================= ==============
     Year ended December 31, 1995       $         144,060 $           83,010 $          --     $          --     $      227,070
                                        ================= ================== ================= ================= ==============
     Year ended December 31, 1994       $         117,936 $           54,417 $          --     $          28,293 $      144,060
                                        ================= ================== ================= ================= ==============
Inventory reserves:
     Year ended December 31, 1996       $         188,203 $          117,827 $          --     $         261,030 $       45,000
                                        ================= ================== ================= ================= ==============
     Year ended December 31, 1995       $          --     $          588,203 $          --     $         400,000 $      188,203
                                        ================= ================== ================= ================= ==============
     Year ended December 31, 1994       $          --     $           --     $          --     $          --     $       --
                                        ================= ================== ================= ================= ==============
Deferred Tax Valuation Allowance:

     Year ended December 31, 1996       $         776,000 $        1,497,000 $           --    $          --     $    2,273,000
                                        ================= ================== ================= ================= ==============
     Year ended December 31, 1995       $          --     $          776,000 $          --     $          --     $      776,000
                                        ================= ================== ================= ================= ==============
     Year ended December 31, 1994       $          --     $           --     $          --     $          --     $       --
                                        ================= ================== ================= ================= ==============
</TABLE>

                                                    *Indicates that confidential
                                                    portion has been omitted and
                                                       filed separately with the
                                              Securities and Exchange Commission


                       MANUFACTURING AND SUPPLY AGREEMENT

         THIS MANUFACTURING AND SUPPLY AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made as of
the 21st day of December, 1996 (the "Effective Date") by and between ROYAL GRIP,
INC., a Nevada corporation ("Purchaser"), having its principal executive offices
at 444 West Geneva,  Tempe, Arizona 85282, and ACUSHNET RUBBER COMPANY,  INC., a
Massachusetts corporation, ("Vendor"), having its principal executive offices at
744 Belleville Avenue, New Bedford, Massachusetts 02742-6916.

                                    RECITALS

         A. Under this  Agreement  Vendor will become the exclusive  supplier of
non-cord  golf grips  ("Grips") to Purchaser  and it is intended will become the
exclusive supplier of cord grips to Purchaser.

         B. Vendor is willing to supply  Grips to  Purchaser  and  Purchaser  is
willing to purchase Grips from Vendor upon the terms and conditions  hereinafter
set forth.

         C. As of the date hereof, Purchaser and Vendor are also entering into a
capital lease  agreement (the "Lease  Agreement")  pursuant to which Vendor will
lease from Purchaser manufacturing equipment useful in producing Grips.

         D. This  Agreement  and the Lease  Agreement  have been  negotiated  by
Purchaser  and  Vendor at arm's  length  and in good  faith for the  purpose  of
achieving the parties' commercial expectations.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and mutual agreements
set  forth  herein  and in the  Lease  Agreement  and  other  good and  valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and
in reliance  upon the  representations  and  warranties  contained  herein,  the
parties agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I
                          SUPPLY AND PURCHASE OF GRIPS

1.1 Supply and Purchase of Grips.

         (a) During the term hereof,  Purchaser shall purchase Grips from Vendor
and Vendor  shall  sell  Grips to  Purchaser  in  accordance  with the terms and
conditions  contained herein.  The Grips will be resold as products of Purchaser
and will not, without Purchaser's and Vendor's written consent, bear the name of
or any logo or trademark of Vendor.

         (b) Subject to the terms  hereof,  Purchaser  hereby agrees to purchase
from Vendor 100% of its requirements of Grips during the term of this Agreement.
<PAGE>
                                                 * Confidential portion has been
                                                    omitted and filed separately
                                                             with the Commission

         (c) Subject to the terms hereof, and except as set forth in Section 6.5
hereof,  Vendor hereby  agrees to sell 100% of the Grips it produces  during the
term of this Agreement to Purchaser.

         (d) The  parties  hereby  acknowledge  and agree  that  there will be a
transition  period  during which  production of Grips will be  transferred  from
Purchaser to Vendor.  During this  period,  Purchaser  will  continue to produce
Grips.

                                   ARTICLE II
                         FORECASTS; ORDERS; AND SHIPMENT

2.1 1997  Purchase  Obligations.  Subject to Section  7.3(d)  hereof,  Purchaser
hereby  agrees to  purchase  Grips  from  Vendor in each  calendar  year of this
Agreement  at the  annualized  rate of [ * ] per year from the  beginning of the
first full month in which Vendor achieves full production. Vendor estimates that
it will achieve full  production by February 1, 1997 and commits to achieve full
production levels no later than February 15, 1997. By way of example,  if Vendor
achieves  full  production by February 1, 1997,  Purchaser  will be obligated to
purchase 11/12 x [ * ] Grips, or [ * ] Grips in 1997 (plus any Grips produced by
and purchased from Vendor in January 1997). Thereafter,  during each year of the
Agreement, Purchaser shall purchase a minimum of [ * ] Grips.

2.2 Rolling Forecasts; Firm Orders.

         (a)  Purchaser  agrees that during the term of this  Agreement it shall
provide Vendor with a rolling forecast of its purchase requirements of Grips for
each of the following three months. This forecast shall be provided on or before
the first day of the month  immediately  preceding  the first month  included in
such  forecast.  Within five (5) days from the date when  Vendor has  received a
forecast  from  Purchaser,  Vendor shall  confirm such  forecast by facsimile to
Purchaser.

         (b)  Forecasts  shall be deemed to be firm orders  with  respect to the
first month included in such rolling three month forecasts  (unless  notified in
writing  to the  contrary  at  least a month  prior  to the  first  month of the
forecast).  With  respect  to the  second  and  third  months  included  in such
forecasts,  such forecasts  shall not be considered  binding  commitments on the
part of Purchaser to order the quantity of Grips specified  therein,  but are to
be given solely for the purpose of enabling Vendor to make preliminary plans for
its manufacturing  operations during the applicable period. By way of example, a
forecast for the three months April to June of a given year shall be supplied on
or before  March 1 of such year;  the forecast for April shall be deemed to be a
firm order (unless  modified  prior to March 1). A copy of  Purchaser's  initial
forecast/firm order has been provided to Vendor.

         (c)  Reasonable  notice  will be given by  Purchaser  to  Vendor  if it
anticipates  significant  differences in its forecast and by Vendor to Purchaser
if  it  anticipates   significant  differences  in  production  capabilities  to
forecast.
                                        2
<PAGE>
                                                 * Confidential portion has been
                                                    omitted and filed separately
                                                             with the Commission

         (d) By written notice to Vendor,  Purchaser may increase the quantities
or vary scheduled  delivery  dates for Grips subject to firm orders,  and Vendor
agrees to use its reasonable  best efforts to accommodate  such changes.  Vendor
may charge  Purchaser for  incremental  costs  incurred in  connection  with any
material changes to firm orders.

2.3 Shipping and Delivery. Vendor hereby agrees as follows:

         (a) Vendor shall preserve,  package,  handle, pack and insure all Grips
so as to  protect  the  Grips  from loss or  damage,  in  conformance  with good
commercial practice, government regulations, and other applicable standards.

         (b) All Grips shall be shipped F.O.B.  Vendor's  production facility in
New Bedford, Massachusetts.  Title and risk of loss or damage to any shipment of
Grips  sold by  Vendor to  Purchaser  hereunder  shall  pass to  Purchaser  upon
delivery by Vendor to the common carrier for delivery to customers of Purchaser.

         (c) Vendor hereby  guarantees that a minimum of ninety percent (90%) of
all  shipments  of Grips to customers of Purchaser in a given month will be made
by  Vendor in the  specified  quantity  and  within  the time for such  delivery
specified  by  Purchaser  on at least two  business  days notice with respect to
Grips that are  subject to firm  orders.  Vendor  will use its  reasonable  best
efforts to provide Grips in the quantities and within the time period  requested
by Purchaser  to the extent such  quantities  vary from those  provided for in a
firm order.  In the event  Vendor fails to make any delivery of Grips within the
required time period for firm orders,  Vendor shall ship all Grips applicable to
such  order via a premium  shipping  method  and  shall pay all  shipping  costs
associated therewith.

                                   ARTICLE III
                                     PRICING

3.1 Initial Purchase Price for Grips. Purchaser and Vendor hereby agree that the
purchase price per Grip ordered by Purchaser  hereunder shall be a base price of
[ * ] per Grip for 1997 and 1998, and [ * ] thereafter,  which shall include all
applicable  shipping and packaging charges.  The parties hereby acknowledge that
the minimum volume  requirements  set forth in Section 2.1 and the initial price
provisions  set forth in this Section 3.1,  together with the terms of the Lease
Agreement,  have been negotiated  between the parties hereto at arm's length and
are integral elements of the transactions between Purchaser and Vendor.

3.2 Price Changes.

         (a)  Notwithstanding  Section 3.1 hereof,  the parties agree that:  (i)
Vendor will use its  reasonable  best  efforts to  continually  improve its Grip
manufacturing operations,  will share with Purchaser equally in all cost savings
that result in a cost of goods sold (i.e.,  the cost of raw  materials,  cost of
direct labor, and incremental overhead added due to this supply contract) below
                                        3
<PAGE>
the base price per Grip set forth in Section 3.1, in the form of  reductions  in
the base price of Grips,  and will make  available  to  Purchaser  such data and
other information as Purchaser may periodically  request to assess Vendor's cost
of goods sold,  and (ii) the purchase  price for Grips will,  pursuant to mutual
agreement not to be unreasonably withheld, be adjusted for material increases or
decreases in the prices of raw  materials  which,  in the case of raw  materials
increases, are not offset by production  efficiencies.  A material change in the
prices of raw materials shall mean an increase or decrease of 5% over a 12 month
period in overall raw material costs.

         (b) Purchaser  hereby  grants to Vendor  options to purchase its common
stock upon the terms set forth in Schedule 3.2(b)(A). In this connection, Vendor
acknowledges  that as the supplier of  Purchaser's  Grips it will have access to
Purchaser's   production   forecasts  and  other   confidential  or  proprietary
information.  Accordingly, Vendor agrees that for so long as it is a supplier of
products to Purchaser,  it will comply with  Purchaser's  insider trading policy
attached as Schedule 3.2(b)(B),  as the same may be amended from time to time by
Purchaser, together with all applicable securities and other laws, in connection
with any purchase or sale of Purchaser's options or common stock underlying such
options (collectively,  "Securities"). In addition, Vendor represents, warrants,
and agrees as follows: (i) Vendor is an "accredited investor" within the meaning
of Regulation D promulgated  under the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Act");  (ii) Vendor has such knowledge and experience in financial and business
matters that it is capable of understanding  and evaluating the merits and risks
of an acquisition of Securities,  and is financially capable of bearing the risk
of its investment in such Securities;  (iii) Vendor understands and acknowledges
that an  investment  in the  Securities  of Purchaser  involves a high degree of
risk;  (iv) Vendor has received from  Purchaser  and has carefully  reviewed and
understands  all reports filed by the Purchaser with the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the "Commission") under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 (the
"Exchange  Act") since December 31, 1995, and such other documents as Vendor has
requested  (collectively  referred to as the "Purchaser Disclosure  Materials");
(v) Vendor has had an  opportunity  to ask  questions of and to receive  answers
from Purchaser concerning the Purchaser Disclosure Materials and the affairs and
prospects of Purchaser in general, and desires no further information pertaining
to Purchaser;  and (vi) Vendor is purchasing  the shares of common stock for its
own  account,  for  investment  purposes  only and not with a view to  immediate
resale  or  distribution  either  in  whole  or  in  part.  Furthermore,  Vendor
understands  and agrees that (x) the Securities  cannot be resold in whole or in
part  unless  they  are  registered  or  sold  pursuant  to  an  exemption  from
registration;  and (y) a legend will be placed on the certificates  representing
the Securities  indicating that such  Securities have not been registered  under
federal or state  securities  laws and are subject to restrictions on sale until
they are so  registered.  Any  requests for transfer  prior to  registration  by
Vendor must be  accompanied  by an opinion of counsel in form and  substance and
from counsel acceptable to Purchaser.

         (c)  Purchaser  shall  cause the shares  underlying  the  options to be
registered for resale under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  as promptly
as reasonably practicable.
                                        4
<PAGE>
3.3 Payment of Invoices.

         (a) Purchaser shall pay all shipping and rigging costs  associated with
the shipment of the equipment to Vendor's plant pursuant to the Lease Agreement;
provided, that Vendor acknowledges that Purchaser shall receive a credit against
initial  invoices  under  this  Agreement  for 50% of such  costs  and  that the
remaining  50% of such costs shall be added to the initial  lease  balance under
the Lease Agreement.

         (b) The invoiced  value of each  shipment of Grips shall be  determined
upon delivery of such  shipment of Grips to Vendor's  shipment  department.  All
invoices  shall be due and payable by Purchaser  net ten (10) days from the date
of invoice through June 30, 1997, and net forty-five (45) days thereafter.

         (c) The amount due  Vendor for each order of Grips  supplied  by Vendor
hereunder  shall be determined by multiplying  the total number of Grips covered
in Vendor's invoice(s)  therefor by the applicable base prices.  Purchaser shall
be responsible for all freight, insurance, taxes, and other charges.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                              QUALITY AND WARRANTY


4.1 Conformance to Specifications.


         (a) All  Grips  will be  produced  at  Vendor's  plant at New  Bedford,
Massachusetts,   or  at  any  other  location  acceptable  to  Purchaser,  which
acceptance will not be unreasonably withheld.

         (b) Vendor  warrants to  Purchaser  that it will  maintain an objective
quality program with respect to the production of all Grips supplied pursuant to
this  Agreement,  which  program will be in  accordance  with the  technical and
aesthetic  specifications  (the  "Specifications")  established by Purchaser and
delivered to Vendor within two business days  following the date hereof,  as the
same may be  amended  from  time to time by  written  agreement  of the  parties
hereto.

         (c) Purchaser shall have the right to inspect, at Vendor's plant, Grips
and manufacturing processes for Grips. Any inspection of Grips shall be prior to
shipment;  manufacturing  processes may be inspected at any time during the term
of this  Agreement.  Purchaser's  inspection  may be for any  reason  reasonably
related to this  Agreement,  including to assure  Vendor's  compliance  with the
Specifications.  Vendor shall  provide  adequate  space and other  facilities to
Purchaser  at its plant to oversee the  production  and shipment of Grips and to
facilitate research and development as provided in Section 6.1.

         (d)  Grips  that are  deemed  by  Purchaser  to be  defective  shall be
returned immediately by Purchaser to Vendor. Vendor shall, as soon as reasonably
practical,  but not more than ten (10) days from receipt of the defective Grips,
replace such Grip shipment with a substitute
                                        5
<PAGE>
shipment  that meets the  Specifications.  Purchaser  shall be credited  for any
returned Grips which are defective.

4.2  Warranties.  Seller  warrants  that all Grips shall:  (i) be  manufactured,
processed, and assembled by Seller at its New Bedford, Massachusetts facilities;
(ii)  conform  to the  Specifications;  (iii) be free from  defects  in  design,
material, workmanship, and performance; and (iv) be free and clear of all liens,
encumbrances,  and other claims against title.  All warranties  specified in the
preceding  sentence  shall  survive any  inspection,  delivery,  acceptance,  or
payment by Purchaser and be in effect for the longer of Vendor's normal warranty
period or one year from the date of acceptance of the Grips by Purchaser.

                                    ARTICLE V
                          OWNERSHIP AND CONFIDENTIALITY

5.1 Ownership of Grip-related Assets.

         (a) Vendor  acknowledges  and  agrees  that all  equipment  transferred
pursuant  to  the  Lease  Agreement   (unless  and  until  purchased  by  Vendor
thereunder), all Grips produced in connection with this Agreement, all compounds
and related formulae pertaining to golf grips, grip designs and tooling designs,
cavities and anything of a similar  nature which  relates to the  production  of
golf grips (but excluding Vendor's own manufacturing  processes and techniques),
in each case  whether in  existence  or  developed  or conceived by Purchaser or
Vendor during the term of this Agreement,  and all intellectual  property rights
in such material, including, without limitation, any copyrights,  patents, trade
secrets,  trademarks,  inventions, ideas and know-how, and the derivative use of
and  rights in and to such  material,  as well as the  confidential  information
embodied in any such material,  are and shall be the sole and exclusive property
of Purchaser.

         (b) Without  Purchaser's  prior written  consent,  Vendor hereby agrees
that,  except as may be provided under Section 6.5, all  compounds,  formulae or
designs relating to golf grips or tooling for golf grips created or developed by
Vendor  in  connection  with  and  during  the  term of this  Agreement  and all
equipment  leased  under the Lease  Agreement  or used by Vendor to fulfill  its
obligations  hereunder  shall  be used by  Vendor  only in  connection  with the
production of Grips for Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement.

         (c) Purchaser  grants to Vendor the right to use Purchaser's  design or
other  patents and  trademarks,  and the  trademarks of  Purchaser's  customers,
solely to the extent  necessary to fulfill its  obligations  to Purchaser  under
this Agreement.

         (d) With respect to the items set forth in (a) above,  Purchaser  shall
have the sole and  exclusive  right to  register  and hold in  Purchaser's  name
copyrights,  trademark registrations,  patents, or whatever protection Purchaser
may deem appropriate.  Vendor shall execute any documents, including assignments
of any existing patent or trademark rights or other forms of
                                        6
<PAGE>
protection,  and provide any assistance as is necessary, at Purchaser's expense,
to protect the rights set forth herein.

         (e) The  parties  agree that  items  described  in (a) above  developed
during the term of this Agreement shall be deemed works made for hire as defined
by the laws of the United  States  regarding  copyrights  and therefor  owned by
Purchaser. In the event and to the extent that they are deemed not to constitute
works made for hire,  Vendor hereby sells,  assigns,  and transfers to Purchaser
all right,  title and  interest  in and to all such items  without  the need for
consideration  additional  to the  consideration  paid to  Vendor  by  Purchaser
hereunder.  Vendor shall obtain from its personnel any  assignment to the Vendor
required to make the foregoing  assignment to Purchaser of all right, title, and
interest in all such items and Vendor shall retain no rights  therein and agrees
not to contest or challenge  Purchaser's  rights  therein.  This  assignment and
transfer  includes  all  causes of action  for all  infringements  of the rights
assigned  and  transferred  and  the  rights  to use  and  retain  the  proceeds
therefrom.

5.2  Confidential  and  Proprietary  Information.  Vendor and  Purchaser  hereby
acknowledge  and  agree  that  in  connection  with  the  performance  of  their
obligations  herein,  a party may be provided with or shall otherwise be exposed
to or receive certain confidential and proprietary  information of the other (or
of third parties,  such as Purchaser's  customers).  In Purchaser's  case,  such
confidential and proprietary  information may include,  but shall not be limited
to,  information  concerning  customers,  customer  orders,  specifications  and
designs  relating  to golf grips and tooling  and other  information  concerning
Purchaser's grips and products,  and, in Vendor's case,  information  concerning
its  manufacturing  and  production  techniques  (all of the foregoing  shall be
deemed  "Proprietary  Information" for purposes of this  Agreement).  Each party
agrees that any and all Proprietary  Information which is disclosed to the other
party or to which the other party has access to based upon this Agreement  shall
be and shall remain the sole and exclusive  property of such party, and that the
other party shall not in any way reveal,  disclose or use such information other
than in accordance with this Agreement or except as specifically directed by the
disclosing   party.  The  term   "Proprietary   Information"  does  not  include
information which: (i) becomes generally available to the public other than as a
result of a disclosure by a party contrary to the terms of this Agreement;  (ii)
was  available  on a  nonconfidential  basis prior to its  disclosure;  or (iii)
becomes available on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the other
party,  provided  such  source  is not  contractually  obligated  to  keep  such
information confidential.


                                   ARTICLE VI
                              ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

6.1 Cord Grips. The parties acknowledge and agree that this Agreement covers the
purchase and sale of rubber injected golf grips, and that Purchaser also markets
and sells cord grips.  Vendor  desires to have the  opportunity  to produce such
grips for  Purchaser.  Purchaser  hereby agrees to consider  enabling  Vendor to
produce the cord grips on behalf of Purchaser once full  production of Grips has
been  achieved and subject to other  appropriate  factors,  such as  preexisting
supplier relationships.
                                        7
<PAGE>
6.2 Research and Development; Tooling.

         (a) The parties acknowledge and agree that one of Purchaser's principal
purposes for entering into this Agreement is to have access to Vendor's research
and development capabilities,  and that Vendor will essentially perform research
and  development  activities  on  Purchaser's  behalf  during  the  term of this
Agreement. Vendor hereby agrees that, during the term of this Agreement, it will
actively  pursue  and fund  research  and  development  efforts  related  to the
development of compounds,  Grips,  manufacturing  processes and similar matters,
and  will  supply  all  technical,  engineering,  and  quality  control  support
necessary to develop or produce new Grip compounds and products,  including,  on
an as needed basis (which Vendor acknowledges may be full time), a chemist.

         (b) During the term of this Agreement  Vendor shall be responsible  for
procuring  all necessary  equipment,  tooling,  facilities,  employees and other
items necessary for it to fulfill its obligations hereunder.

         (c)  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  Purchaser  agrees to pay for all
product  profile  design  expenses and the cost of all prototype and  production
cavities used in the  development or production of new Grip products;  provided,
however, that Vendor agrees to procure on behalf of Purchaser at mutually agreed
upon prices all such cavities.

6.3  Management  Information  Systems.  Vendor  will  provide to  Purchaser  all
software,  formats and other resources  necessary to enable Purchaser and Vendor
to communicate in real time via computer link-up.

6.4  Training.  Purchaser  agrees to  provide  necessary  training  to  Vendor's
shipping  personnel as well as all computer hardware and peripherals  related to
product shipping.

6.5 Sales of Grips and Golf Products to Third  Parties.  During the term of this
Agreement,  Purchaser  agrees that  Vendor may sell golf grips to third  parties
with Purchaser's  prior written  consent,  which consent may not be unreasonably
withheld.  Any  agreement  with respect to sales of golf grips to third  parties
shall provide for Purchaser to receive a royalty of 3 to 5% of the base price of
such grips as may be mutually agreed upon. Any such royalty shall terminate upon
any  termination of this Agreement by Vendor arising out of a material breach of
this Agreement by Purchaser, or upon expiration of this Agreement, and three (3)
years after any termination by Purchaser by reason of material breach by Vendor.
Vendor  further  agrees that,  during the term of this  Agreement,  (i) if it is
approached  by any  third  party  about  producing  grips  it  will  direct  the
prospective  customer to Purchaser to determine  whether it would be appropriate
for such  prospective  customer to sell grips under  Purchaser's  trademarks and
through its distribution channels on terms mutually agreed upon, and (ii) in the
event Vendor  determines  to develop  and/or  produce any other golf products it
will consult with Purchaser  first to determine  whether it would be appropriate
for those  products to be marketed  and sold under  Purchaser's  trademarks  and
through its distribution channels.
                                        8
<PAGE>
6.6 Insurance.

         (a) Without in any way  limiting any of the  obligations  of Vendor set
forth  herein,  Vendor  hereby  agrees to  maintain  all  insurance  that may be
required  under  the  laws,  ordinances,  and  regulations  of any  governmental
authority,  together with the following:  (i) workers' compensation insurance as
prescribed by applicable law and employer's  liability  insurance with limits of
liability  not less than  $100,000  per  employee;  (ii)  comprehensive  general
liability  insurance  with limits of liability  not less than  $1,000,000,  with
umbrella coverage of $20,000,000, including coverage for its inventory of Grips,
supplementary  coverages for contractual liability assumed under this Agreement,
personal  injury  liability  with the "employee"  and  "contractual"  exclusions
deleted,  and broad  form  property  damage  liability;  (iii) in  addition,  if
automobiles are to be used in the performance of Vendor's obligations hereunder,
Vendor shall maintain  automobile  bodily injury and property  damage  liability
insurance with limits of liability not less than $1,000,000  extending to owned,
non-owned, and hired automobiles used in the performance of this Agreement which
is in compliance with all applicable  laws,  rules,  and  regulations;  and (iv)
business  interruption   insurance  with  limits  of  liability  not  less  than
$1,000,000 with umbrella coverage of $20,000,000.

         (b) The insurance specified in (a)(i) above shall contain an assignment
of statutory lien. The insurance specified in (a)(ii), a(iii), and (a)(iv) above
shall: (i) name Purchaser,  its directors,  agents,  and employees as additional
insureds in matters covered by this Agreement;  (ii) provide that such insurance
is primary coverage with respect to all insureds; (iii) contain a standard cross
liability  endorsement  that provides that the insurance  applies  separately to
each insured and that the policies cover claims or suits by one insured  against
another; and (iv) not be terminated,  canceled, or substantially changed without
thirty (30) days prior written notice to Purchaser.

         (c) Upon  Purchaser's  request,  Vendor shall  provide  Purchaser  with
certification by a properly qualified representative of the insurer of the names
of insureds,  the type and amount of coverage,  the location and  operations  to
which the insurance applies, the expiration date, and the insurer's agreement to
provide  written  notice to  Purchaser  at least  thirty  (30) days prior to the
effective date of any  termination,  cancellation,  lapse, or material change in
the policy.

         (d) All  insurance  policies  required  shall be  issued  by  companies
licensed to transact  business in the state of Massachusetts  who hold a current
rating of not less than A according to Best's Insurance Reports.

         (e) Vendor's obligations to maintain the insurance required herein, and
to  provide  evidence  of same,  shall  survive  for a period of three (3) years
beyond the termination, cancellation, or expiration of this Agreement.
                                        9
<PAGE>
6.7 Financial Information.  Purchaser and Vendor agree to provide the other with
the following information:

         (a) As soon as available but in any event within  forty-five  (45) days
after the end of each of the first three calendar  quarters in each fiscal year,
unaudited consolidated financial statements,  including statements of operations
and cash flows for such  quarter  and for the period from the  beginning  of the
fiscal year to the end of such quarter and balance  sheets as of the end of such
quarter,  setting forth in each case comparisons to the corresponding  period in
the  preceding  fiscal  year,  and  all  such  statements  will be  prepared  in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,  consistently applied,
subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and excluding footnote disclosures;

         (b) As soon as available but in any event within ninety (90) days after
the  end  of  each  fiscal  year,  audited  consolidated  financial  statements,
including  statements  of  operations  and cash flows for such  fiscal  year and
balance  sheets as of the end of such fiscal  year,  setting  forth in each case
comparisons to the  corresponding  period in the preceding  fiscal year, and all
such  statements  will  be  prepared  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted
accounting principles, consistently applied.

         (c)  With  reasonable  promptness,  such  other  information  and  data
concerning such party as the other party may reasonably request.


                                   ARTICLE VII
                              TERM AND TERMINATION;
                                 MATERIAL BREACH

7.1 Term of Agreement.  This Agreement  shall commence on the Effective Date and
continue for an initial term of ten (10) years. Thereafter, Purchaser shall have
the right to renew this Agreement for three additional terms of five (5) years.

7.2 Certain Breaches by Vendor.  The following sets forth specific  remedies for
certain  breaches of this  Agreement  by Vendor as follows.  With respect to any
shipment  of Grips  that is not  delivered  within  the  guarantee  set forth in
Section  2.3(c)  above or that fails to meet the  Specifications  referenced  in
Section 4.1(b) above,  Vendor shall promptly reimburse Purchaser for any loss in
gross  margin  arising  therefrom,  whether  pursuant to a  cancellation  of the
customer's  order,  a  reduction  in the  price  of  Grips  to the  customer  or
otherwise.  If Vendor fails to meet delivery  schedules or  Specifications  with
respect to Grips representing more than 10% of the aggregate dollar value of all
Grips shipped in any given  calendar  quarter,  such failure shall  constitute a
material breach pursuant to which  Purchaser,  at its option,  may terminate the
Agreement  and/or seek damages or other relief  against  Vendor  pursuant to the
provisions of Section 9.2 hereof.

7.3 Certain  Breaches by Purchaser.  The following sets forth specific  remedies
for certain breaches of this Agreement by Purchaser as follows:
                                       10
<PAGE>
                                                 * Confidential portion has been
                                                    omitted and filed separately
                                                             with the Commission

         (a) If Purchaser fails to pay for any shipment of Grips within the time
set forth in Section 3.3(b) above following written notice thereof, it shall pay
interest on any  outstanding  overdue balance at the rate of 12% simple interest
per annum (other than overdue balances with respect to which a bona fide dispute
exists).

         (b)  Purchaser  shall have a grace period of ten (10) days with respect
to the  provision  of  forecasts  and firm orders  required  pursuant to Section
2.2(a) of this  Agreement.  Thereafter,  it shall pay a penalty  of $500 per day
with respect to late forecasts or firm orders.

         (c) If Purchaser fails to provide a firm order or forecast prior to the
expiration of any grace period provided under Section 2.2(b) more than two times
within any given calendar year, or more than $200,000 of invoices become overdue
at any given time,  such failure shall  constitute a material breach pursuant to
which Vendor, at its option,  may terminate the Agreement and/or seek damages or
other relief against Purchaser pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.2 hereof.

         (d) If, during the term of this  Agreement,  Purchaser  purchases  more
than [ * ]  Grips  but  less  than [ * ] Grips  on an  annualized  basis  in any
calendar year,  Purchaser shall pay to Vendor promptly following the end of such
calendar  year an  amount  equal to [ * ] minus  the  number  of Grips  actually
purchased  multiplied by the average gross margin that Vendor  realized on Grips
which it sold to Purchaser  during the calendar year;  provided,  however,  that
Purchaser's  failure to purchase at least [ * ] Grips in any two calendar years,
or at least [ * ] Grips in any one calendar  year,  shall  constitute a material
breach  pursuant to which  Vendor,  at its option,  may  terminate the Agreement
and/or seek damages or other relief against Vendor pursuant to the provisions of
Section 9.2 hereof.

7.4  Termination.  Notwithstanding  Section 7.1, either party may terminate this
Agreement  immediately  and at any time if the other  party  commits a  material
breach of this Agreement,  and such party fails to cure the breach within thirty
(30) days after receiving a notice of such breach from the  non-breaching  party
(or such other  specific  period as is set forth  herein).  In addition to those
described in Section 7.2 and 7.3 above;

         (a) A material  breach of this  Agreement  with respect to Vendor shall
include, but not be limited to, the following:  (i) Vendor fails to achieve full
production of Grips by February 15, 1997;  (ii) Vendor makes an  assignment  for
the benefit of creditors  or files any petition or action under any  bankruptcy,
reorganization,  insolvency or moratorium  law, or any other law or laws for the
relief of, or relating  to,  debtors;  or (iii)  Vendor  materially  breaches or
commits an event of default under the Lease Agreement; and

         (b) A material breach of this Agreement with respect to Purchaser shall
include, but not be limited to, the following: (i) Purchaser makes an assignment
for the  benefit  of  creditors  or files  any  petition  or  action  under  any
bankruptcy,  reorganization,  insolvency or moratorium  law, or any other law or
laws for the relief of, or relating to,  debtors,  or (ii) Purchaser  materially
breaches the Lease Agreement.
                                       11
<PAGE>
         (c) Upon any termination of this Agreement by Purchaser  arising out of
a material  breach by Vendor or upon  expiration of the term of this  Agreement,
Vendor agrees to promptly and fully assist  Purchaser in the orderly  transition
of Grip production  operations to Purchaser or another third party, as Purchaser
may determine,  and, upon Purchaser's  request, to sell or transfer to Purchaser
or to assist Purchaser in selling or transferring to a third party designated by
Purchaser all equipment used by Vendor in its Grip production  operations at the
fair market value  thereof,  as determined by a third party  appraiser  mutually
agreed upon by the parties, or in the absence of such agreement, selected by the
mediator designated in Schedule 9.2.

7.5 Force Majeure.  In the event of any failure by Vendor in the  performance of
this  Agreement as a result of actions or events not under the control of Vendor
(including,  but not limited to, acts of God,  regulation or law or other action
of  any  government,  war  or  insurrection,  civil  commotion,  destruction  of
production  facilities or materials by earthquake,  fire, flood, or storm, labor
disturbances,  epidemic,  or failure of suppliers,  public utilities,  or common
carriers),  Vendor agrees to employ  reasonable best efforts to fully resume its
performance  hereunder  and,  during  any period in which  Vendor's  performance
hereunder is delayed or  interrupted by reason of force majeure  events,  to use
reasonable  best  efforts  to  establish  temporary  facilities  and to  provide
necessary  equipment  or  personnel  to  enable  Vendor to  fulfill  Purchaser's
requirements  for Grips, or to cooperate in enabling  Purchaser or another third
party  to  fulfill  Purchaser's  requirements  for  Grips,  as  Purchaser  shall
determine.  Nothing  herein shall relieve Vendor of its  obligations  under this
Agreement,  nor affect  Purchaser's  rights or remedies,  in the case of a force
majeure event.

7.6  Voluntary  Termination  by  Purchaser.  Purchaser  shall  have the right to
terminate this Agreement with Vendor at any time by giving Vendor written notice
of termination  and paying to Vendor a termination  fee determined in accordance
with Schedule 7.6.

7.7  Exercise of Rights of  Termination.  Neither  Vendor nor  Purchaser  shall,
solely by reason of the bona fide  exercise  of rights to  terminate  or suspend
this  Agreement,  be liable to the other  for  compensation,  reimbursement,  or
damages  either  on  account  of  present  or  prospective  profits  on sales or
anticipated  sales or on account of  expenditures,  investments,  or commitments
made in connection therewith,  provided, that, such termination shall not affect
the rights or  liabilities  of the parties with respect to any amounts  owing by
either party to the other prior to termination.


                                  ARTICLE VIII
                  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PARTIES

      Each party hereto represents and warrants to the other party hereto:

8.1 Organization and  Qualification.  The party is a corporation duly organized,
validly  existing,  and  in  good  standing  under  the  laws  of its  state  of
incorporation,  and has the requisite  corporate  power and authority to own and
operate its properties and to carry on its business as
                                       12
<PAGE>
now  conducted  in every  jurisdiction  where the  failure to do so would have a
material adverse effect on its business,  properties,  or ability to conduct the
business currently conducted by it.

8.2 Authority Relative to this Agreement.  The party has the requisite power and
authority  to  enter  into  this  Agreement  and to  carry  out its  obligations
hereunder.  The execution  and delivery of this  Agreement by such party and the
consummation  by such party of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby have been
duly authorized by such party, and no other corporate proceedings on the part of
such party are necessary to authorize this Agreement and such transactions. This
Agreement has been duly  executed and delivered by such party and  constitutes a
valid and binding  obligation of such party,  enforceable in accordance with its
terms,  except as the  enforceability  thereof  may be  limited  by  bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, or other similar laws relating to the enforcement of
creditors' rights generally and by general principles of equity.

8.3 No Conflicts. The party is not subject to, or obligated under, any provision
of (i) its Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws,  (ii) any material agreement,
arrangement, or understanding, (iii) any material license, franchise, or permit,
or (iv) any law, regulation, order, judgment, or decree, which would be breached
or violated, or in respect of which a right of termination or acceleration would
arise,  or  pursuant  to  which  any  encumbrance  on  any  of its or any of its
subsidiaries' material assets would be created, by its execution,  delivery, and
performance of this  Agreement and the  consummation  by it of the  transactions
contemplated hereby.

8.4 No Consents. No authorization,  consent, or approval of, or filing with, any
public body,  court,  or authority is necessary on the part of the party for the
consummation by such party of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

8.5 Financial  Statements.  The party has provided to the other party  unaudited
financial  statements  for and as of the period ended  September  30, 1996,  and
audited  financial  statements for and as of the period ended December 31, 1995,
all of  which  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with
generally  accepted   accounting   principles  applied  on  a  consistent  basis
throughout  the periods  involved and fairly  present the financial  position of
such party as of the dates  thereof and the results of its  operations  and cash
flows for the periods  then ended,  subject in the case of  unaudited  financial
statements to normal  year-end  adjustments in the absence of complete  footnote
disclosure.

8.6 No  Litigation.  The  party is not  subject  to any  legal,  administrative,
arbitration or other suit, proceeding, claim, action, investigation,  or inquiry
pending or, to the knowledge of such party, threatened against or involving such
party  which  could have a material  adverse  effect upon its ability to perform
this  Agreement or upon its results of  operations  or financial  condition,  or
which  questions  the  validity of this  Agreement  or any action taken or to be
taken by such party  pursuant to this  Agreement  and, to the  knowledge of such
party,  there is no valid basis for any such suit,  proceeding,  claim,  action,
investigation or inquiry.
                                       13
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE IX
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

9.1. Notices.

         (a) All  notices  and  demands  of any kind which  either  party may be
required  or desire to serve  upon the other  under the terms of this  Agreement
shall  be in  writing  and  shall be sent by  registered  mail,  return  receipt
requested,  or by  facsimile  with  confirming  copy by  registered  mail to the
receiving party at the address of the receiving party set forth below:

                  If to Purchaser:        Royal Grip, Inc.
                  ---------------         444 W. Geneva
                                          Tempe, Arizona 85282
                                          Phone: (602) 829-9000
                                          Fax: (602) 829-9100
                                          Attn: President

                  If to Vendor:           Acushnet Rubber Company, Inc.
                  ------------            744 Belleville Avenue
                                          New Bedford, Massachusetts 02742-6916
                                          Phone: (508) 998-4004
                                          Fax: (508) 998-4102
                                          Attn: Chief Operating Officer

         (b) Either party may change such  address  upon  written  notice to the
other party  hereto in the manner set forth in this  Section 9.1. All notices or
demands  shall be deemed to have been given when  received  by the party to whom
such  notice  is  sent  as  evidenced  by  a  receipt  signed  and  dated  by  a
representative of the receiving party.

9.2 Dispute  Resolution.  Any dispute among the parties hereto shall be resolved
in accordance with the dispute resolution procedures attached hereto as Schedule
9.2;  provided,  that,  nothing  herein shall preclude any party from seeking or
obtaining equitable relief,  such as an injunction,  or from enforcing any order
or judgement of an arbitrator through judicial process.

9.3  Governing  Law.  This  Agreement  shall be governed by and  interpreted  in
accordance  with the laws of the state of  Massachusetts  (excluding its, or any
other jurisdiction's, choice of law principles).

9.4 Effect of Waiver.  No delay or  omission  to  exercise  any right,  power or
remedy  accruing  to a party  upon any  breach or  default  of the  other  party
hereunder  shall  impair  any such  right,  power,  or  remedy  nor  shall it be
construed  to be a waiver of any such  breach  or  default,  or an  acquiescence
therein or of or in any  similar  breach or default  thereafter  occurring,  nor
shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other
breach or default
                                       14
<PAGE>
theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent, or approval of
any kind or  character  on the part of a party  hereto of any  breach or default
under this Lease must be in writing specifically set forth.

9.5  Severability.  Should any part of any  provision of this  Agreement be held
invalid or unenforceable,  the invalid or unenforceable  part or provision shall
be replaced with a provision which  accomplishes,  to the extent  possible,  the
original  business  purpose and  economic  intent of such part or provision in a
valid and enforceable  manner,  and the remainder of this Agreement shall remain
binding upon the parties hereto.

9.6 Assignment and  Transferability.  Neither party may assign its rights and/or
obligations  under this  Agreement  or any  interest  therein to any other party
without the prior written consent of the other party.  Subject to the foregoing,
this  Agreement  shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the permitted
assignees, transferees, or successors of Purchaser and Vendor, respectively.

9.7  Survival.  The  provisions of Sections 5.1, 5.2, 9.2, and 9.3 shall survive
termination  or  expiration  of this  Agreement  (as the case may be) and  shall
remain at all times in full force and effect.

9.8 Captions.  The captions of this Agreement are solely for the  convenience of
reference and shall not affect its interpretation.

9.9 Entire Agreement.

         (a) This Agreement embodies the entire  understanding as of the date of
execution  hereof  between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter
hereof,   and   supersedes   any  and  all   prior   agreements,   negotiations,
understandings,  representations statements and writings between the parties. No
modification, alteration, waiver or change in any of the terms of this Agreement
shall be valid or binding  upon the  parties  hereto  unless made in writing and
duly executed by both of the parties hereto.

         (b) Purchaser and Vendor agree that the supply of Grips hereunder shall
be subject to and governed by the terms and conditions  hereof,  and none of the
terms and  conditions  set forth on any  purchase  order or order  form,  or any
invoice  relating  thereto,  shall  affect  or modify  the terms and  conditions
hereof.

9.10  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts,
each of which  shall be  deemed  an  original  but all of which  together  shall
constitute one and the same instrument.

9.11 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence in this Agreement.
                                       15
<PAGE>
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed  by their duly  authorized  representatives  on the date and year first
written above.

"PURCHASER"                                "VENDOR"

ROYAL GRIP, INC.                           ACUSHNET RUBBER COMPANY, INC.



By:/s/ Robert G.J. Burg, II                By: /s/ Ronald V. Fernandes
   -------------------------------            ---------------------------
Name:   Robert G.J. Burg, II               Name:   Ronald V. Fernandes
Title:    President                        Title:  Executive Vice President and
                                                   Chief Operating Officer
                                       16
<PAGE>
                                -SCHEDULE 3.2(A)
                                ----------------


                                     OPTIONS



Total:        250,000 shares subject to option

Exercise
Price:        50,000 shares at closing sale price on the date of this Agreement

              200,000 shares at $1.00 above such closing sale price

Vesting
Schedule:     Fully vested immediately

Term:         3 years from the date hereof
                                       17
<PAGE>
                               SCHEDULE 3.2 (b)(B)

                                ROYAL GRIP, INC.
                                POLICY STATEMENT
                     SECURITIES TRADING BY COMPANY PERSONNEL


GENERAL

         As a general rule, it is against the law to buy or sell any  securities
while in possession of material non-public information relevant to that security
(sometimes called "inside  information"),  or to communicate such information to
others who trade on the basis of such information (known a "tipping"), In recent
years,  Congress has toughened  the penalties for trading on or tipping  materia
inside  information and the Securities and Exchange  Commission ("SEC") and U.S.
Attorneys have aggressively  prosecuted such trades and tippers. Until recently,
their efforts have  concentrated  on  individuals  directly  involved in trading
abuses. To further deter insider trading  violations,  Congress has expanded the
authority  of the SEC and the United  States  Justice  Department,  adopting the
Insiders  Trading  and  Securities  Fraud  Enforcement  Act and  the  Securities
Enforcement  Remedies Act. In addition to  increasing  the penalties for insider
trading  and  other  securities  law  violations,  these  laws  put the  onus on
companies and possible  other  "controlling  persons" for  violations by company
personnel.  Accordingly,  companies  which  do not  take  active  steps to adopt
preventative  policies  and  procedures  covering  securities  trades by company
personnel could face severe consequences.

         In addition to responding to the requirements of the federal securities
laws, Royal Grip, Inc (the "Company") is adopting this Policy Statement to avoid
even the  appearance  of improper  conduct on the part of anyone  employed by or
associated with, the Company (not just so-called  insiders).  We have all worked
hard over the years to  establish  our  reputation  for  integrity  and  ethical
conduct. We cannot afford to have it damaged.

         The consequences of insider trading violations can be staggering:

         For individuals who trade on inside  information (or tip information to
         others)

         o        A civil penalty of up to three times the profit gained or loss
                  avoided;
         o        A criminal  fine (no matter how small the  profit) of up to $1
                  million;
         o        A jail term of up to ten years; and
         o        Prohibition  from  serving as an officer  or  director  of the
                  Company.

         For a company (as well as possibly any  supervisory  person) that fails
to take appropriate steps to prevent illegal trading:

         o        A civil  penalty of the  greater of $1 million or three  times
                  the  profit  gained  or  loss  avoided  as  a  result  of  the
                  employee's violations; and
         o        A criminal penalty of up to $2.5 million.
                                        2
<PAGE>
         Moreover, if an employee violates the Company's insider trading policy,
Company-imposed  sanctions,  including  dismissal  for cause,  could result from
failing to comply with the Company's policy or procedures.  Needless to say, any
of the above  consequences,  even an SEC  investigation  that does not result in
prosecution, can tarnish one's reputation and irreparably damage a career.

GENERAL TRADING POLICY

         If  a  director,  officer  or  any  employee  has  material  non-public
information  relating to the Company,  it is our policy that neither that person
nor any related  person may buy or sell  securities  of the Company or engage in
any other action to take advantage of, or pass on to others,  that  information.
This policy also applies to information relating to any other company, including
our customers or suppliers, obtained in the course o employment.

         Transactions  that may be  necessary  or  justifiable  for  independent
reasons  (such as the need to raise money for an emergency  expenditure)  are no
exception.  Even the  appearance of an improper  transaction  must be avoided to
preserve our reputation for adhering to the highest standards of conduct.

         This Policy includes transactions within a 401K.

         Material  Information.  Material  information is any information that a
reasonable investor would consider important in a decision to buy, hold, or sell
stock,  i.e.,  any  information,  positive or negative,  which could  reasonably
affect the price of the stock. Examples of events or developments that should be
presumed to be "material" in the context of the Company's  stock would be events
such as the  following  that have not yet been fully  disclosed  to the  public:
regulatory  developments,  knowledge  of a trend in the  Company's  revenues  or
earnings, a merger, major litigation,  a purchase or sale of substantial assets,
changes in dividend policies,  the declaration of a stock split, the offering of
additional  securities,  changes in  management,  significant  new  products  or
developments, impending bankruptcy or financial liquidity problems, and the gain
or  loss  of a  substantial  customer  or  supplier,  or any  other  significant
corporate transaction. These examples are illustrative only and are not intended
to be exhaustive examples of material  information.  Either positive or negative
information may be material.

         Non-Public  Information.  Information is "non-public" until it has been
effectively  communicated to the marketplace  through appropriate news media. In
many  cases,  this may require  the  passage of several  trading  days after any
initial disclosure.

         Twenty-Twenty Hindsight.  Whether a particular item was "material" will
be judged with hindsight.  Accordingly, when in doubt as to a particular item of
information, you should presume it to be material and not to have been disclosed
to the public.
                                        3
<PAGE>
         Transactions by Family  Members.  The very same  restrictions  apply to
your family  members and others  living in your  household (a "Family  Member").
Employees are  responsible  for the  compliance of their Family Members with the
Company's Policy Statement.

         Tipping  Information to Others.  Whether the information is proprietary
information  about our Company or  information  that could have an impact on our
stock price,  employees must not pass that  information on to others.  The above
penalties apply, whether or not you derive any benefit from another's actions.

         Inadvertent  Disclosure.  All  employees,  officers and  directors  are
reminded to use  extreme  care to assure that  confidential  information  is not
inadvertently  disclosed to others. Be particularly  careful to avoid discussing
any matter that might be sensitive or  confidential  in public  places,  such as
lobbies,  restrooms,  airports or  restaurants.  Meetings in which  confidential
information  is  discussed  should  be  conducted  behind  closed  doors.   Even
inadvertent  "leaks" of  confidential  information  can create  problems for the
Company and its employees, officers and directors.

         Public  Announcements.  It is  improper  for an  officer,  director  or
employee  to  enter a trade  immediately  after  the  Company  has made a public
announcement of material information,  including earnings releases. As a general
rule you  should not  engage in any  transactions  until the third day after the
information has been released.  With respect to earnings releases,  as a general
rule, you should not engage in any transactions  during the period beginning the
first day of the last month of the quarter  through the third business day after
the information has been released.

         Violation. As with the Company's other employee policies,  violation of
this Policy  Statement by an employee of the Company or any of its  subsidiaries
(or by any Family Member of the employee) is grounds for immediate  disciplinary
action, including possible dismissal from employment.

III.      SPECIFIC RESTRICTIONS ON TRADING IN ROYAL GRIP, INC. STOCK

         Approval of Trades.  To provide  assistance in  preventing  inadvertent
violations  and avoiding even the appearance of an improper  transaction  (which
could result, for example, where an employee engages in a trade while unaware of
a pending major development),  all transactions in Company stock  (acquisitions,
dispositions,  transfers, etc.) by directors, officers and their Family Members,
must be  pre-approved  by Tom  Schneider.  In  addition,  any employee or Family
Member of an  employee  contemplating  a  transaction  that  would  result in an
aggregate of 250 shares or more of Company stock being traded (either  purchased
or sold) by such person during any three-month  period,  must be pre-approved by
Tom Schneider.  If you  contemplate a transaction  requiring  pre-approval,  you
should give written notice to Tom Schneider one week in advance.

         These restrictions do not apply to exercises of stock options, which do
not  require  prior  approval.  Sales of shares of stock  acquired  from  option
exercises, however, do require approval.
                                        4
<PAGE>
         The foregoing  restrictions  apply to the purchase or sale of stock for
any fiduciary account (e.g., trustee, executor, custodian) with respect to which
the employee,  officer, director or Family Member makes the investment decision,
regardless of whether the employee,  officer,  director or Family Member has any
beneficial interest in the account.

         In addition,  short sales, buying or selling puts or calls or purchases
on margin of the Company's  stock by any employee,  officer,  director or Family
Member are absolutely prohibited. Any Company stock purchased in the open market
must be held for a minimum  of six  months and  ideally  longer.  (Note that the
SEC's short-swing  profit rule already prevents executive officers and directors
from selling any Company  stock  within six months of a purchase.  We are simply
expanding  this  rule to all  officers  of the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries.
However, the rule does not apply to stock option exercises, except to the extent
required for officers and directors.)

IV.      CONFIDENTIALITY

         Serious  problems  could be  caused  for the  Company  by  unauthorized
disclosure of internal  information the Company,  whether or not for the purpose
of facilitating  improper  trading in the stock.  Company  personnel  should not
discuss  internal  Company  matters or  developments  with  anyone  outside  the
Company, except as required in the performance of regular corporate duties.

         This  prohibition   applies   specifically  (but  not  exclusively)  to
inquiries about the Company which may be by financial press, investment analysts
or  others  in  the  financial   community.   It  is  important  that  all  such
communications  on behalf of the Company be through an appropriately  designated
officer  under  carefully  controlled  circumstances.  Unless you are  expressly
authorized  to the  contrary,  if you receive any inquires of this  nature,  you
should  decline  comment and refer the  inquirer to Tom  Schneider,  Bob Burg or
Danny Edwards.

COMPANY ASSISTANCE

         Any person who has any question about specific  transactions may obtain
additional  guidance from Tom Schneider.  Remember,  however,  that the ultimate
responsibility  for  adhering  to the Policy  Statement  and  avoiding  improper
transactions  rests with you. In this regard it is imperative  that you use your
best judgement.

CERTIFICATIONS

         Officers and directors will be required to certify their  understanding
of, and intent to comply  with this  Policy  Statement  and may be  required  to
certify  compliance on an annual basis.  Remember,  you are  responsible for the
compliance of your Family Members with the Company's Policy Statement.
                                        5
<PAGE>
October 9, 1996



         TO:      Officers, Directors and Key Employees of Royal Grip, Inc. (the
                  "Company")

         RE:      Certification  of the Company's Policy Statement on Securities
                  Trading by Company Personnel



         Enclosed  is a copy of the  Company's  new  Policy  Statement  covering
securities  trading  by  Company  personnel.  As you will  see  from the  Policy
Statement,  the consequences of an insider trading  violation can be devastating
to both the individual involved and the Company.

         Please  take a few  minutes  to  carefully  read  the  enclosed  Policy
Statement  and then return the  attached  copy of this  letter.  If you have any
questions regarding the Policy Statement, do not hesitate to contact me.

                           Very truly yours,

                           /s/ Tom Schneider

                           Tom Schneider
                           Vice President - Finance



Certification:

        The undersigned hereby certifies that he / she has read and understands,
and agrees to comply with, the Company's Policy Statement on Securities  Trading
By Company Personnel, a copy of which was distributed with this letter.

Date:___________________________


                                 Signature:____________________________________

                                         Name:_________________________________
                                                (please print)

                                         Dept:_________________________________
                                        6
<PAGE>
                                  SCHEDULE 7.6
                                  ------------


        The termination  fee  contemplated by Section 7.6 of the Agreement shall
be the sum of the following:

        (i) Vendor's  up-front costs in  establishing  manufacturing  operations
under  this  Agreement,  as shall be  mutually  agreed  upon  within  60 days of
execution of this  Agreement,  plus (ii) the fair value of the equipment used by
Vendor in conjunction  with the production of Grips,  which shall be repurchased
by Purchaser at the fair value thereof as determined in accordance  with Section
7.4(c), plus (iii) $2 million.
                                       18
<PAGE>
                                  SCHEDULE 9.2
                                  ------------

                          DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROCEDURES

         All claims,  disputes and other matters in  controversy  (herein called
"dispute")  arising  directly or indirectly out of or related to this Agreement,
or the breach thereof, whether contractual or noncontractual, and whether during
the  term  or  after  the  termination  of this  Agreement,  shall  be  resolved
exclusively according to the procedures set forth in this Schedule 9.2.

         A.  Negotiation.  The parties shall attempt to settle disputes  arising
out of or relating to this  Agreement or the breach  thereof by a meeting of two
designated representatives of each party within five (5) days after a request by
either of the parties to the other party asking for the same.

         B. Mediation.  If such dispute cannot be settled at such meeting either
party within five (5) days of such meeting may give a written notice (a "Dispute
Notice") to the other party setting forth the nature of the dispute. The parties
shall  attempt in good faith to resolve  the  dispute by  mediation  in Phoenix,
Arizona  under  the  Commercial  Mediation  Rules  of the  American  Arbitration
Association  ("AAA") in effect on the date of the  Dispute  Notice.  The parties
shall select a person who will act as the mediator under this Paragraph B within
60 days of the date of the  Agreement.  If the dispute has not been  resolved by
mediation  as  provided  above  within  thirty  (30) days after  delivery of the
Dispute  Notice,  then  the  dispute  shall  be  determined  by  arbitration  in
accordance with the provisions of Paragraph C hereof.

         C.  Arbitration.  Any dispute that is not settled through  mediation as
provided in  Paragraph B above  shall be  resolved  by  arbitration  in Phoenix,
Arizona,  governed by the Federal  Arbitration  Act, 9 U.S.C.  ss. I et seq, and
administered by the AAA under its Commercial  Arbitration Rules in effect on the
date of the Dispute Notice,  as modified by the provisions of this Section C, by
a single arbitrator.  The arbitrator selected, in order to be eligible to serve,
shall be a lawyer  with at least 15  years  experience  specializing  in  either
general commercial  litigation or general corporate and commercial  matters.  In
the event the parties cannot agree on a mutually  acceptable  single  arbitrator
from the list  submitted by the AAA, the AAA shall  appoint the  arbitrator  who
shall  meet the  foregoing  criteria.  The  arbitrator  shall  base the award on
applicable law and judicial  precedent and, unless both parties agree otherwise,
shall  include in such award the  findings of fact and  conclusions  of law upon
which the award is based.  Judgment on the award  rendered by the  arbitrator(s)
may be entered in any court having jurisdiction  thereof.  The award may only be
made for  compensatory  damages,  and if any other damages  (whether  exemplary,
punitive,  consequential,  statutory or other) are included,  the award shall be
vacated and remanded,  or modified or corrected,  as appropriate to promote this
damage limitation.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing:

                  (a) Upon the  application  by  either  party to a court for an
order  confirming,  modifying  or vacating  the award,  the court shall have the
power to  review  whether,  as a matter  of law  based on the  findings  of fact
determined by the arbitrator, the award should be confirmed, modified or vacated
in order to  correct  any  errors  of law  made by the  arbitrator.  
                                       19
<PAGE>
In order to  effectuate  such  judicial  review  limited  to issues of law,  the
parties agree (and shall  stipulate to the court) that the findings of fact made
by the  arbitrator  shall be final and binding on the parties and shall serve as
the facts to be  submitted  to and  relied on by the  court in  determining  the
extent to which the award should be confirmed, modified or vacated.

                  (b)  Either  party  shall have the right to apply to any court
for an order to enforce  any of the  ownership  and  confidentiality  provisions
contained in the Agreement.

         D. Costs and  Attorneys'  Fees.  If either  party fails to proceed with
mediation or arbitration as provided herein or unsuccessfully seeks to stay such
mediation or arbitration,  or fails to comply with any arbitration  award, or is
unsuccessful  in  vacating  or  modifying  the award  pursuant  to a petition or
application for judicial review, the other party shall be entitled to be awarded
costs,  including  reasonable  attorneys'  fees,  paid or incurred by such other
party in  successfully  compelling  such  arbitration  or defending  against the
attempt to stay,  vacate or modify such  arbitration  award and/or  successfully
defending or enforcing the award.

         E.  Tolling of Statute  of  Limitations.  All  applicable  statutes  of
limitations  and  defenses  based upon the passage of time shall be tolled while
the procedures specified in this Schedule 9.2 are pending. The parties will take
such action, if any, required to effectuate such tolling.
                                       20

                                           * Indicated that confidential portion
                                           has been omitted and filed separately
                                     with the Securities and Exchange Commission

Exhibit 10.17

                 AMENDMENT TO MANUFACTURING AND SUPPLY AGREEMENT

         This AMENDMENT TO MANUFACTURING  AND SUPPLY AGREEMENT (the "Amendment")
is made as of this 4th day of April,  1997 by and between  ROYAL GRIP,  INC.,  a
Nevada  corporation   ("Purchaser"),   and  ACUSHNET  RUBBER  COMPANY,  INC.,  a
Massachusetts corporation ("Vendor").

                                    RECITALS
                                    --------

A.  Purchaser  and Vendor are parties to that certain  Manufacturing  and Supply
Agreement dated as of December 21, 1996 (the "Agreement")  whereby,  among other
things,  Vendor became the exclusive supplier of non-cord grips (the "Grips") to
Purchaser.

B. Vendor has  experienced  delays in the  production  of Grips and, as a result
thereof, has failed to meet production requirements under the Agreement.

C. The  parties  have  agreed to amend and to waive  certain  provisions  of the
Agreement  and  are  entering  into  this   Amendment  in  furtherance  of  such
agreements.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration  of the mutual  agreements set forth
herein, the parties hereby agree as follows:

         1.  Amendments.  The parties to the Agreement hereby agree to amend and
to waive certain provisions of the Agreement as follows:

                  (i)  Section   1.1(b)  is  hereby  amended  by  deleting  such
         subsection  in its  entirety  and by  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  the
         following:  "Subject to the terms  hereof,  Purchaser  hereby agrees to
         purchase from Vendor 100% of its  requirements of Grips during the term
         of this Agreement;  provided,  however,  that if and to the extent that
         Vendor fails for any reason to supply (or fails to notify  Purchaser in
         accordance  herewith  of its  ability  to  supply)  a  number  of Grips
         sufficient to meet Purchaser's requirements at any time or from time to
         time during the term of this  Agreement,  Purchaser may (whether or not
         such  notice is  provided),  at its option and  discretion  and without
         prejudice to any of its rights or remedies  arising  hereunder or under
         applicable  law,  purchase  from one or more third party  suppliers the
         Grips not supplied by Vendor in accordance  herewith that are necessary
         to fulfill Purchaser's  requirements (the "Additional  Grips").  Vendor
         further agrees that in the event Purchaser  purchases  Additional Grips
         from  other  third  party  suppliers,   Vendor  shall  promptly  notify
         Purchaser  from time to time of its ability to  manufacture  and supply
         all or any portion of such Additional Grips (on an ongoing basis),  and
         Purchaser  shall use reasonable  efforts to transition the  manufacture
         and supply of such Additional Grips (or portion thereof) back to Vendor
         as soon as is reasonably practicable,  subject to any supply agreements
         entered into by Purchaser for such Additional Grips.  Nothing contained
         herein  shall  relieve  Vendor  from  either  the  minimum   production
         requirements or the penalties for failing to meet such requirements set
         forth in Section 2.1(b) or elsewhere herein."
<PAGE>
                                         * Confidential portion has been omitted
                                        and filed separately with the Commission


                  (ii) Section 2.1 is hereby amended by deleting such section in
         its entirety and by inserting in lieu thereof the following:

                  "Purchase Requirements.
                  -----------------------

                           (a) Upon receipt of Purchaser's firm orders therefor,
                           Vendor  hereby  agrees to  manufacture  and supply to
                           Purchaser  Grips during each calendar month beginning
                           April 1,  1997 and  ending  December  31,  1997  (the
                           "Transition Term") at a rate of up to [ * ] Grips per
                           month.   For   purposes   of   calculating   Vendor's
                           production requirements pursuant to this Section 2.1,
                           the  number of Grips  manufactured  and  supplied  by
                           Vendor shall  constitute the number of Grips actually
                           manufactured and supplied by Vendor and the number of
                           Grips not  manufactured by Vendor but with respect to
                           which Vendor completes secondary buffing, trimming or
                           painting, in each case pursuant to Purchaser's orders
                           during each month of the  Transition  Term, and shall
                           not  include  any  Grips  manufactured  by  Vendor or
                           otherwise  in  Vendor's  inventory  prior to April 1,
                           1997, or during any period prior to the  commencement
                           of any calendar month during the Transition Term.

                           (b) In the  event  Purchaser  orders  from  Vendor  a
                           number  of Grips  equal  to or less  than [ * ] Grips
                           during any calendar month during the Transition Term,
                           and Vendor  fails for any reason to  manufacture  and
                           supply the number of Grips  ordered by Purchaser  (up
                           to [ * ] Grips)  during any month of such  Transition
                           Term,  Purchaser  shall be  entitled  to,  and Vendor
                           shall  provide  Purchaser  with,  a  credit  (each  a
                           "Purchase  Credit" and  collectively,  the  "Purchase
                           Credits"),   to  be  applied  against   invoices  for
                           purchases  of Grips by  Purchaser  during the term of
                           this  Agreement.  Each such Purchase  Credit shall be
                           equal  to the  product  of (i) the  number  of  Grips
                           ordered by Purchaser for delivery to its customers or
                           distributors each calendar month (up to [ * ] Grips),
                           minus the number of Grips  manufactured  and supplied
                           by Vendor in accordance  with this  Agreement  during
                           each such month,  (ii)  multiplied  by $[ * ]. In the
                           event that this  Agreement is  terminated  or expires
                           prior to the time that  Purchaser has used all of its
                           accumulated   Purchase   Credits  and  other  credits
                           pursuant to Section 3.3 (d) hereof,  Vendor shall pay
                           to Purchaser,  in addition to any other amounts owing
                           hereunder,  an  amount  in cash  equal to all  unused
                           Purchase   Credits  existing  at  the  time  of  such
                           termination  or  expiration,  such payment to be made
                           within 
                                       2
<PAGE>
                                         * Confidential portion has been omitted
                                        and filed separately with the Commission

                           three (3) days after the date of such  termination or
                           expiration.

                           (c) In the event Purchaser is permitted to order from
                           Vendor (and orders from Vendor and sells) more than [
                           * ]  Grips  during  any  calendar  month  during  the
                           Transition Term, and Vendor manufactures and supplies
                           in such calendar month a number of Grips in excess of
                           [ * ]  Grips  ordered  and  sold by  Purchaser  (such
                           excess  amount  over [ * ] Grips  being  referred  to
                           herein  as  the  "Excess  Grips"),  Vendor  shall  be
                           entitled,  in  addition  to the base  price  for such
                           Grips in accordance with Section 3.1 hereof, to a sum
                           equal to (i) $[ * ] per Grip,  multiplied by (ii) the
                           number of Excess Grips;  provided,  however, that the
                           maximum  amount  payable to Vendor  pursuant  to this
                           Section  2.1(c) shall in no event exceed an aggregate
                           of $[ * ] plus the amount of any additional  Purchase
                           Credits previously earned by Purchaser. If on the due
                           date of any  payment  owing to  Vendor  by  Purchaser
                           under  this  Section  2.1(c)   Purchaser  has  unused
                           Purchase Credits or any unused portion of its Initial
                           Credit  under  Section  3.3(d)  hereof,  such payment
                           obligations shall be satisfied by appropriate  offset
                           or reduction of Purchaser's  unused  credits.  In the
                           event Purchaser has no accumulated  unused credits at
                           the time such payment  obligation  is due  hereunder,
                           and  subject  to  the  remaining  provisions  hereof,
                           Purchaser  shall be  obligated to pay such amounts to
                           Vendor in accordance  with the then existing  payment
                           terms between Purchaser and Vendor.

                           (d)  Subject  to  Section  7.3(d)  hereof,  Purchaser
                           hereby  agrees to purchase  Grips from Vendor in each
                           calendar year of this agreement commencing January 1,
                           1999 at the annualized rate of [ * ] Grips per year."

         (iii)  Section  2.2 is hereby  amended by adding to such  section a new
         subsection (e) which provides as follows: "(e) Purchaser agrees that no
         later than June 30 of each year  (commencing  June 30, 1997) during the
         term of this  Agreement it shall provide  Vendor with a forecast of its
         annual  purchase  requirements  of Grips for the following  year,  such
         forecast to be provided by part  number.  Such  forecasts  shall not be
         considered  binding  commitments  on the part of Purchaser to order the
         quantity or types of Grips specified therein. Vendor hereby agrees that
         it will be obligated to produce the number of Grips  identified in such
         forecast to the extent the number of Grips identified  therein does not
         constitute  an increase of more than ten percent (10%) of the number of
         Grips ordered by Purchaser  during the immediately  preceding  calendar
         year (the "Maximum Annual Requirement"), and agrees to notify Purchaser
         in writing within thirty (30) days after receipt of Purchaser's  annual
         forecast of its ability or inability to produce the Maximum
                                        3
<PAGE>
                                         * Confidential portion has been omitted
                                        and filed separately with the Commission

         Annual  Requirement  of  Grips  in  accordance  herewith.   Vendor  and
         Purchaser  hereby  further  agree that Vendor shall not be obligated to
         produce more than ten percent (10%) of the Maximum  Annual  Requirement
         of Grips during any one calendar month of the applicable calendar year.
         For 1998,  Vendor shall be obligated to produce and supply a minimum of
         [ * ] Grips,  if ordered by  Purchaser.  By way of  example,  an annual
         forecast for Purchaser's Grip  requirements in calendar year 1999 shall
         be provided to Vendor on or before June 30, 1998. If Purchaser's  total
         Grip requirement for 1998 was [ * ] Grips,  Vendor will be obligated to
         supply the number of Grips  specified in Purchaser's  forecast for 1999
         up to [ * ] Grips, and no more than [ * ] Grips in any one month during
         1999.  In the event Vendor fails for any reason to supply the number of
         Grips required  hereunder,  Purchaser  shall be entitled to the amounts
         set forth in Section 7.2 hereof.  The  forecasts  set forth in Sections
         2.2(a) and 2.2(b) of this Agreement shall be subject in all respects to
         the  production and output  requirements  set forth in Sections 2.1 and
         this 2.2(e)."

         (iv) Section 3.1 is hereby  amended by deleting the first  sentence and
         by  inserting  in lieu  thereof the  following:  "Purchaser  and Vendor
         hereby  agree that the  purchase  price per Grip  ordered by  Purchaser
         hereunder  shall be as set  forth on a  pricing  schedule  agreed to by
         Purchaser  and Vendor,  which pricing  schedule  shall  reference  this
         Agreement  and shall be binding on the parties in  accordance  with its
         terms."

         (v) Section 3.2(c) is hereby amended by deleting such subsection in its
         entirety and by inserting  in lieu  thereof the  following:  "Purchaser
         shall use its  reasonable  best efforts to cause the shares  underlying
         the options to be  registered  for resale under the  Securities  Act of
         1933, as amended,  as promptly as is reasonably  practicable  after the
         receipt of written  demand  therefor  by Vendor,  but in no event on or
         before a date that is one  hundred  and  eighty  (180)  days  after the
         consummation of Purchaser's proposed transaction with FM Precision Golf
         Corporation.  Vendor  shall be  entitled to cause  Purchaser  to cancel
         166,667  (but not more or less than  166,667)  of the  250,000  options
         granted  pursuant to Section  3.2(b)  above upon sixty (60) days' prior
         written notice to Purchaser;  provided,  however, that Vendor shall not
         be entitled to cancel such  options if (i) Vendor is then in breach (or
         but for the passage of time would be in breach) of this  Agreement,  or
         (ii) if Purchaser's accountants determine that the cancellation of such
         options will not result in a positive  impact on Purchaser's  earnings.
         Upon proper  cancellation  of such  options,  Vendor shall be entitled,
         subject to the  limitations  set forth below, to an offset or reduction
         of the then unused portion of the Initial Credit  provided to Purchaser
         under  Section  3.3(d)  hereof,  if any.  In no event  shall  Vendor be
         entitled to payment in cash or  anything  else of value other than such
         credit  offset . The amount of such offset  shall be equal to the value
         of such  options on the date notice of  cancellation  is  provided,  as
         valued by Purchaser's  accountants in accordance with the Black-Scholes
         option pricing  model,  but in no event shall the value of such options
         exceed in the aggregate the lesser of (y) $239,333 or (z) the amount of
         any then unused portion of Purchaser's  Initial  Credit,  regardless of
         the value of the options determined by such accountants. "
                                        4
<PAGE>
         (vi)  Section  3.3 is hereby  amended  by adding to such  section a new
         subsection  (d) which  provides as  follows:  "(d)  Purchaser  shall be
         entitled to, and Vendor hereby provides to Purchaser, a purchase credit
         in the amount of $400,000 (the "Initial  Credit"),  such Initial Credit
         to be in addition to any and all  Purchase  Credits  owed to  Purchaser
         from time to time under Section 2.1(b) hereof. The Initial Credit under
         this subsection (d) and all Purchase Credits under Section 2.1(b) shall
         be applied by Purchaser  against,  and shall constitute  timely payment
         of, any unpaid  invoices of Vendor for Grips existing as of the date of
         this Agreement or thereafter (up to the amount of all such credits)."

         (vii)  Section  7.2  is  hereby   amended  by  adding  a  new  sentence
         immediately  after  the  second  sentence  thereof  which  provides  as
         follows:  "The  reimbursement  amounts  set  forth  in the  immediately
         preceding  sentence  shall not apply to any failure of Vendor to supply
         the quantity of Grips  specified in Section  2.1(b)  hereof  during the
         Transition  Term,  which failure shall be subject to the  reimbursement
         provisions set forth in Section 2.1(b)."

         (viii)  Section 7.3(b) is hereby amended by deleting the first sentence
         of such  subsection  and by inserting  in lieu  thereof the  following:
         "Purchaser  shall have a grace  period of ten (10) days with respect to
         the provision of forecasts and firm orders required pursuant to Section
         2.2(a) of the  Agreement,  and shall have a grace period of thirty (30)
         days with respect to the  provision  of  non-binding  annual  forecasts
         required pursuant to Section 2.2(e) of the Agreement."

         (ix) The  provisions  of  Section  7.3(d) of the  Agreement  are hereby
         waived  with  respect  to the  purchase  of Grips by  Purchaser  during
         calendar years 1997 and 1998.

         (x) Section 7.7 is hereby  re-designated as Section 7.8 and there shall
         be added a new Section 7.7 to provide as follows:

                  "7.7  Voluntary Termination by Vendor.
                        --------------------------------

                  (a) Vendor  shall have the right to terminate  this  Agreement
                  with Purchaser at any time on or after June 30, 1998 by giving
                  Purchaser not less than ten (10) months' prior written  notice
                  of   termination   and  by  paying  to  Purchaser  in  cash  a
                  termination fee which shall be the sum of the following:

                           (i) The  aggregate  profit  realized or realizable by
                           Vendor with respect to the  exercise  and  subsequent
                           sale of 166,667 of the  options  granted  pursuant to
                           Section 3.2(b) hereof (the "Retained  Options").  For
                           purposes  of  this  subsection   (a)(i),  the  profit
                           realized or realizable by Vendor with respect to such
                           Retained  Options  shall mean (y) with respect to any
                           shares  of  Common  Stock of  Purchaser  acquired  by
                           Vendor  upon  exercise of such  Retained  Options and
                           subsequently  sold by  Vendor,  the  aggregate  sales
                           price of such Common Stock (less reasonable brokerage
                           commissions
                                        5
<PAGE>
                           incurred by Vendor pursuant to such sales),  less the
                           aggregate exercise price paid by Vendor upon exercise
                           of the Retained Options  underlying such shares,  and
                           (z) with  respect  to any  shares of Common  Stock of
                           Purchaser   acquired  by  Vendor  upon   exercise  of
                           Retained  Options  which have not  subsequently  been
                           sold by Vendor (the "Retained  Shares"),  the closing
                           price of the  Company's  Common  Stock as provided by
                           the NASD on the  termination  date  multiplied by the
                           number of Retained  Shares then held by Vendor,  less
                           the  exercise  price paid by Vendor upon  exercise of
                           the Retained Options  underlying such shares, in each
                           case plus or minus the  aggregate  Tax Benefit or Tax
                           Liability (as defined below) to Vendor arising out of
                           the transactions  described  herein.  For purposes of
                           this Section 7.7(a)(i),  Vendor's Tax Liability shall
                           be equal to the aggregate amount of any capital gains
                           or income taxes incurred by it (or its  shareholders)
                           as a  result  of its  sale or  other  disposition  of
                           shares of Common Stock acquired  pursuant to exercise
                           of the  Retained  Options,  and  Vendor's Tax Benefit
                           shall be equal to the aggregate tax benefit to it (or
                           its  shareholders)  arising  out  of the  payment  of
                           profits or other amounts  pursuant to this subsection
                           (a)(i) before giving effect to any other amounts paid
                           or payable  by Vendor as a result of its  termination
                           of  this   Agreement.   In  the  event  Vendor's  Tax
                           Liability  exceeds the amount of its Tax  Benefits as
                           provided  herein,  the  difference  shall be deducted
                           from the profits payable  hereunder to Purchaser.  In
                           the event Vendor's Tax Benefits exceeds the amount of
                           its  tax   Liabilities   as  provided   herein,   the
                           difference   shall  be   payable  to   Purchaser   as
                           additional   profits   pursuant  to  this  subsection
                           (a)(i);

                           (ii) An amount equal to all shipping and installation
                           costs  of all Grip  manufacturing  tools,  molds  and
                           other  equipment  incurred  in  connection  with  the
                           transition of production operations,  up to $100,000;
                           and

                           (iii) An additional $2.5 million.

                  (b) In addition to payment of the termination fee set forth in
                  subsection (a) above,  Vendor hereby further agrees that, upon
                  termination or notice of  termination,  as the case may be, of
                  this Agreement pursuant to this Section 7.7:

                           (i) All Retained Options originally granted to Vendor
                           under Section 3.2(b) that are unexercised on the date
                           of Vendor's  termination  notice shall be canceled by
                           Purchaser  and not  subject to exercise by any holder
                           thereof effective  immediately on an as of the notice
                           of termination;

                           (ii)  Vendor  shall  continue  to  produce  Grips  in
                           accordance with this Agreement,  and shall be subject
                           to the  penalties  and  damages  provided  under this
                           Agreement  in  connection  therewith,  during the ten
                           (10) month
                                        6
<PAGE>
                           period  following  Vendor's  notice  of  termination,
                           which production and penalty provisions shall survive
                           notice  of  termination   and   termination  of  this
                           Agreement.  Purchaser  agrees  that it  will  use its
                           reasonable  best efforts to begin  transition of Grip
                           production  as  early  as is  reasonably  practicable
                           under  the  circumstances  upon  termination  of  the
                           Agreement;

                           (iii)  Vendor  shall  provide all Grip  compounds  to
                           Purchaser and any new suppliers  engaged by Purchaser
                           at Vendor's  cost for a period of two (2) years after
                           the start-up of  production  by Purchaser or such new
                           suppliers.  For purposes of this subsection (b)(iii),
                           Vendor's cost shall mean  Vendor's  actual and direct
                           cost of materials, labor and overhead attributable to
                           the purchase of such compounds;

                           (iv)  Vendor  shall  sell  to   Purchaser   all  Grip
                           production  equipment used or owned by Vendor covered
                           under the Lease Agreement. The purchase price payable
                           by  Purchaser  for  such   equipment   shall  be  the
                           outstanding  balance  of  the  Lease  Agreement.   In
                           addition,  Vendor shall,  at  Purchaser's  option and
                           election,  sell to  Purchaser  any or all  additional
                           Grip production equipment owned by Vendor that is not
                           subject to the Lease Agreement, which equipment shall
                           be sold to  Purchaser  at  Vendor's  net  book  value
                           thereof; and

                           (v) Vendor shall,  immediately  upon providing notice
                           of  termination  to  Purchaser,  promptly  and  fully
                           assist Purchaser in finding new Grip suppliers and in
                           the   orderly   transitioning   of  Grip   production
                           operations  to  one  or  more  new  suppliers  (or to
                           Purchaser,   if  Purchaser   elects  to  resume  Grip
                           production   operations),   which   assistance  shall
                           include  but not be limited to the  provision  of all
                           recipe  and  mixing  instructions  to  Purchaser  and
                           Purchaser's  new suppliers.  It is hereby  understood
                           and agreed  that  Purchaser  will use its  reasonable
                           best efforts to transition Grip production operations
                           to  other  third  party  suppliers  upon  receipt  of
                           Vendor's  notice of  termination  of this  Agreement;
                           provided,  however,  that  Purchaser  shall have full
                           discretion in selecting  other third party  suppliers
                           in accordance with  Purchaser's then existing quality
                           and pricing objectives."

         (xi) Section 7.8 (formerly  Section 7.7) is hereby amended by adding to
         the end of such  sentence  after the term  "prior to  termination"  and
         before the period the following:  "and during any notice of termination
         period."
                                        7
<PAGE>
                                         * Confidential portion has been omitted
                                        and filed separately with the Commission


         (xii) The parties  hereby agree that all  purchase  orders for Grips in
         excess of [ * ] Grips provided by Purchaser prior to the effective date
         of this Amendment are hereby canceled,  and there shall be effective as
         of the date hereof  purchase orders for no greater than [ * ] Grips per
         month.

         (xiii) The parties  hereby  agree that,  for  purposes of clause (i) of
         Schedule 7.6 to the Agreement,  Vendor's up-front costs in establishing
         manufacturing operations under the Agreement were $500,000.

         2.  Effective  Date.  The  agreements  of each of the parties set forth
herein shall be effective on and as of March 31, 1997, except that the amendment
adding a new Section 2.1(d) to the  Agreement,  the amendments to Section 3.2(c)
of the Agreement,  and the waivers to Section  7.3(d) of the Agreement  shall be
effective on and as of December 21, 1996.

         3. No Other Effect.  Except as specifically set forth herein, all other
terms,  conditions,  and provisions of the Agreement  shall remain in full force
and effect and no amendment,  waiver,  release, or consent of or with respect to
any of the  matters  set  forth in such  Agreement  shall be  implied  except as
otherwise expressly set forth in this Amendment.

         4. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed by facsimile and in any
number of counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all
of which shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  have caused  this  Amendment  to be
executed  by their  duly  authorized  representatives  on the day and year first
above written.


"VENDOR"                                "PURCHASER"

ACUSHNET RUBBER COMPANY, INC.           ROYAL GRIP, INC.


By: /s/ Ronald V. Fernandes             By: /s/ Bob Burg
   --------------------------              --------------------------
Its: Executive V.P. C.O.O.              Its: President
    -------------------------               -------------------------
                                        8

                             CAPITAL LEASE AGREEMENT

         THIS CAPITAL  LEASE  AGREEMENT  ("Lease") is made as of the 21st day of
December,  1996, by and between ROYAL GRIP, INC., a Nevada  corporation,  having
its  principal  executive  offices  at 444 West  Geneva,  Tempe,  Arizona  85282
("Lessor"),  and ACUSHNET  RUBBER COMPANY,  INC., a  Massachusetts  corporation,
having its principal  executive offices at 744 Belleville  Avenue,  New Bedford,
Massachusetts 02742-6912 ("Lessee").

                                    RECITALS

         A. The parties desire that Lessor lease to Lessee  certain  specialized
manufacturing  equipment (the "Units" and,  individually,  a "Unit") used in the
production of non-cord golf grips ("Grips").

         B.  Lessee is  willing  to lease the Units  from  Lessor  and Lessor is
willing to lease the Units to Lessee upon the terms and  conditions  hereinafter
set forth.

         C. As of the date hereof,  Lessor and Lessee are also  entering  into a
manufacturing and sales agreement (the "MSA Agreement") pursuant to which Lessee
will become the  exclusive  supplier of Grips to Lessor and it is intended  will
become the exclusive supplier of cord grips..

         D. This Agreement and the MSA Agreement have been  negotiated by Lessor
and Lessee at arm's  length and in good faith for the purpose of  achieving  the
parties' commercial expectations.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and mutual agreements
set  forth  herein  and in  the  MSA  Agreement  and  other  good  and  valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and
in reliance  upon the  representations  and  warranties  contained  herein,  the
parties agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I
                      PROCUREMENT, DELIVERY, AND ACCEPTANCE

1.1 Business of Lessor and Lessee;  MSA Agreement.  Lessor is in the business of
selling and manufacturing  Grips.  Lessee manufactures  rubber-based  materials.
Lessor and Lessee have entered into that certain MSA Agreement,  whereby Lessor,
among other things, agrees that, following a transition period, it will purchase
from Lessee, during the term of the MSA Agreement, one hundred percent (100%) of
Lessee's total production of Grips as the exclusive provider of Grips to Lessor,
and  Lessee  agrees to sell to Lessor one  hundred  percent  (100%) of  Lessee's
production of Grips.  In order to produce the Grips  required by Lessor,  Lessee
will acquire the Units,  which Lessor is willing to provide subject to the terms
of this Lease.
                                      - 1 -
<PAGE>
1.2 Shipment of  Equipment.  Lessor  hereby  grants to Lessee access to Lessor's
current manufacturing  facility located at 444 West Geneva, Tempe, Arizona 85282
(the  "Facility")  to allow Lessee,  at its expense,  to  disassemble  the Units
currently located at the Facility and to prepare them for shipment. Lessor shall
ship all such Units to Lessee F.O.B.  for delivery to the dock at Lessee's plant
(the  "Plant").  In addition,  Lessee shall cause all Units which are  currently
subject to  purchase  agreements  between  Lessor and the  manufacturer  of such
Unit(s) to be  delivered  F.O.B.  the dock at the Plant.  Lessee  shall,  at its
expense, install and set up all Units at the Plant.

1.3 Additional Deliveries. Contemporaneously herewith, Lessee shall, at its sole
expense,  deliver  to Lessor  the  following  documents,  in form and  substance
satisfactory to Lessor:

         (a)      UCC financing statements executed by Lessee; and

         (b)      any other  documents  specified in the Appendix and such other
                  documents as Lessor may reasonably request.

                                   ARTICLE II
                             TERM, RENT, AND PAYMENT

2.1 Term.  The term of this Lease as to each Unit shall  commence  upon the date
hereof and continue as specified in the Appendix.

2.2 Rent.  Lessee  shall pay to Lessor  rent for each Unit in the amounts and at
the times set forth in the Appendix.

2.3 Payment of Rent. Rent and all other sums due Lessor  hereunder shall be paid
at the office of Lessor set forth above.

2.4 Abatement; No Termination Upon Certain Events. This Lease is a net lease and
Lessee shall not be entitled to any abatement or reduction of rent or any setoff
against rent,  whether arising by reason of any past, present or future claim of
any nature by Lessee against Lessor or otherwise.  Except as otherwise expressly
provided  herein,  this Lease shall not terminate,  nor shall the obligations of
Lessor or Lessee be  otherwise  affected by reason of (a) any defect in,  damage
to, loss of possession or use or destruction of any Unit,  however  caused,  (b)
the  attachment of any lien,  encumbrance,  security  interest or other right or
claim of any third party to any Unit, except when such third party is a creditor
of  Lessor  attempting  to  collect  a debt or  obligation  of  Lessor,  (c) any
prohibition or restriction of or  interference  with Lessee's use of any Unit by
any person or entity,  except when such person or entity is a creditor of Lessor
attempting to collect a debt or  obligation of Lessor,  (d) (except as otherwise
provided  herein) the insolvency of or the  commencement by or against Lessee of
any bankruptcy,  reorganization or similar  proceeding,  or (e) any other cause,
whether similar or dissimilar to the foregoing, any present or future law to the
contrary  notwithstanding.  Except  as  otherwise  provided  herein,  it is  the
intention of the
                                      - 2 -
<PAGE>
parties that all rent and other  amounts  payable by Lessee  hereunder  shall be
payable  in all events in the manner  and at the times  herein  provided  unless
Lessee's  obligations in respect  thereof have been  terminated  pursuant to the
express provisions of this Lease.

2.5 Order of Payments.  Payments  shall be applied in the following  order:  (a)
expenses, including attorneys' fees; (b) interest on late payments; and (c) rent
and all other sums due thereunder.


                                   ARTICLE III
                             NO WARRANTIES BY LESSOR

3.1 Acknowledgment by Lessee.  LESSEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT (a) LESSEE IS
SATISFIED  THAT EACH UNIT IS  SUITABLE  FOR ITS  PURPOSES;  (b)  LESSOR IS NOT A
MANUFACTURER  THEREOF  NOR A DEALER IN  PROPERTY  OF SUCH  KIND;  (c)  EXCEPT AS
OTHERWISE  PROVIDED  HEREIN LESSOR HAS NOT MADE,  AND DOES NOT HEREBY MAKE,  ANY
REPRESENTATION,  WARRANTY  OR  COVENANT  EXPRESS  OR  IMPLIED  AS TO ANY  MATTER
INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE TITLE,  MERCHANTABILITY,  CONDITION, QUALITY,
DESCRIP TION, DURABILITY,  FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR SUITABILITY OF ANY UNIT IN ANY
RESPECT OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR FOR THE PURPOSES AND USES OF LESSEE; (d) LESSOR
SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED TO PROVIDE ANY  MECHANICAL  SERVICES TO LESSEE  INCLUDING,
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY MAINTENANCE, REPAIR, SHIPPING OR INSPECTIONS; AND (e) AS
AGAINST LESSOR, ALL UNITS SHALL BE ACCEPTED IN "AS IS" CONDITION.

3.2  Assignment of Warranties.  Lessor hereby  assigns to Lessee,  to the extent
assignable, any warranties, covenants and representations of Vendor with respect
to any Unit,  but any  action  taken by Lessee  by  reason  thereof  shall be at
Lessee's expense and shall be consistent with Lessee's obligations under Article
II.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                        POSSESSION, USE, AND MAINTENANCE

4.1 Possession and Use. Lessee shall not (i) use, operate, maintain or store any
Unit improperly,  carelessly or in violation of any applicable law or regulation
of any  governmental  authority  or  the  manufacturer's  recommended  operating
procedures,  standards and warranty  requirements,  (ii) abandon any Unit, (iii)
sublease  any Unit or permit its use by anyone  other than  Lessee  without  the
prior written consent of Lessor,  not to be unreasonably  withheld,  (iv) permit
any Unit to be removed  from the state  specified  in the  Schedule  without the
prior written consent of Lessor,  (v) sell,  assign or transfer,  or directly or
indirectly create,  incur or suffer to exist any lien, claim,  security interest
or encumbrance of any kind on any of its rights hereunder or in any Unit.
                                      - 3 -
<PAGE>
4.2  Maintenance.  Lessee  shall at its expense at all times  during the term of
this Lease maintain the Units in good  operating  order,  repair,  condition and
appearance and in accordance  with the  manufacturer's  recommended  procedures,
operating standards and warranty requirements.

4.3  Alterations.  Lessee  may alter  any Unit or affix or place any  accessory,
equipment  or device on any Unit.  If an Event of Default  has  occurred  and is
continuing,  and any Units are recovered  and/or  delivered to Lessor by Lessee,
all parts accessories,  equipment or deliveries  attached to such Units shall be
deemed the property of Lessor.

4.4 Inspection by Lessor. Upon prior notice to Lessee,  Lessor and its designees
shall have the right at all  reasonable  times to inspect any Unit,  observe its
use and inspect records related thereto.

                                    ARTICLE V
                              GENERAL TAX INDEMNITY

5.1 Impositions. Lessee shall pay or reimburse Lessor for, and indemnify, defend
and hold Lessor  harmless for,  from, and against all fees  (including,  but not
limited to, license,  documentation,  recording or registration  fees),  and all
sales,  use,  privilege,  excise,  property,  or other taxes,  levies,  imposts,
duties, assessments,  charges or withholdings of any nature whatsoever, together
with any penalties,  fines or additions to tax, or interest  thereon (all of the
foregoing being  hereafter  referred to as  "Impositions"),  arising at any time
before or during the term of this Lease,  or upon any  termination of this Lease
or return of the Units to Lessor,  and levied or imposed on Lessor,  directly or
otherwise,  by any federal, state or local government or taxing authority in the
United  States or by any  foreign  country or foreign  or  international  taxing
authority on or with respect to (a) any Unit, (b) the exportation,  importation,
registration,   purchase,   ownership,   delivery,  leasing,   possession,  use,
operation, storage, maintenance, repair, transportation,  return, sale, transfer
of title or other  disposition  thereof,  (c) the rents,  receipts,  or earnings
arising  from  any  Unit,  or (d)  this  Lease or any  payment  made  hereunder,
excluding,  however,  taxes measured by Lessor's net income imposed or levied by
the United  States or any state  thereof but not  excluding  any such net income
taxes  that by the terms of the  statute  imposing  such tax  expressly  relieve
Lessee from the payment of any  Impositions  Lessee  would  otherwise  have been
obligated to pay, reimburse or indemnify.

5.2 Payment of Impositions by Lessor.  Lessor shall pay directly all Impositions
for which  Lessor is primarily  responsible  and as to which Lessor gives Lessee
notice that Lessor will pay directly; and Lessee shall promptly reimburse Lessor
for such  Impositions so paid (except any  Impositions  excluded by Section 5.1)
upon presentation of a bill therefor.

5.3 Payment of Impositions by Lessee.  Lessee shall pay on or before the time or
times   prescribed  by  law  any  Impositions  for  which  Lessee  is  primarily
responsible  under  applicable  law  and  any  other  Impositions   (except  any
Impositions  excluded by Section 5.1) not payable by Lessor  pursuant to Section
5.2, but Lessee shall have no obligation to pay any such Imposition while
                                      - 4 -
<PAGE>
Lessee is  contesting  such  Imposition in good faith and by  appropriate  legal
proceedings  and the  nonpayment  thereof  does not,  in the  opinion of Lessor,
adversely affect the title, property, use, disposition or other rights of Lessor
with respect to the Units or result in any enforcement,  collection, foreclosure
or forfeiture  proceeding or any levy or execution which remains  unstayed for a
period of fifteen (15) days.  Lessee shall furnish on Lessor's  request proof of
payment of any Imposition paid by Lessee.

5.4 Tax Returns.  Lessor shall prepare and file all required  personal  property
tax reports or returns as "Owner" of the Units but Lessee  must  timely  provide
Lessor with all information  available to Lessee that Lessor requires to prepare
properly any such report or return.  Lessee shall report the Units as "Equipment
Leased from Others" on any property tax reports or returns  required to be filed
by Lessee. Lessee shall furnish on Lessor's request copies of reports or returns
so filed.

5.5 Certain Economic Benefits.  Lessor acknowledges that Lessee has the right to
claim certain economic benefits  available to it under the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986,  as amended from time to time (the  "Code"),  and/or  under  equivalent
state  income tax laws,  based upon  depreciable  lives of the Units,  averaging
conventions, methods of depreciation and other such methods as Lessee elects for
income tax purposes (the "MACRS Deductions").

5.6 No Indemnification.  Notwithstanding  what may otherwise be provided herein,
the indemnifications  described in this Section 5 shall not be applicable to the
extent  of the  gross  negligence  or  intentional  misconduct  of  Lessor,  its
employees, agents, representatives or assigns.


                                   ARTICLE VI
                       RISK OF LOSS; WAIVER AND INDEMNITY

6.1  Casualty  Occurrence.  If any  Unit  is worn  out,  stolen,  destroyed,  or
irreparably  damaged,  from any cause  whatsoever,  or taken or requisitioned by
condemnation  or  otherwise  (any such  occurrence  being  hereinafter  called a
"Casualty  Occurrence") before or during the term of this Lease as to such Unit,
Lessee shall give Lessor prompt notice  thereof.  On the first rent payment date
after the Casualty  Occurrence or, if there is no such rent payment date, thirty
(30) days after the  Casualty  Occurrence,  Lessee shall pay to Lessor an amount
equal to the rent payment in respect of such Unit, if any, due on such date plus
a sum equal to the corresponding  Ending Financed Balance described on Exhibit A
(the  "Casualty  Value") for all of the Units as of such date. In the event of a
Casualty  Occurrence,  the Casualty  Occurrence shall be deemed to have affected
all of the Units.

         Upon the making of such payment by Lessee in respect of the Units,  the
Rent for the Units  shall  cease to accrue and this Lease  shall  terminate.  If
Lessor  receives the Casualty  Value for the Units,  Lessee shall be entitled to
the  proceeds  of any  recovery  in respect of the  Unit(s)  from  insurance  or
otherwise.
                                      - 5 -
<PAGE>
6.2  Indemnification.  With  respect  to a Unit,  so long as such Unit is in the
possession  of and/or  under the  control of Lessee,  Lessee  hereby  waives and
releases  any  claim now or  hereafter  existing  against  Lessor,  any  company
controlled by, controlling, or under common control with Lessor and all of their
directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, successors and assigns (each,
an "Indemnified Person") on account of, and shall indemnify,  reimburse and hold
each  Indemnified  Person  harmless  for,  from,  and against any and all claims
(including,  but not limited  to,  claims  based on or  relating  to  copyright,
trademark or patent infringement,  environmental liability,  negligence,  strict
liability in tort, statutory liability or violation of laws),  losses,  damages,
obligations,  penalties,  liabilities,  demands,  suits,  judgments or causes of
action,  and all legal  proceedings,  and any  reasonable  costs or  expenses in
connection therewith, including reasonable attorneys' fees, including reasonable
allocated time charges of internal counsel, in each case imposed on, incurred by
or asserted against the Indemnified  Person in any way relating to or arising in
any manner out of (a) the registration,  purchase,  or the ownership,  delivery,
condition,  lease,  assignment,   storage,   transportation,   possession,  use,
operation, return, repossession,  sale or other disposition of, any Unit, before
or during  the term of this  Lease as to the  Unit;  (b) any  alleged  or actual
defect in any Unit  (whether  arising  from the  material  or any  article  used
therein, the design,  testing,  use, maintenance,  service,  repair, or overhaul
thereof or  otherwise),  regardless of when such defect is discovered or alleged
and no matter where it is located; or (c) any violation of any applicable local,
state or federal environmental law or regulation.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                                    INSURANCE

7.1 Insurance. Lessee shall maintain insurance in accordance with Section 6.6 of
the MSA Agreement.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                    COVENANTS

8.1  Financial  Information.  Lessor and Lessee agree to provide each other with
the following information:

         (a) As soon as available but in any event within  forty-five  (45) days
after the end of each of the first three calendar  quarters in each fiscal year,
unaudited consolidated financial statements,  including statements of operations
and cash flows for such  quarter  and for the period from the  beginning  of the
fiscal year to the end of such quarter and balance  sheets as of the end of such
quarter,  setting forth in each case comparisons to the corresponding  period in
the  preceding  fiscal  year,  and  all  such  statements  will be  prepared  in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,  consistently applied,
subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and excluding footnote disclosures;
                                      - 6 -
<PAGE>
         (b) As soon as available but in any event within ninety (90) days after
the  end  of  each  fiscal  year,  audited  consolidated  financial  statements,
including  statements  of  operations  and cash flows for such  fiscal  year and
balance  sheets as of the end of such fiscal  year,  setting  forth in each case
comparisons to the  corresponding  period in the preceding  fiscal year, and all
such  statements  will  be  prepared  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted
accounting principles, consistently applied.

         (c)  With  reasonable  promptness,  such  other  information  and  data
concerning such party as the other party may reasonably request.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PARTIES

         As of the date hereof,  each party represents and warrants to the other
party the following:

9.1 Organization and  Qualification.  The party is a corporation duly organized,
validly  existing,  and  in  good  standing  under  the  laws  of its  state  of
incorporation,  and has the requisite  corporate  power and authority to own and
operate its  properties  and to carry on its business as now  conducted in every
jurisdiction  where the failure to do so would have a material adverse effect on
its business, properties, or ability to conduct the business currently conducted
by it.

9.2 Authority Relative to this Agreement.  The party has the requisite power and
authority  to  enter  into  this  Agreement  and to  carry  out its  obligations
hereunder.  The execution  and delivery of this  Agreement by such party and the
consummation  by such party of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby have been
duly authorized by such party, and no other corporate proceedings on the part of
such party are necessary to authorize this Agreement and such transactions. This
Agreement has been duly  executed and delivered by such party and  constitutes a
valid and binding  obligation of such party,  enforceable in accordance with its
terms,  except as the  enforceability  thereof  may be  limited  by  bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, or other similar laws relating to the enforcement of
creditors' rights generally and by general principles of equity.

9.3 No Conflicts. The party is not subject to, or obligated under, any provision
of (i) its Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws,  (ii) any material agreement,
arrangement, or understanding, (iii) any material license, franchise, or permit,
or (iv) any law, regulation, order, judgment, or decree, which would be breached
or violated, or in respect of which a right of termination or acceleration would
arise,  or  pursuant  to  which  any  encumbrance  on  any  of its or any of its
subsidiaries' material assets would be created, by its execution,  delivery, and
performance of this  Agreement and the  consummation  by it of the  transactions
contemplated hereby.

9.4 No Consents. No authorization,  consent, or approval of, or filing with, any
public body,  court,  or authority is necessary on the part of the party for the
consummation by such party of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
                                      - 7 -
<PAGE>
9.5 Financial  Statements.  The party has provided to the other party  unaudited
financial  statements  for and as of the period ended  September  30, 1996,  and
audited  financial  statements for and as of the period ended December 31, 1995,
all of  which  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with
generally  accepted   accounting   principles  applied  on  a  consistent  basis
throughout  the periods  involved and fairly  present the financial  position of
such party as of the dates  thereof and the results of its  operations  and cash
flows for the periods  then ended,  subject in the case of  unaudited  financial
statements to normal  year-end  adjustments in the absence of complete  footnote
disclosure.

9.6 No  Litigation.  The  party is not  subject  to any  legal,  administrative,
arbitration or other suit, proceeding, claim, action, investigation,  or inquiry
pending or, to the knowledge of such party, threatened against or involving such
party  which  could have a material  adverse  effect upon its ability to perform
this  Agreement or upon its results of  operations  or financial  condition,  or
which  questions  the  validity of this  Agreement  or any action taken or to be
taken by such party  pursuant to this  Agreement  and, to the  knowledge of such
party,  there is no valid basis for any such suit,  proceeding,  claim,  action,
investigation or inquiry.

9.7 No Liens or  Encumbrances.  Lessor  warrants and represents  that Lessor has
good  and  marketable  title  to the  Units  free and  clear  of any  liens  and
encumbrances.

                                    ARTICLE X
                               DEFAULTS; REMEDIES

10.1  Events of  Default.  The  following  shall  constitute  events of  default
("Events of Default") hereunder:

         (a) Lessee  fails to make any  payment  to Lessor  within ten (10) days
after written notice thereof to Lessee.

         (b) Any representation or warranty of Lessee contained herein or in any
document  furnished to Lessor in connection  herewith is incorrect or misleading
in any material respect when made;

         (c) Lessee fails to observe or perform any other covenant, agreement or
warranty  made by Lessee  hereunder  and such failure  continues for thirty (30)
days after written notice thereof to Lessee;

         (d) Lessee  makes an  assignment  for the benefit of creditors or files
any  petition or action  under any  bankruptcy,  reorganization,  insolvency  or
moratorium  law,  or any other law or laws for the  relief of, or  relating  to,
debtors;

         (e) Any  involuntary  petition  is filed under any  bankruptcy  statute
against  Lessee,  or any  receiver,  trustee,  custodian or similar  official is
appointed to take possession of the properties
                                      - 8 -
<PAGE>
of Lessee, any guarantor of this Lease or any general partner of Lessee,  unless
such petition or appointment is set aside or withdrawn or ceases to be in effect
within one-hundred twenty (120) days from the date of the filing or appointment;

         (f) Lessee elects to totally liquidate its assets and/or dissolve;

         (g) Lessee  merges or  consolidates  with any other entity  except that
Lessee may merge or  consolidate  with its parent or any  subsidiary  of Lessee;
provided,  that, in each case,  immediately after giving effect to such proposed
transaction no Event of Default would exist;  and provided  further that, in the
case of a merger or consolidation with a subsidiary of Lessee, the Lessee is the
surviving corporation; or

         (h) Lessee  commits a material  breach  (which is not cured  within any
applicable grace period) under the MSA Agreement.

10.2 Lessor's Remedies.  If any Event of Default occurs,  Lessor, at its option,
without  notice to or demand upon Lessee  except as  otherwise  provided in this
Section 10.2, may:

         (a) Terminate this Lease and/or  Lessee's  rights of possession and use
of all or any portion of the Units under the Lease;

         (b)  Take  possession  of all or any  portion  of the  Units,  wherever
located, or render the same unusable;

         (c) Require the Lessee to assemble and return all or any portion of the
Units to Lessor (as more fully specified in Section 11 hereof);

         (d)  Retain,  hold,  sell,  lease or  otherwise  dispose  of all or any
portion of the Units, in a public or private transaction, without demand upon or
notice to Lessee,  and any such sale, lease or other  disposition  shall be free
and clear of any rights of Lessee;

         (e) Recover other and further  damages,  which shall include but not be
limited to payment by Lessee  immediately  upon  demand of the  following,  each
bearing  interest  until  paid in full at the  Default  Rate (as  defined in the
Appendix)  from the  earlier of (A) the date such demand is made or (B) the date
otherwise due and payable:

                  (i) all accrued and unpaid rent payments  payable under all or
         any of the  Leases  and all  other  costs,  charges,  fees and  amounts
         payable thereunder or hereunder,

                  (ii) all of Lessor's  costs and  expenses in  connection  with
         Lessee's  breach  of this  Lease,  or the  enforcement  of  this  lease
         (including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses), or associated with
         the repossession,  reconditioning  and sale, lease or other disposition
         of  the  Units;  and  Lessor's  remedies   hereinabove   specified  are
         cumulative, and may be
                                      - 9 -
<PAGE>
         exercised  by Lessor in any order or manner,  as to the Lease and Units
         or only a portion  thereof,  all as Lessor shall  determine in its sole
         discretion.  No  exercise  of any  remedy  available  to  Lessor  shall
         constitute any election foreclosing Lessor from the subsequent exercise
         of any other remedy. In furtherance of its remedies,  Lessor may and is
         hereby  irrevocably  authorized by Lessee (and Lessee, at its sole cost
         and expense,  shall cause Lessor to be duly authorized by all necessary
         parties) to enter  without  trespass or liability  upon any premises on
         which the Units or any portion  thereof  may be  located.  In the event
         that Lessor,  at its option,  shall give Lessee  notice of any proposed
         sale or other  disposition  of the  Units or any part  thereof,  Lessee
         hereby agrees that written  notice given to Lessee in  accordance  with
         the terms of this  Lease at least ten (10) days  prior to any such sale
         or  other  disposition  shall  be  and  be  deemed  to be  commercially
         reasonable notice.

10.3  Payments  by Lessor on Behalf of Lessee.  If Lessee  fails to timely  make
(within all grace  and/or cure  periods)  any payment or to do any act  required
hereunder,  than Lessor shall have the right, but not the obligation,  to do the
act or make the  payment,  without  further  notice  to, or demand on Lessee and
without releasing Lessee from any contractual obligation,  and to pay, purchase,
contest or compromise  any  encumbrance,  charge or lien which Lessor judges (in
its reasonable  discretion) to affect the Unit or Lessor's  rights  therein.  In
exercising  such  right,  Lessor may incur any  liability  and expend any amount
which in its reasonable discretion it deems necessary. All sums Lessor so incurs
or spends shall be,  without  demand,  immediately  due and payable by Lessee to
Lessor and shall bear interest from the date so incurred or spent,  whichever is
earlier, until paid in full to Lessor at the Default Rate.

                                   ARTICLE XI
                                   BANKRUPTCY

11.1 Bankruptcy of Lessor.

         (a)  Lessor  represents,  warrants  and  covenants  that  it  does  not
presently intend to file or solicit its creditors to file on Lessor's behalf for
protection or reorganization  under the bankruptcy laws of the United States. If
there shall be filed by or against the Lessor a petition  (whether  voluntary or
involuntary) under any Chapter of the United States Bankruptcy Code (the "Code")
on or after the date  hereof,  it is the  intention of the Lessor and the Lessee
that the Lessee shall have the immediate  right, at its option,  to elect one of
the following alternatives:

                  (i) provided that Lessee has  terminated the MSA Agreement and
         this Lease,  return all of the Units to Lessor F.O.B.  at such location
         in the metropolitan area of Phoenix as directed by Lessor (in the event
         Lessor  fails or refuses to provide for a delivery  site,  Lessee shall
         have the unqualified  right to deliver the Units to a storage  facility
         and Lessor  shall be liable for any and all storage  expenses  incurred
         thereby); or
                                     - 10 -
<PAGE>
                  (ii) provided that Lessee reaffirms its obligations  under the
         MSA Agreement and this Lease,  Lessee shall have the immediate right to
         exercise the purchase  option  described in the Appendix or to continue
         the Lease.

Lessor and Lessee  acknowledge that the remedies of the Lessee set forth in this
Section 11.1 are the sole and exclusive remedies of Lessee (in lieu of all other
remedies)  arising  from the  bankruptcy  of Lessor and are  therefore  fair and
equitable.  The  purpose of this Lease (as to Lessee) is to provide  Lessee with
the  machinery  necessary to fulfill its  obligations  under the MSA  Agreement.
Lessor's  bankruptcy may result in a reduction in the volume of Grips  purchased
by Lessor and therefore the commercial  value of both the MSA Agreement and this
Lease will be materially reduced.  Lessor hereby agrees not to object to, nor to
request a trustee in bankruptcy to attempt to, petition the Bankruptcy  Court to
set aside the provisions of this Section 11.1.

11.2  Bankruptcy of Lessee.  Lessee  represents,  warrants and covenants that it
does not  presently  intend to file or solicit its creditors to file on Lessor's
behalf for protection or reorganization  under the Bankruptcy Laws of the United
States or to make any  assignment  for the benefit of creditors  under any state
laws.  If there  shall be filed by or against  the  Lessee a  petition  (whether
voluntary or  involuntary)  under any chapter of the Code,  on or after the date
hereof,  it is the intention of the Lessor and Lessee that the Lessor shall have
immediate right to terminate this Lease,  enter upon the Plant,  and disassemble
and remove the Units.  The MSA Agreement shall  thereafter be deemed  terminated
and all obligations of Lessee and Lessor hereunder shall immediately terminate.

Lessor and Lessee  acknowledge  that the rights and remedies of Lessor set forth
in this Section 11.2 are the sole and  exclusive  remedies of Lessor (in lieu of
all other remedies) arising from the bankruptcy of Lessor and are therefore fair
and  equitable.  The  purpose of this Lease (as to Lessor) is to provide  Lessor
with an acceptable  manufacturer to fulfill 100% of Lessor's needs for Grips (of
the quality  required by Lessor).  Lessee's  bankruptcy may result in a material
reduction  in the  commercial  value of both the MSA  Agreement  and this Lease.
Lessee  hereby  agrees not to object to, nor to request a trustee in  bankruptcy
to, attempt to petition the Bankruptcy Court to set aside the conditions of this
Section 11.

                                   ARTICLE XII
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

12.1  Assignment.  Lessor  may not assign or  transfer  all or any of the right,
title or  interest  of  Lessor  in and to the Units  without  the prior  written
consent of Lessee, but may assign the rights,  benefits and advantages of Lessor
under the Lease  hereunder,  including the rights to receive  payment of rent or
any  other  payment  hereunder.  No  assignment  of this  lease or any  right or
obligation hereunder may be made by Lessee or any assignee of Lessee without the
prior written consent of Lessor.
                                     - 11 -
<PAGE>
12.2  Further  Assurances.  Lessee  and  Lessor  confirm  there  is  no  pending
litigation,  tax claim,  proceeding  or dispute  that may  adversely  affect its
financial condition or impair its ability to perform its obligations  hereunder.
Lessee will, at its expense,  maintain its legal existence in good standing (and
authorized  to do business in any  applicable  state) and do any further act and
execute,  acknowledge,  deliver, file, register and record any further documents
Lessor may  reasonably  request in order to protect  Lessor's title to the Units
and Lessor's rights and benefits under this Lease.

12.3 Late Payments.  Lessee shall pay to Lessor, on demand, interest at the rate
set  forth in the  Appendix  on the  amount  of any  payment  not made  when due
hereunder from the date due until payment is made.

12.4 Effect of Waiver.  No delay or omission  to  exercise  any right,  power or
remedy  accruing to Lessor upon any breach or default of Lessee  hereunder shall
impair any such right,  power or remedy nor shall it be construed to be a waiver
of any such  breach  or  default,  or an  acquiescence  therein  or of or in any
similar  breach or  default  thereafter  occurring,  nor shall any waiver of any
single  breach or  default  be deemed a waiver  of any other  breach or  default
theretofore or thereafter occurring.  Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of
any kind or character on the part of Lessor of any breach or default  under this
Lease must be in writing specifically set forth.

12.5 Survival of Covenants. All obligations of Lessee and Lessor (as applicable)
under  Articles 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 11 and 12.1 and the Appendix  shall survive
the  expiration or  termination  of this Lease to the extent  required for their
full observance and performance.

12.6  Governing  Law. This  Agreement  shall be governed by and  interpreted  in
accordance  with the laws of the state of  Massachusetts  (excluding its, or any
other jurisdiction's, choice of law principles).

12.7  Severability.  Should  any  part of any  provision  of this  Lease be held
invalid or unenforceable,  the invalid or unenforceable  part or provision shall
be replaced with a provision which  accomplishes,  to the extent  possible,  the
original  business  purpose and  economic  intent of such part or provision in a
valid and  enforceable  manner,  and the  remainder  of this Lease shall  remain
binding upon the parties hereto.

12.8  Financial  Information.  Lessee  shall  keep  its  books  and  records  in
accordance  with  generally   accepted   accounting   principles  and  practices
consistently  applied and shall deliver to Lessor such financial  statements and
information as Lessor may reasonably  request.  Credit  information  relating to
Lessee may be  disseminated  among Lessor and any of its  affiliates  and any of
their respective successors and assigns.
                                     - 12 -
<PAGE>
12.9 Notices.

         (a) All  notices  and  demands  of any kind which  either  party may be
required  or desire to serve upon the other  under the terms of this Lease shall
be in writing and shall be sent by registered mail, return receipt requested, or
by facsimile with  confirming  copy by registered mail to the receiving party at
the address of the receiving party set forth below:

                  If to Lessor:         Royal Grip, Inc.
                                        444 W. Geneva
                                        Tempe, Arizona 85282
                                        Phone: (602) 829-9000
                                        Fax: (602) 829-9100
                                        Attn: President

                  If to Lessee:         Acushnet Rubber Company, Inc.
                                        744 Belleville Avenue
                                        New Bedford, Massachusetts 02742-6916
                                        Phone: (508) 998-4004
                                        Fax: (508) 998-4102
                                        Attn: Chief Operating Officer

         (b) Either party may change such  address  upon  written  notice to the
other party hereto in the manner set forth in this Section 12.9.  All notices or
demands  shall be deemed to have been given when  received  by the party to whom
such  notice  is  sent  as  evidenced  by  a  receipt  signed  and  dated  by  a
representative of the receiving party.

12.10 Dispute Resolution. Any dispute among the parties hereto shall be resolved
in accordance  with the dispute  resolution  procedures  attached  hereto in the
Appendix ; provided,  that, nothing herein shall preclude any party from seeking
or obtaining  equitable  relief,  such as an  injunction,  or from enforcing any
order or judgement of an arbitrator through judicial process.

12.11  Counterparts.  Two  counterparts  of this Lease have been executed by the
parties hereto. One counterpart has been prominently marked "Lessor's Copy". One
counterpart has been prominently  marked  "Lessee's Copy".  Only the counterpart
marked "Lessor's Copy" shall evidence a monetary obligation of Lessee.

12.12  Transaction  Costs.  If the negotiation or drafting of lease documents is
required,  the Lessee shall be responsible  for its own legal costs and expenses
and Lessor shall be responsible for its own legal costs.

12.13  Audits.  Lessee  will allow  Lessor  and its  agents to inspect  Lessee's
records  regarding  the  Units  and make  copies  of books  and  records  at any
reasonable time and upon reasonable notice.
                                     - 13 -
<PAGE>
12.14 Effect and  Modification of Lease.  This Lease  exclusively and completely
states the rights of Lessor and Lessee with  respect to the leasing of the Units
and supersedes all prior agreements,  oral or written,  with respect thereto. No
variation or modification of this Lease shall be valid unless in writing.

                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  caused  this
Agreement to be executed by their duly  authorized  representatives  on the date
and year first written above.


ROYAL GRIP, INC., a Nevada corporation  ACUSHNET RUBBER COMPANY, INC., a       
                                        Massachusetts corporation              
                                                                               
                                                                               
By: /s/ Robert G.J. Burg, II            By: /s/ Ronald V. Fernandes
   -----------------------------------     ----------------------------------- 
Name:      Robert G.J. Burg, II         Name:      Ronald V. Fernandes         
Title:     President                    Title:     Executive Vice President and
                                                   Chief Operating Officer     
                                     - 14 -
<PAGE>
                  APPENDIX to LEASE  AGREEMENT  dated as of December  21,  1996,
between Royal Grip, Inc. and Acushnet Rubber Company, Inc..


         Units.
         ------

         The  Unit(s)  to  be  leased  hereunder  consist(s)  of  used  and  new
fabrication  machines and related equipment for the manufacture of Grips as more
particularly  described  in Schedule 1 attached  hereto and made part hereof and
all  modifications,  replacements  and  substitutions.  Some  of the  Units  are
currently  under the  possession and control of Lessor and some of the Units are
subject  to  purchase  orders  between  Lessor and the  respective  manufacturer
thereof.


         Fair Market Value
         -----------------

         "Fair Market Value" with respect to the Units means the Ending Financed
Balance set forth on Exhibit "A".

         Term.
         -----

         The term of this  Lease  shall  begin on the date  hereof  and,  unless
sooner  terminated,  shall end on December 31, 2006,  at which time Lessor shall
deliver to Lessee and Lessee  shall accept from Lessor a Bill of Sale for all of
the Units.

         Location.
         ---------

         The  Units  shall be  located  in the  state of  Massachusetts  and the
Schedule  relating  to each Unit shall set forth the  state,  county and city in
which such Unit is to be principally located. Lessee shall give Lessor notice of
any  change in the  location  within the state no later than ten (10) days after
such change.

         Rent.
         -----

         Lessee  shall pay to Lessor  rent for the Units in the total  amount of
$4,508,384.56  comprised of $3,122,000 (the Fair Market Value of the Units as of
the date hereof  plus fifty  percent  (50%) of the  rigging  and  freight  costs
incurred by Lessor for the F.O.B. delivery described in Section 1.2 hereof) plus
$1,386,384.56 (which equals the fair market value of the units times 7.8125% per
annum over 10 years) payable in 120 consecutive monthly  installments,  with the
first such  installment  due on the first day of the first month  following  the
date hereof,  each Rent  installment to be (subject to adjustment as provided in
the Lease) $37,569.87.
                                       -1-
<PAGE>
         Default Rate.
         -------------

                  Lessee shall pay Lessor  interest on late payments at the rate
of twelve percent (12%) per annum.

         Reimbursement for Shipping Costs.
         ---------------------------------

                  The Rent due to Lessor  hereunder  shall be in addition to the
credits  against  the  shipping  costs  described  in  Section  3.4 of  the  MSA
Agreement.

         Purchase Option.
         ----------------

                  If no Event of Default  exists,  Lessee may at any time during
the term of this Lease, by written notice delivered to Lessor, elect to purchase
all (but not less  than all) of the Units for a  purchase  price  (the  "Capital
Lease Option  Balance")  equal to  corresponding  "End of Month Payoff  Balance"
described in the  attached  Exhibit A. The option to purchase  described  herein
shall be completed  as of the last day of the  immediately  succeeding  calendar
month at which time Lessor shall deliver to Lessee a bill of sale for all of the
Units together with a UCC-2 Termination Statement.

         Security Deposit.
         -----------------

                  Lessee shall deposit with Lessor, as security $ -0-.
                                       -2-
<PAGE>
Dispute Resolution Procedures.
- ------------------------------

         All claims,  disputes and other matters in  controversy  (herein called
"dispute")  arising  directly or indirectly out of or related to this Lease,  or
the breach thereof,  whether  contractual or noncontractual,  and whether during
the  term  or  after  the  termination  of this  Agreement,  shall  be  resolved
exclusively according to the procedures set forth in this Appendix.

         A. Negotation. The parties shall attempt to settle disputes arising out
of or  relating  to  this  Lease  or the  breach  thereof  by a  meeting  of two
designated representatives of each party within five (5) days after a request by
either of the parties to the other party asking for the same.

         B. Mediation. If such dispute cannot be settled at such meeting, either
party,  within  five  (5) days of such  meeting  may give a  written  notice  (a
"Dispute  Notice") to the other party  setting  forth the nature of the dispute.
The parties  shall  attempt in good faith to resolve the dispute by mediation in
Phoenix,   Arizona,  under  the  Commercial  Mediation  Rules  of  the  American
Arbitration Association ("AAA") in effect on the date of the Dispute Notice. The
parties shall select a person who will act as the mediator  under this Paragraph
B within 60 days of the date of the Lease.  If the dispute has not been resolved
by mediation as provided  above  within  thirty (30) days after  delivery of the
Dispute  Notice,  then  the  dispute  shall  be  determined  by  arbitration  in
accordance with the provisions of Paragraph C hereof.

         C.  Arbitration.  Any dispute that is not settled through  mediation as
provided in  Paragraph B above  shall be  resolved  by  arbitration  in Phoenix,
Arizona,  governed by the Federal  Arbitration  Act, 9 U.S.C.  ss. 1 et seq, and
administered by the AAA under its Commercial  Arbitration Rules in effect on the
date of the Dispute Notice,  as modified by the provisions of this Section C, by
a single arbitrator.  The arbitrator selected, in order to be eligible to serve,
shall be a lawyer  with at least 15  years  experience  specializing  in  either
general commercial  litigation or general corporate and commercial  matters.  In
the event the parties cannot agree on a mutually  acceptable  single  arbitrator
from the list  submitted by the AAA, the AAA shall  appoint the  arbitrator  who
shall  meet the  foregoing  criteria.  The  arbitrator  shall  base the award on
applicable law and judicial  precedent and, unless both parties agree otherwise,
shall  include in such award the  findings of fact and  conclusions  of law upon
which the award is based.  Judgment on the award  rendered by the  arbitrator(s)
may be entered in any court having jurisdiction  thereof.  The award may only be
made for  compensatory  damages,  and if any other damages  (whether  exemplary,
punitive,  consequential,  statutory or other) are included,  the award shall be
vacated and remanded,  or modified or corrected,  as appropriate to promote this
damage limitation.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing:

                  (a) Upon the  application  by  either  party to a court for an
order  confirming,  modifying  or vacating  the award,  the court shall have the
power to  review  whether,  as a matter  of law  based on the  findings  of fact
determined by the arbitrator, the award should be confirmed, modified or vacated
in order to  correct  any  errors  of law  made by the  arbitrator.  In order to
effectuate such judicial review limited to issues of law, the parties agree (and
shall stipulate to the
                                       -3-
<PAGE>
court)  that the  findings  of fact  made by the  arbitrator  shall be final and
binding  on the  parties  and shall  serve as the facts to be  submitted  to and
relied on by the court in  determining  the extent to which the award  should be
confirmed, modified or vacated.

                  (b)  Either  party  shall have the right to apply to any court
for an order to enforce  any of the  ownership  and  confidentiality  provisions
contained in the Agreement.

         D. Costs and  Attorneys'  Fees.  If either  party fails to proceed with
mediation or arbitration as provided herein or unsuccessfully seeks to stay such
mediation or arbitration,  or fails to comply with any arbitration  award, or is
unsuccessful  in  vacating  or  modifying  the award  pursuant  to a petition or
application for judicial review, the other party shall be entitled to be awarded
costs,  including  reasonable  attorneys'  fees,  paid or incurred by such other
party in  successfully  compelling  such  arbitration  or defending  against the
attempt to stay,  vacate or modify such  arbitration  award and/or  successfully
defending or enforcing the award.

         E.  Tolling of Statute  of  Limitations.  All  applicable  statutes  of
limitations  and  defenses  based upon the passage of time shall be tolled while
the procedures  specified herein are pending. The parties will take such action,
if any, required to effectuate such tolling.



ROYAL GRIP, INC. , a Nevada             ACUSHNET RUBBER COMPANY,
corporation                             INC., a Massachusetts corporation


By: /s/ Robert G.J. Burg, II            By: /s/ Ronald V. Fernandes
   -----------------------------------     ----------------------------------- 
Name:  Robert G.J. Burg, II             Name:  Ronald V. Fernandes
Title: President                        Title: Executive Vice President and
       444 West Geneva Drive                   Chief Operating Officer
       Tempe, Arizona 85282                    744 Belleville Avenue
                                               New Bedford, MA 02742-6916
                                       -4-
<PAGE>
                                   SCHEDULE 1

        A complete description of the Units has been provided to Lessee.
                                       -5-
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT A
                             Capital Lease Schedule
                             ----------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  Amount Financed Through Capital Lease                                                   $ 3,122,000
  Finance Rate %                                                                               7.8125
  Term in Months                                                                                  120
  Payment due date                                                                21 st of each month

                     Beginning                                               Paydown          Ending
         Period       Financed                            Imputed          of Financed       Financed
         Ending        Balance              Payment       Interest           Balance          Balance
         ------        -------              -------       --------           -------          -------
<S>    <C>         <C>                    <C>             <C>              <C>           <C>         
        1/21/97     3,122,000.00           37,569.87       20,325.52        17,244.35     3,104,755.65
        2/21/97     3,104,755.65           37,569.87       20,213.25        17,356.62     3,087,399.03
        3/21/97     3,087,399.03           37,569.87       20,100.25        17,469.62     3,069,929.42
        4/21/97     3,069,929.42           37,569.87       19,986.52        17,583.35     3,052,346.07
        5/21/97     3,052,346.07           37,569.87       19,872.04        17,697.83     3,034,648.24
        6/21/97     3,034,648.24           37,569.87       19,756.82        17,813.05     3,016,835.20
        7/21/97     3,016,835.20           37,569.87       19,640.85        17,929.02     2,998,906.18
        8/21/97     2,998,906.18           37,569.87       19,524.13        18,045.74     2,980,860.44
        9/21/97     2,980,860.44           37,569.87       19,406.64        18,163.23     2,962,697.21
       10/21/97     2,962,697.21           37,569.87       19,288.39        18,281.48     2,944,415.74
       11/21/97     2,944,415.74           37,569.87       19,169.37        18,400.50     2,926,015.24
       12/21/97     2,926,015.24           37,569.87       19,049.58        18,520.29     2,907,494.95
        1/21/98     2,907,494.95           37,569.87       18,929.00        18,640.87     2,888,854.08
        2/21/98     2,888,854.08           37,569.87       18,807.64        18,762.23     2,870,091.86
        3/21/98     2,870,091.86           37,569.87       18,685.49        18,884.38     2,851,207.48
        4/21/98     2,851,207.48           37,569.87       18,562.55        19,007.32     2,832,200.16
        5/21/98     2,832,200.16           37,569.87       18,438.80        19,131.07     2,813,069.09
        6/21/98     2,813,069.09           37,569.87       18,314.25        19,255.62     2,793,813.47
        7/21/98     2,793,813.47           37,569.87       18,188.89        19,380.98     2,774,432.49
        8/21/98     2,774,432.49           37,569.87       18,062.71        19,507.16     2,754,925.33
        9/21/98     2,754,925.33           37,569.87       17,935.71        19,634.16     2,735,291.18
       10/21/98     2,735,291.18           37,569.87       17,807.89        19,761.98     2,715,529.19
       11/21/98     2,715,529.19           37,569.87       17,679.23        19,890.64     2,695,638.55
       12/21/98     2,695,638.55           37,569.87       17,549.73        20,020.14     2,675,618.41
        1/21/99     2,675,618.41           37,569.87       17,419.39        20,150.48     2,655,467.93
        2/21/99     2,655,467.93           37,569.87       17,288.20        20,281.67     2,635,186.26
        3/21/99     2,635,186.26           37,569.87       17,156.16        20,413.71     2,614,772.55
        4/21/99     2,614,772.55           37,569.87       17,023.26        20,546.61     2,594,225.94
        5/21/99     2,594,225.94           37,569.87       16,889.49        20,680.38     2,573,545.56
        6121/99     2,573,545.56           37,569.87       16,754.85        20,815.02     2,552,730.55
        7/21/99     2,552,730.55           37,569.87       16,619.34        20,950.53     2,531,780.02
        8/21/99     2,531,780.02           37,569.87       16,482.94        21,086.93     2,510,693.09
        9/21/99     2,510,693.09           37,569.87       16,345.66        21,224.21     2,489,468.88
       10/21/99     2,489,468.88           37,569.87       16,207.48        21,362.39     2,468,106.49
       11/21/99     2,468,106.49           37,569.87       16,068.40        21,501.47     2,446,605.02
       12/21/99     2,446,605.02           37,569.87       15,928.42        21,641.45     2,424,963.57
        1/21/00     2,424,963.57           37,569.87       15,787.52        21,782.35     2,403,181.22
        2/21/00     2,403,181.22           37,569.87       15,645.71        21,924.16     2,381,257.06
</TABLE>
                                     Page 1
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT A
                             Capital Lease Schedule
                             ----------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  Amount Financed Through Capital Lease                                                  $ 3,122,000
  Finance Rate %                                                                              7.8125
  Term in Months                                                                                 120
  Payment due date                                                                21st of each month

                     Beginning                                               Paydown          Ending
         Period       Financed                            Imputed          of Financed       Financed
         Ending        Balance              Payment       Interest           Balance          Balance
         ------        -------              -------       --------           -------          -------
<S>    <C>         <C>                    <C>             <C>              <C>           <C>         
        3/21/00     2,381,257.06          37,569.87        15,502.98        22,066.89     2,359,190.17
        4/21/00     2,359,190.17          37,569.87        15,359.31        22,210.56     2,336,979.61
        5/21/00     2,336,979.61          37,569.87        15,214.71        22,355.16     2,314,624.45
        6/21/00     2,314,624.45          37,569.87        15,069.17        22,500.70     2,292,123.75
        7/21/00     2,292,123.75          37,569.87        14,922.68        22,647.19     2,269,476.56
        8/21/00     2,269,476.56          37,569.87        14,775.24        22,794.63     2,246,681.93
        9/21/00     2,246,681.93          37,569.87        14,626.84        22,943.03     2,223,738.89
       10/21/00     2,223,738.89          37,569.87        14,477.47        23,092.40     2,200,646.49
       11/21/00     2,200,646.49          37,569.87        14,327.13        23,242.74     2,177,403.74
       12/21/00     2,177,403.74          37,569.87        14,175.81        23,394.06     2,154,009.68
        1/21/01     2,154,009.68          37,569.87        14,023.50        23,546.37     2,130,463.31
        2/21/01     2,130,463.31          37,569.87        13,870.20        23,699.67     2,106,763.64
        3/21/01     2,106,763.64          37,569.87        13,715.91        23,853.96     2,082,909.68
        4/21/01     2,082,909.68          37,569.87        13,560.61        24,009.26     2,058,900.42
        5/21/01     2,058,900.42          37,569.87        13,404.30        24,165.57     2,034,734.85
        6/21/01     2,034,734.85          37,569.87        13,246.97        24,322.90     2,010,411.95
        7/21/01     2,010,411.95          37,569.87        13,088.62        24,481.25     1,985,930.70
        8/21/01     1,985,930.70          37,569.87        12,929.24        24,640.63     1,961,290.07
        9/21/01     1,961,290.07          37,569.87        12,768.82        24,801.05     1,936,489.02
       10/21/01     1,936,489.02          37,569.87        12,607.35        24,962.52     1,911,526.50
       11/21/01     1,911,526.50          37,569.87        12,444.83        25,125.04     1,886,401.46
       12121/01     1,886,401.46          37,569.87        12,281.26        25,288.61     1,861,112.85
        1/21/02     1,861,112.85          37,569.87        12,116.62        25,453.25     1,835,659.60
        2/21102     1,835,659.60          37,569.87        11,950.91        25,618.96     1,810,040.64
        3/21102     1,810,040.64          37,569.87        11,784.12        25,785.75     1,784,254.89
        4/21/02     1,784,254.89          37,569.87        11,616.24        25,953.63     1,758,301.26
        5/21/02     1,758,301.26          37,569.87        11,447.27        26,122.60     1,732,178.66
        6/21/02     1,732,178.66          37,569.87        11,277.20        26,292.67     1,705,886.00
        7/21102     1,705,886.00          37,569.87        11,106.03        26,463.84     1,679,422.16
        8/21/02     1,679,422.16          37,569.87        10,933.74        26,636.13     1,652,786.03
        9/21/02     1,652,786.03          37,569.87        10,760.33        26,809.54     1,625,976.48
       10/21/02     1,625,976.48          37,569.87        10,585.78        26,984.09     1,598,992.40
       11/21/02     1,598,992.40          37,569.87        10,410.11        27,159.76     1,571,832.63
       12/21/02     1,571,832.63          37,569.87        10,233.29        27,336.58     1,544,496.05
        1/21/03     1,544,496.05          37,569.87        10,055.31        27,514.56     1,516,981.49
        2/21/03     1,516,981.49          37,569.87         9,876.18        27,693.69     1,489,287.80
        3/21/03     1,489,287.80          37,569.87         9,695.88        27,873.99     1,461,413.82
        4/21/03     1,461,413.82          37,569.87         9,514.41        28,055.46     1,433,358.36
</TABLE>
                                     Page 2
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT A
                             Capital Lease Schedule
                             ----------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  Amount Financed Through Capital Lease                                             $ 3,122,000
  Finance Rate %                                                                         7.8125
  Term in Months                                                                            120
  Payment due date                                                           21st of each month

                     Beginning                                               Paydown          Ending
         Period       Financed                            Imputed          of Financed       Financed
         Ending      Balance                Payment       Interest           Balance          Balance
         ------      -------                -------       --------           -------          -------
<S>    <C>         <C>                    <C>             <C>              <C>           <C>         
        5/21/03     1,433,358.36          37,569.87         9,331.76        28,238.11     1,405,120.25
        6/21103     1,405,120.25          37,569.87         9,147.92        28,421.95     1,376,698.30
        7/21/03     1,376,698.30          37,569.87         8,962.88        28,606.99     1,348,091.31
        8/21/03     1,348,091.31          37,569.87         8,776.64        28,793.23     1,319,298.07
        9/21/03     1,319,298.07          37,569.87         8,589.18        28,980.69     1,290,317.38
       10/21/03     1,290,317.38          37,569.87         8,400.50        29,169.37     1,261,148.02
       11/21/03     1,261,148.02          37,569.87         8,210.60        29,359.27     1,231,788.75
       12/21/03     1,231,788.75          37,569.87         8,019.46        29,550.41     1,202,238.33
        1/21/04     1,202,238.33          37,569.87         7,827.07        29,742.80     1,172,495.54
        2/21/04     1,172,495.54          37,569.87         7,633.43        29,936.44     1,142,559.10
        3/21/04     1,142,559.10          37,569.87         7,438.54        30,131.33     1,112,427.77
        4/21/04     1,112,427.77          37,569.87         7,242.37        30,327.50     1,082,100.27
        5/21/04     1,082,100.27          37,569.87         7,044.92        30,524.95     1,051,575.32
        6/21/04     1,051,575.32          37,569.87         6,846.19        30,723.68     1,020,851.64
        7/21/04     1,020,851.64          37,569.87         6,646.17        30,923.70       989,927.94
        8/21/04       989,927.94          37,569.87         6,444.84        31,125.03       958,802.92
        9/21/04       958,802.92          37,569.87         6,242.21        31,327.66       927,475.25
       10/21/04       927,475.25          37,569.87         6,038.25        31,531.62       895,943.63
       11/21/04       895,943.63          37,569.87         5,832.97        31,736.90       864,206.73
       12/21/04       864,206.73          37,569.87         5,626.35        31,943.52       832,263.20
        1/21/05       832,263.20          37,569.87         5,418.38        32,151.49       800,111.71
        2/21/05       800,111.71          37,569.87         5,209.06        32,360.81       767,750.91
        3/21/05       767,750.91          37,569.87         4,998.38        32,571.49       735,179.41
        4/21105       735,179.41          37,569.87         4,786.32        32,783.55       702,395.87
        5/21/05       702,395.87          37,569.87         4,572.89        32,996.98       669,398.89
        6/21/05       669,398.89          37,569.87         4,358.07        33,211.80       636,187.08
        7/21/05       636,187.08          37,569.87         4,141.84        33,428.03       602,759.06
        8/21/05       602,759.06          37,569.87         3,924.21        33,645.66       569,113.40
        9/21/05       569,113.40          37,569.87         3,705.17        33,864.70       535,248.69
       10/21/05       535,248.69          37,569.87         3,484.69        34,085.18       501,163.52
       11/21/05       501,163.52          37,569.87         3,262.78        34,307.09       466,856.43
       12/21/05       466,856.43          37,569.87         3,039.43        34,530.44       432,325.99
        1/21/06       432,325.99          37,569.87         2,814.62        34,755.25       397,570.74
        2/21/06       397,570.74          37,569.87         2,588.35        34,981.52       362,589.22
        3/21/06       362,589.22          37,569.87         2,360.61        35,209.26       327,379.96
        4/21/06       327,379.96          37,569.87         2,131.38        35,438.49       291,941.47
        5/21/06       291,941.47          37,569.87         1,900.66        35,669.21       256,272.26
        6/21/06       256,272.26          37,569.87         1,668.44        35,901.43       220,370.83
</TABLE>
                                     Page 3
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT A
                             Capital Lease Schedule
                             ----------------------


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  Amount Financed Through Capital Lease                                                  $ 3,122,000
  Finance Rate %                                                                              7.8125
  Term in Months                                                                                 120
  Payment due date                                                                21st of each month

                      Beginning                                              Paydown          Ending
         Period        Financed                           Imputed          of Financed       Financed
         Ending         Balance             Payment       Interest           Balance          Balance
         ------         -------             -------       --------           -------          -------
<S>    <C>         <C>                    <C>             <C>              <C>           <C>         
        7/21/06       220,370.83           37,569.87       1,434.71         36,135.16       184,235.67
        8/21/06       184,235.67           37,569.87       1,199.45         36,370.42       147,865.25
        9/21/06       147,865.25           37,569.87         962.66         36,607.21       111,258.04
       10/21/06       111,258.04           37,569.87         724.34         36,845.53        74,412.51
       11/21/06        74,412.51           37,569.87         484.46         37,085.41        37,327.09
       12/21/06        37,327.09           37,570.11         243.01         37,327.10         (0.00)
</TABLE>
                                     Page 4

                          CREDIT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
                          Dated as of February 10, 1997

                  ROYAL GRIP,  INC.,  a Nevada  corporation  and ROXXI,  INC., a
Nevada corporation  (collectively,  jointly and severally, the "Borrower"),  and
NORWEST BUSINESS CREDIT,  INC., a Minnesota  corporation (the "Lender"),  hereby
agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   Definitions
                                   -----------

                  1.1 Definitions. For all purposes of this Agreement, except as
otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

                           (a) the  terms  defined  in  this  Article  have  the
meanings assigned to them in this Article, and include the plural as well as the
singular; and

                           (b) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein
have  the  meanings  assigned  to them in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
accounting principles.

                           "Accounts" means the aggregate unpaid  obligations of
                  customers and other account  debtors to the Borrower or either
                  of them arising out of the sale or lease of goods or rendition
                  of  services  by the  Borrower  or  either  of them on an open
                  account or deferred payment basis.

                           "Advance"  means an  advance to the  Borrower  by the
                  Lender under the Credit Facility.

                           "Affiliate"   or   "Affiliates"   means  any   Person
                  controlled by, controlling or under common control with either
                  Borrower,  including  (without  limitation)  any Subsidiary of
                  either Borrower.  For purposes of this definition,  "control",
                  when used with  respect  to any  specified  Person,  means the
                  power to direct the  management  and  policies of such Person,
                  directly  or  indirectly,  whether  through the  ownership  of
                  voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

                           "Agreement" means this Credit and Security Agreement.

                           "Banking  Day" means a day other  than a Saturday  on
                  which  banks  are  generally  open for  business  in  Phoenix,
                  Arizona.

                           "Base  Rate"  means  the  rate of  interest  publicly
                  announced  from  time  to  time  by  Norwest  Bank  Minnesota,
                  National  Association  as its  "base  rate"  or,  if such bank
                  ceases to announce a rate so designated, any similar successor
                  rate designated by the Lender.
<PAGE>
                           "Borrowing  Base"  means,  at any time and subject to
                  change from time to time in the Lender's sole discretion,  the
                  lesser of

                           (i) the Commitment, or

                           (ii) the sum of

                                    (A)     the  lesser  of (x) 80% of  Eligible
                                            Accounts, or (y) $1,750,000.00, plus

                                    (B)     the  lesser  of (x) 50% of  Eligible
                                            Royal   Grip   Inventory,   or   (y)
                                            $500,000.00, plus

                                    (C)     the  lesser  of (x) 25% of  Eligible
                                            Roxxi Raw  Materials  Inventory,  or
                                            (y) $250,000.00, plus

                                    (D)     the  lesser  of (x) 50% of  Eligible
                                            Roxxi   Inventory    (exclusive   of
                                            Eligible Raw  Materials  Inventory),
                                            or (y) $100,000.00.

                           "Capital   Expenditures"   means  net   tangible  and
                  intangible  expenditures  of the applicable  Person or Persons
                  for the lease,  purchase or acquisition of capital assets,  or
                  the lease of any other  asset,  plus  gain or minus  loss,  as
                  applicable, on sales of assets during the period in question.

                           "Collateral"  means  all  of the  Equipment,  General
                  Intangibles,  Inventory,  Receivables, and all sums on deposit
                  in the Collateral  Accounts,  together with all  substitutions
                  and  replacements  for and  products  of any of the  foregoing
                  Collateral  and together  with  proceeds of any and all of the
                  foregoing   Collateral  and,  in  the  case  of  all  tangible
                  Collateral, together with all accessions and together with (i)
                  all accessories, attachments, parts, equipment and repairs now
                  or hereafter attached or affixed to or used in connection with
                  any such  goods,  and (ii) all  warehouse  receipts,  bills of
                  lading and other documents of title now or hereafter  covering
                  such goods.

                           "Collateral  Accounts"  has the meaning  specified in
                  Section 4.1(d) hereof.

                           "Commitment" means $1,750,000.00,  unless said amount
                  is reduced pursuant to Section 2.10(c) hereof,  in which event
                  it means the amount to which said amount is reduced.

                           "Credit Facility" means the revolving credit facility
                  being made available to the Borrower by the Lender pursuant to
                  Article II hereof.

                           "Current Maturities Long-Term Debt" means contractual
                  debt amortization of long-term debt and capitalized  leases of
                  the Borrower.
                                       -2-
<PAGE>
                           "Default"  means an event that, with giving of notice
                  or  passage  of time or  both,  would  constitute  an Event of
                  Default.

                           "Default  Period"  means  the  period  following  the
                  occurrence of a Default or Event of Default which period shall
                  continue  until and unless the Lender shall  thereafter  waive
                  such Default or Event of Default in writing.

                           "Default Rate" means at any time 3% over the Floating
                  Rate and/or Incentive Rate, as applicable,  which Default Rate
                  shall  change when and as the Floating  Rate or the  Incentive
                  Rate change.

                           "Eligible  Accounts"  means all  unpaid  Accounts  of
                  Royal  Grip and  Roxxi,  as  applicable,  net of any  credits,
                  except the following shall not in any event be deemed Eligible
                  Accounts:

                                    (i) That  portion of  Accounts  over 90 days
                           past invoice date;

                                    (ii)  That  portion  of  Accounts  that  are
                           disputed  or subject to a claim of offset or a contra
                           account;

                                    (iii)  That  portion  of  Accounts  not  yet
                           earned by the final delivery of goods or rendition of
                           services,  as  applicable,  by  the  Borrower  to the
                           customer;

                                    (iv)   Accounts   owed   by  any   unit   of
                           government,  whether  foreign or domestic  (provided,
                           however,  that there  shall be  included  in Eligible
                           Accounts  that portion of Accounts owed by such units
                           of government  with respect to which the Borrower has
                           provided evidence satisfactory to the Lender that (A)
                           the Lender has a first  priority  perfected  security
                           interest  and (B) such Account may be enforced by the
                           Lender directly against such unit of government under
                           all applicable laws);

                                    (v)  Accounts  owed  by  an  account  debtor
                           located  outside  the  United  States  which  are not
                           backed by a bank  letter of  credit  assigned  to the
                           Lender,   in  the   possession   of  the  Lender  and
                           acceptable to the Lender in all respects, in its sole
                           discretion;

                                    (vi) Accounts owed by an account debtor that
                           is the subject of bankruptcy  proceedings or has gone
                           out of business;

                                    (vii)   Accounts  owed  by  a   shareholder,
                           subsidiary,  Affiliate,  officer or  employee  of the
                           Borrower;

                                    (viii)   Accounts  not  subject  to  a  duly
                           perfected security interest in favor of the Lender or
                           which are subject to any lien,  security  interest or
                           claim in favor of any Person other than the Lender;
                                       -3-
<PAGE>
                                    (ix) That portion of Accounts that have been
                           restructured, extended, amended or modified;

                                    (x)   That   portion   of   Accounts    that
                           constitutes finance charges, service charges or sales
                           or excise taxes;

                                    (xi)  Accounts  owed by an  account  debtor,
                           regardless of whether otherwise  eligible,  if 10% or
                           more of the total amount due under Accounts from such
                           debtor is ineligible  under clauses (i), (ii) or (ix)
                           above;

                                    (xii)   Accounts   consisting   of   tooling
                           charges; and

                                    (xiii)   Accounts,   or  portions   thereof,
                           otherwise deemed ineligible by the Lender in its sole
                           discretion.

                           "Eligible  Roxxi  Inventory"  means all  inventory of
                  Roxxi  valued  at  weighted  average  cost  as  determined  in
                  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles;
                  provided,  however,  that the following shall not in any event
                  be deemed Eligible Roxxi Inventory:

                                    (i) Inventory that is:  in-transit;  located
                           at any  warehouse  or other  premises not approved by
                           the Lender in writing; located outside of the states,
                           or localities, as applicable, in which the Lender has
                           filed   financing   statements  to  perfect  a  first
                           priority security interest in such inventory; covered
                           by  any   negotiable  or   non-negotiable   warehouse
                           receipt,  bill of lading or other  document of title;
                           on consignment to or from any other person or subject
                           to any bailment;

                                    (ii)    Packaging,    label   or   irregular
                           inventory;

                                    (iii) Work-in-process inventory;

                                    (iv) Inventory that is damaged,  obsolete or
                           not  currently  saleable in the normal  course of the
                           Borrower's operations;

                                    (v)   Inventory   that  the   Borrower   has
                           returned,  has attempted to return, is in the process
                           of  returning  or  intends  to return  to the  vendor
                           thereof;

                                    (vi) Inventory that is subject to a security
                           interest  in  favor  of any  Person  other  than  the
                           Lender;

                                    (vii) Slow-Moving Inventory;
                                       -4-
<PAGE>
                                    (viii)   Inventory  that  is  subject  to  a
                           licensing agreement,  which licensing agreement would
                           preclude or hinder the Lender from  liquidating  such
                           Inventory in the ordinary course of business; and

                                    (ix) Inventory  otherwise deemed  ineligible
                           by the Lender in its sole discretion.

                           "Eligible Roxxi Raw Materials  Inventory"  means that
                  portion  of  Eligible  Roxxi   Inventory   consisting  of  Raw
                  Materials.

                           "Eligible Royal Grip  Inventory"  means all inventory
                  of Royal Grip valued at weighted average cost as determined in
                  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles;
                  provided,  however,  that the following shall not in any event
                  be deemed Eligible Royal Grip Inventory:

                                    (i) Inventory that is:  in-transit;  located
                           at any  warehouse  or other  premises not approved by
                           the Lender in writing; located outside of the states,
                           or localities, as applicable, in which the Lender has
                           filed   financing   statements  to  perfect  a  first
                           priority security interest in such inventory; covered
                           by  any   negotiable  or   non-negotiable   warehouse
                           receipt,  bill of lading or other  document of title;
                           on consignment to or from any other person or subject
                           to any bailment;

                                    (ii) Packaging inventory;

                                    (iii) Work-in-process inventory;

                                    (iv) Inventory that is damaged,  obsolete or
                           not  currently  saleable in the normal  course of the
                           Borrower's operations;

                                    (v)   Inventory   that  the   Borrower   has
                           returned,  has attempted to return, is in the process
                           of  returning  or  intends  to return  to the  vendor
                           thereof;

                                    (vi) Inventory that is subject to a security
                           interest  in  favor  of any  Person  other  than  the
                           Lender;

                                    (vii)  Inventory  that does not  consist  of
                           finished grips;

                                    (viii) Slow-Moving Inventory;

                                    (ix)   Inventory   that  is   subject  to  a
                           licensing agreement,  which licensing agreement would
                           preclude or hinder the Lender from  liquidating  such
                           Inventory in the ordinary course of business; and
                                       -5-
<PAGE>
                                    (x) Inventory otherwise deemed ineligible by
                           the Lender in its sole discretion.

                           "Environmental  Laws" has the  meaning  specified  in
                  Section 5.12 hereof.

                           "Equipment" means all of the Borrower's equipment, as
                  such  term  is  defined  in the  UCC,  whether  now  owned  or
                  hereafter  acquired,  including but not limited to all present
                  and future machinery,  vehicles,  furniture, fixtures (whether
                  located  upon  the  Premises  or   otherwise),   manufacturing
                  equipment, shop equipment, office and recordkeeping equipment,
                  parts, tools,  supplies,  and including  specifically (without
                  limitation) the goods  described in any equipment  schedule or
                  list  herewith  or  hereafter  furnished  to the Lender by the
                  Borrower.

                           "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security
                  Act of 1974, as amended.

                           "Event  of  Default"  has the  meaning  specified  in
                  Section 8.1 hereof.

                           "Floating Rate" means an annual rate equal to the sum
                  of the Base Rate plus one and three quarters  percent (1.75%),
                  which  Floating  Rate shall  change  when and as the Base Rate
                  changes.

                           "Funds from Operations" means after tax net income of
                  the Borrower for the applicable period or periods, adjusted to
                  exclude  items of income or  expense  which are  extraordinary
                  items or items not related to  operations,  plus  depreciation
                  and  amortization,  deferred  income taxes and other  non-cash
                  items.

                           "General  Intangibles"  means  all of the  Borrower's
                  general  intangibles,  as such  term is  defined  in the  UCC,
                  whether now owned or hereafter  acquired,  including  (without
                  limitation)   all   present   and   future   patents,   patent
                  applications,   copyrights,  trademarks,  trade  names,  trade
                  secrets,  customer or supplier lists and  contracts,  manuals,
                  operating instructions,  permits, franchises, the right to use
                  the  Borrower's  name,  and  the  goodwill  of the  Borrower's
                  business.

                           "Incentive  Rate"  means an annual  rate equal to the
                  sum of the Base  Rate,  plus 1%,  which  Incentive  Rate shall
                  change when and as the Base Rate changes.

                           "Initial   Advance"  has  the  meaning  specified  in
                  Section 4.1(r) hereof.

                           "Interest Expense" means total gross interest expense
                  of the Borrower (cash and capitalized,  including  interest on
                  capitalized leases and not net of interest income).

                           "Inventory" means all of the Borrower's inventory, as
                  such  term  is  defined  in the  UCC,  whether  now  owned  or
                  hereafter  acquired,  whether consisting of whole goods, spare
                  parts or components, supplies or materials, whether acquired,
                                       -6-
<PAGE>
                  held or  furnished  for  sale,  for  lease  or  under  service
                  contracts  or for  manufacture  or  processing,  and  wherever
                  located.

                           "Issuer" means the issuer of any Letter of Credit.

                           "Loan Documents"  means this Agreement,  the Note and
                  the Security Documents.

                           "L/C Amount" means the sum of (i) the aggregate  face
                  amount of any  issued  and  outstanding  Letters of Credit and
                  (ii) the unpaid amount of the Obligation of Reimbursement.

                           "L/C Application"  means an application and agreement
                  for letters of credit in a form  acceptable  to the Issuer and
                  the Lender.

                           "Letter  of  Credit"  has the  meaning  specified  in
                  Section 2.4 hereof.

                           "Minimum  Interest Charge" has the meaning  specified
                  in Section 2.9(b) hereof.

                           "Net Income" means  consolidated after tax net income
                  of both  of the  Borrowers  from  continuing  operations,  but
                  before extraordinary gains.

                           "Net Loss" means  after tax net loss of the  Borrower
                  from continuing operations.

                           "Net  Worth"  means  the net  worth  of the  Borrower
                  determined in accordance  with generally  accepted  accounting
                  principles  consistent with those used in preparing Borrower's
                  most recent  consolidating and consolidated  audited financial
                  statements.

                           "Note"  means  the  Revolving  and  Term  Note of the
                  Borrower  payable to the order of the Lender in  substantially
                  the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

                           "Obligations"  has the meaning  specified  in Section
                  3.1 hereof.

                           "Obligation   of   Reimbursement"   has  the  meaning
                  specified in Section 2.5 hereof.

                           "Person"   means   any    individual,    corporation,
                  partnership,   joint  venture,   limited  liability   company,
                  association,   joint-stock  company,   trust,   unincorporated
                  organization   or   government  or  any  agency  or  political
                  subdivision thereof.

                           "Plan"  means an employee  benefit plan or other plan
                  maintained  for employees of the Borrower and covered by Title
                  IV of ERISA.
                                       -7-
<PAGE>
                           "Premises"  means all  premises  where  the  Borrower
                  conducts  its  business  and has  any  rights  of  possession,
                  including (without  limitation) the premises legally described
                  in Exhibit E attached hereto.

                           "Receivables"  means  each  and  every  right  of the
                  Borrower  to the  payment  of  money,  whether  such  right to
                  payment now exists or hereafter arises,  whether such right to
                  payment  arises out of a sale,  lease or other  disposition of
                  goods or other property,  out of a rendering of services,  out
                  of  a  loan,  out  of  the   overpayment  of  taxes  or  other
                  liabilities,   or  otherwise  arises  under  any  contract  or
                  agreement, whether such right to payment is created, generated
                  or  earned  by  the  Borrower  or by  some  other  person  who
                  subsequently transfers such person's interest to the Borrower,
                  whether  such right to payment is or is not already  earned by
                  performance,  and  howsoever  such  right  to  payment  may be
                  evidenced,  together  with  all  other  rights  and  interests
                  (including  all  liens  and  security   interests)  which  the
                  Borrower may at any time have by law or agreement  against any
                  account  debtor or other  obligor  obligated  to make any such
                  payment or against  any  property  of such  account  debtor or
                  other  obligor;  all  including but not limited to all present
                  and future accounts,  contract  rights,  loans and obligations
                  receivable,  chattel  papers,  bonds,  notes  and  other  debt
                  instruments,  tax  refunds and rights to payment in the nature
                  of general intangibles.

                           "Reportable Event" shall have the meaning assigned to
                  that term in Title IV of ERISA.

                           "Roxxi" means Roxxi, Inc., a Nevada corporation.

                           "Royal  Grip"  means  Royal  Grip,   Inc.,  a  Nevada
                  corporation.

                           "Security  Documents"  means the  Collateral  Account
                  Agreements,  the  Assignment of Security  Agreements and UCCs,
                  the Assignment of Capital Lease  Agreement,  the Assignment of
                  Patents, the Collateral  Assignment of Trademarks,  the Patent
                  Mortgage,  the Assignment of Trademarks,  each as described in
                  Section 4.1 hereof.

                           "Security  Interest"  has the  meaning  specified  in
                  Section 3.1 hereof.

                           "Slow-Moving  Inventory"  means any  inventory  where
                  100% of the like  inventory  has not  turned  in the  previous
                  twelve (12) months.

                           "Special  Account" means a specified cash  collateral
                  account  maintained by a financial  institution  acceptable to
                  the  Lender  in   connection   with  Letters  of  Credit,   as
                  contemplated by Sections 2.6 and 3.6 hereof.

                           "Subsidiary" means any corporation of which more than
                  50% of the outstanding  shares of capital stock having general
                  voting power under ordinary  circumstances to elect a majority
                  of the board of directors of such corporation,
                                       -8-
<PAGE>
                  irrespective  of whether or not at the time stock of any other
                  class or  classes  shall have or might  have  voting  power by
                  reason of the  happening  of any  contingency,  is at the time
                  directly or  indirectly  owned by either  Borrower,  by either
                  Borrower and one or more other Subsidiaries, or by one or more
                  other Subsidiaries.

                           "Term Loan" has the meaning  specified in Section 2.2
                  hereof.

                           "Termination Date" means February 28, 2000.

                           "UCC" means the Uniform  Commercial Code as in effect
                  from  time to time in the state  designated  in  Section  9.12
                  hereof as the state whose laws shall govern this Agreement, or
                  in any  other  state  whose  laws  are  held  to  govern  this
                  Agreement or any portion hereof.

                                   ARTICLE II

              Amount and Terms of the Credit Facility and Term Loan
              -----------------------------------------------------

                  2.1 Advances.  The Lender agrees,  on the terms and subject to
the conditions  herein set forth,  to make Advances to the Borrower from time to
time  during the period from the date hereof to and  including  the  Termination
Date,  or the  earlier  date of  termination  in  whole of the  Credit  Facility
pursuant to Sections  2.10(a) or 8.2 hereof,  in an aggregate amount at any time
outstanding not to exceed the Borrowing Base less the L/C Amount, which Advances
shall be secured by the Collateral as provided in Article III hereof. The Credit
Facility shall be a revolving  facility and it is contemplated that the Borrower
will request Advances,  make prepayments and request  additional  Advances.  The
Borrower agrees to comply with the following  procedures in requesting  Advances
under this Section 2.1:

                           (a) The Borrower  will not request any Advance  under
this Section 2.1 if, after giving effect to such requested  Advance,  the sum of
the  outstanding  and unpaid  Advances under this Section 2.1 or otherwise would
exceed the Borrowing Base less the L/C Amount.

                           (b) Each  request for an Advance  under this  Section
2.1 shall be made to the Lender prior to 11:00 a.m. (Phoenix time) of the day of
the requested  Advance by the Borrower.  Each request for an Advance may be made
in writing or by telephone, specifying the date of the requested Advance and the
amount  thereof,  and shall be by (i) any officer of either Royal Grip or Roxxi;
or (ii) any person  designated as the Borrower's  agent by any officer of either
Borrower in a writing  delivered to the Lender;  or (iii) any person  reasonably
believed by the Lender to be an officer of either  Royal Grip or Roxxi or such a
designated agent.

                           (c) Upon fulfillment of the applicable conditions set
forth in Article IV hereof, the Lender shall disburse loan proceeds by crediting
the same to the Borrower's  demand deposit  operating  account  maintained  with
Norwest  Bank  Arizona,  N.A.  unless the Lender and either  Royal Grip or Roxxi
shall agree in writing to another  manner of  disbursement.  Upon request of the
Lender, the Borrower shall promptly confirm each telephonic request for an
                                       -9-
<PAGE>
Advance by executing and delivering an appropriate  confirmation  certificate to
the Lender.  The Borrower  shall be  obligated to repay all Advances  under this
Section  2.1   notwithstanding  the  failure  of  the  Lender  to  receive  such
confirmation and  notwithstanding  the fact that the person  requesting the same
was not in fact  authorized  to do so. Any  request  for an  Advance  under this
Section  2.1,   whether  written  or  telephonic,   shall  be  deemed  to  be  a
representation  by the  Borrower  that (i) the  condition  set forth in  Section
2.1(a)  hereof has been met,  and (ii) the  conditions  set forth in Section 4.2
hereof have been met as of the time of the request.

                  2.2 Term Loan. The Lender agrees,  on the terms and subject to
the conditions  herein set forth, to make a one time advance of a term loan (the
"Term Loan") in the aggregate  principal amount of $700,000.00,  which Term Loan
shall be secured by the  Collateral as provided in Article III hereof.  Upon the
Borrower's  request and  fulfillment of the  applicable  conditions set forth in
Article  IV  hereof,  the  Lender  shall  make a one time  disbursement  of loan
proceeds to payoff indebtedness owed by Royal Grip to Biltmore Investors Bank.

                  2.3 Note.  All Advances and the Term Loan, if any, made by the
Lender under this Article II shall be evidenced by and  repayable  with interest
in  accordance  with the Note.  The  principal  of the Note  shall be payable as
provided  herein and on the earlier of the  Termination  Date or acceleration by
the Lender  pursuant to Section 8.2 hereof,  and shall bear interest as provided
herein.  The portion of the Note which evidences  principal of the Term Loan, if
any,  shall be payable  beginning on April 1, 1997 and continuing on the 1st day
of each month thereafter by payment of principal  payments each in the amount of
$12,000.00;   provided,   however,   that   notwithstanding   such  amortization
calculation,  the entire  amount of such  unpaid  principal  shall be due on the
earlier of the  Termination  Date,  or  acceleration  by the Lender  pursuant to
Section 8.2 hereof.

                  2.4 Issuance of Letters of Credit.

                           (a) Upon the request of either  Borrower,  the Lender
may, in its sole discretion,  on the terms and subject to the conditions  herein
set forth, cause to be issued by an Issuer one or more letters of credit for the
account of the Borrower  (each a "Letter of Credit")  from time to time.  In the
event Lender elects to issue one or more Letters of Credit, the aggregate amount
at any time  outstanding  all of such  Letters  of Credit  shall not  exceed the
Borrowing Base less the sum of (i) all outstanding and unpaid Advances hereunder
and (ii) the unpaid amount of the  Obligation of  Reimbursement.  Each Letter of
Credit,  if any, shall be issued pursuant to a separate L/C Application  entered
into by the  Borrower  and the Lender as  co-applicants  for the  benefit of the
Issuer,  completed in a manner  satisfactory  to the Lender and the Issuer.  The
terms and conditions set forth in each such L/C Application shall supplement the
terms and conditions hereof, but in the event of inconsistency between the terms
of any such L/C  Application  and the  terms  hereof,  the  terms  hereof  shall
control.

                           (b) Any  request  for the  issuance  of a  Letter  of
Credit  under this  Section  2.4 shall be deemed to be a  representation  by the
Borrower that (i) the condition set forth in Section 2.4(a) hereof has been met,
and (ii) the  statements  set forth in Section  4.2 hereof are correct as of the
time of the request.
                                      -10-
<PAGE>
                  2.5  Payment of Amounts  Drawn  Under  Letters of Credit.  The
Borrower  acknowledges that the Lender,  as co-applicant,  will be liable to the
Issuer of any Letter of Credit for reimbursement of any and all draws thereunder
and all other amounts  required to be paid under the applicable L/C Application.
Accordingly,  the  Borrower  agrees  to pay to the  Lender  any and all  amounts
required to be paid under the applicable L/C  Application,  when and as required
to be paid thereby, and the amounts designated below, when and as designated:

                           (a) The Borrower  hereby  agrees to pay the Lender on
the day a draft is honored under any Letter of Credit a sum equal to all amounts
drawn  under  such  Letter of Credit  plus any and all  reasonable  charges  and
expenses  that the Issuer or the Lender may pay or incur  relative to such draw,
plus interest on all such amounts,  charges and expenses as set forth below (all
such amounts are hereinafter  referred to,  collectively,  as the "Obligation of
Reimbursement").

                           (b) The Borrower  hereby  agrees to pay the Lender on
demand interest on all amounts,  charges and expenses payable by the Borrower to
the Lender under this Section 2.5, accrued from the date any such draft,  charge
or expense is paid by the Issuer  until  payment in full by the  Borrower at the
Default Rate.

                  If the Borrower fails to pay to the Lender promptly the amount
of its Obligation of  Reimbursement  in accordance with the terms hereof and the
L/C Application  pursuant to which such Letter of Credit was issued,  the Lender
is hereby irrevocably  authorized and directed, in its sole discretion,  to make
an Advance in an amount sufficient to discharge the Obligation of Reimbursement,
including all interest  accrued  thereon but unpaid at the time of such Advance,
and such  Advance  shall be  evidenced  by the Note and shall bear  interest  as
provided in Section 2.9 hereof.

                  2.6 Special Account.  If the Credit Facility is terminated for
any reason whatsoever,  while any Letter of Credit is outstanding,  the Borrower
shall thereupon pay the Lender in immediately available funds for deposit in the
Special Account an amount equal to the maximum  aggregate amount available to be
drawn under all Letters of Credit then outstanding, assuming compliance with all
conditions for drawing  thereunder.  The Special Account shall be maintained for
the Lender by any financial  institution  acceptable to the Lender. Any interest
earned on amounts  deposited  in the  Special  Account  shall be credited to the
Special Account. Amounts on deposit in the Special Account may be applied by the
Lender  at any  time or  from  time to  time  to the  Borrower's  Obligation  of
Reimbursement or any other  Obligations,  in the Lender's sole  discretion,  and
shall  not be  subject  to  withdrawal  by the  Borrower  so long as the  Lender
maintains a security interest therein. The Lender agrees to transfer any balance
in the Special Account to the Borrower at such time as the Lender is required to
release its security interest in the Special Account under applicable law.
                                      -11-
<PAGE>
                  2.7 Increased Costs and Reduced Return.

                           (a) If the Lender  shall  determine  that,  after the
date hereof,  the adoption of any  applicable  law, rule or  regulation,  or any
change therein, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by
any governmental  authority,  central bank or comparable agency charged with the
interpretation  or  administration  thereof,  or compliance by the Issuer or the
Lender or its parent  corporation with any requirement or directive  (whether or
not having the force of law) of any such  authority,  central bank or comparable
agency:

                                    (i) shall  subject  the Issuer or the Lender
or its parent  corporation to any tax, duty or other similar charge with respect
to any Letter of Credit,  the  Advances or the Note or shall change the basis of
taxation of payments  to the Issuer or the Lender or its parent  corporation  of
the Reimbursement Obligation, of the principal of or interest on the Advances or
of any other  amounts  due under  this  Agreement  in  respect  of any Letter of
Credit,  the  Advances or the Note  (except for any change in respect of any tax
imposed  on the  overall  income  of the  Issuer  or the  Lender  or its  parent
corporation); or

                                    (ii) shall impose, modify or deem applicable
any  reserve,  special  deposit  or  similar  requirement  (including,   without
limitation,  any such  requirement  imposed  by the  Board of  Governors  of the
Federal  Reserve System) against assets of, deposits with or for the account of,
or credit  extended  by, the Issuer or the Lender or its parent  corporation  or
shall  impose on the Issuer or the Lender or its  parent  corporation  any other
condition affecting any Letter of Credit, the Advances or the Note;

and the result of any of the  foregoing is to increase the cost to the Issuer or
the Lender or its parent  corporation  of issuing or  maintaining  any Letter of
Credit or of making or maintaining any Advances,  or to reduce the amount of any
sum received or receivable by the Issuer or the Lender or its parent corporation
under the application  and agreement  pursuant to which the Letter of Credit was
issued,  this Agreement or the Note with respect thereto, by an amount deemed by
the Lender or its parent  corporation  to be  material,  then upon demand by the
Lender,  the Borrower shall pay to the Lender such additional  amount or amounts
as will  compensate the Issuer or the Lender or its parent  corporation for such
increased cost or reduction.

                           (b) If the Lender shall  determine  that the adoption
after the date  hereof  of any  applicable  law,  rule or  regulation  regarding
capital adequacy,  or any change therein after the date hereof, any change after
the  date  hereof  in  the  interpretation  or  administration  thereof  by  any
governmental  authority,  central  bank or  comparable  agency  charged with the
interpretation  or  administration  thereof,  or compliance by the Lender or its
parent  corporation  with any guideline or request  issued after the date hereof
regarding capital adequacy (whether nor not having the force of law) of any such
authority,  central bank or comparable  agency,  has or would have the effect of
reducing the rate of return on the Lender's or the Lender's parent corporation's
capital as a  consequence  of any Letters of Credit,  Advances  or the  Lender's
obligations  hereunder  to a level  below  that  which the  Lender or its parent
corporation  could have  achieved but for such  adoption,  change or  compliance
(taking  into  consideration  the  Lender's  policies  with  respect  to capital
adequacy and those of the Lender's  parent  corporation)  by an amount deemed to
the Lender or its parent corporation to be material, then from time to time
                                      -12-
<PAGE>
on demand by the Lender,  the Borrower  shall pay to the Lender such  additional
amount or amounts as will  compensate the Lender or its parent  corporation  for
such reduction.

                           (c)  Certificates  of the Lender sent to the Borrower
from time to time claiming  compensation under this Section,  stating the reason
therefor  and  setting  forth  in  reasonable  detail  the  calculation  of  the
additional  amount  or  amounts  to be paid to the  Lender  hereunder  shall  be
conclusive absent manifest error. In determining such amounts, the Lender or its
parent corporation may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods.

                  2.8  Obligations  Absolute.  The  obligations  of the Borrower
arising under this Agreement shall be absolute,  unconditional  and irrevocable,
and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, under
all  circumstances  whatsoever,  including  (without  limitation)  the following
circumstances:

                           (a) any lack of  validity  or  enforceability  of any
Letter of Credit or any other agreement or instrument  relating to any Letter of
Credit (collectively the "Related Documents");

                           (b) any  amendment  or  waiver of or any  consent  to
departure from all or any of the Related Documents;

                           (c) the  existence of any claim,  setoff,  defense or
other right which the Borrower may have at any time,  against any beneficiary or
any  transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any persons or entities for whom any
such  beneficiary  or any such  transferee  may be acting),  or other  person or
entity, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated
herein or in the Related Documents or any unrelated transactions;

                           (d) any  statement  or any other  document  presented
under  any  Letter  of Credit  proving  to be  forged,  fraudulent,  invalid  or
insufficient in any respect or any statement  therein being untrue or inaccurate
in any respect whatsoever;

                           (e)  payment  by or on  behalf  of the  Issuer or the
Lender under any Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate
which does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or

                           (f) any other  circumstance or happening  whatsoever,
whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.

                  2.9 Interest.

                           (a) The  principal  of the Advances and the Term Loan
outstanding from time to time during any month shall bear interest  (computed on
the basis of  actual  days  elapsed  in a 360-day  year) at the  Floating  Rate;
provided,  however, that, assuming there is not a then existing Event of Default
or Default Period from the first day of the first month following the receipt by
the Lender of the fiscal year end audited  financial  statements of the Borrower
complying  with the  provisions  of Section  6.1(a) for the fiscal  year  ending
December 31, 1997,
                                      -13-
<PAGE>
the  principal of the Advances and the Term Loan  outstanding  from time to time
shall bear interest at the Incentive Rate but only if such financial  statements
show a Net Income of $500,000.00 or more; and provided,  further,  however, that
from the first  day of any month  during  which any  Default  Period or Event of
Default  occurs or exists at any time,  in the Lender's  discretion  and without
waiving any of its other rights and remedies,  the principal of the Advances and
the Term Loan  outstanding  from time to time shall bear interest at the Default
Rate during the entire Default Period; and provided,  further,  however, that in
any event no rate change  shall be put into effect  which would result in a rate
greater  than the  highest  rate  permitted  by law.  Interest  accruing  on the
principal  balance of the  Advances and the Term Loan  outstanding  from time to
time  shall be  payable  on the  first day of each  succeeding  month and on the
Termination  Date or earlier demand or prepayment in full.  The Borrower  agrees
that the interest  rate  contracted  for  includes  the interest  rate set forth
herein plus any other  charges or fees set forth  herein and costs and  expenses
incident to this  transaction paid by the Borrower to the extent same are deemed
interest under applicable law.

                           (b)  Notwithstanding the interest payable pursuant to
Section  2.9(a)  hereof or the unused fee payable  pursuant  to Section  2.16(a)
hereof,  the Borrower  shall be liable to the Lender for interest and the unused
fee  hereunder at such rate as may be necessary to result in interest and unused
fee payments in the aggregate of not less than $6,500.00 per full calendar month
(the  "Minimum  Interest  Charge")  during the term of this  Agreement,  and the
Borrower shall pay any deficiency  between the Minimum  Interest  Charge and the
amount of interest and unused fee otherwise  calculated under Section 2.9(a) and
Section  2.16(a)  on the first  day of each  calendar  month  for the  immediate
preceding full calendar month elapsing after the date of this Agreement.

                           (c) If any Person shall  acquire a  participation  in
the  Advances  or the Term Loan  under this  Agreement,  the  Borrower  shall be
obligated to the Lender to pay the full amount of all interest  calculated under
Sections 2.9(a) and 2.9(b) hereof,  along with all other fees, charges and other
amounts due under this  Agreement,  regardless  if such Person  elects to accept
interest  with  respect to its  participation  at a lower rate than the Floating
Rate,  or otherwise  elects to accept less than its pro rata share of such fees,
charges and other amounts due under this Agreement.

                  2.10  Voluntary  Prepayment;  Termination  of Agreement by the
Borrower; Permanent Reduction of the Commitment.

                           (a) Except as otherwise provided herein, the Borrower
may, in its  discretion,  prepay the  Advances and the Term Loan in whole at any
time. The Borrower may terminate this Agreement at any time so long as no Letter
of Credit has been issued and is outstanding  with an expiration date after such
date and,  subject to payment and performance of all the Borrower's  Obligations
to the Lender, may obtain any release or termination of the Security Interest to
which the Borrower is otherwise  entitled by law by (A) giving at least 30 days'
prior written notice to the Lender of the Borrower's intention to terminate this
Agreement;  and  (B)  paying  the  Lender  a  termination  fee  of (i) 3% of the
aggregate amount of the Commitment and the outstanding  principal balance of the
Term Loan  immediately  preceding such  termination if such  termination  occurs
during the period from the date of this Agreement
                                      -14-
<PAGE>
through  January 31, 1998, or (ii) 2% of the aggregate  amount of the Commitment
and the outstanding  principal  balance of the Term Loan  immediately  preceding
such termination if such  termination  occurs during the period from February 1,
1998  through  January  31,  1999,  or (iii) 1% of the  aggregate  amount of the
Commitment and the outstanding  principal  balance of the Term Loan  immediately
preceding  such  termination if such  termination  occurs during the period from
February 1, 1999 until the  Termination  Date,  provided,  however,  no such fee
shall be payable if and to the extent such termination  represents a refinancing
of the Obligations by Norwest Bank, Arizona, N.A.

                           (b) Except as otherwise provided herein, the Borrower
may,  in its  discretion,  prepay the Term Loan from time to time in part by (1)
giving at least 30 days' prior  written  notice to the Lender of the  Borrower's
intent to so prepay; and (2) paying the Lender a prepayment fee of (i) 3% of the
amounts so prepaid if such prepayment  occurs during the period from the date of
this Agreement through January 31, 1998, or (ii) 2% of the amounts so prepaid if
such  prepayment  occurs during the period from February 1, 1988 through January
31, 1999, or (iii) 1% of the amounts so prepaid if such prepayment occurs during
the period from February 1, 1999 until the Termination Date, provided,  however,
no such fee shall be payable if and to the extent such  prepayment  represents a
refinancing of the Obligations by Norwest Bank, Arizona, N.A. Any prepayments of
the Term Loan  shall be applied to  principal  installments  of the Term Loan in
inverse order of maturity.

                           (c) The  Borrower  may at any time  and from  time to
time,  upon at least 30 days' prior  written  notice to the Lender,  permanently
reduce in part the Commitment; provided, however, that no reduction shall reduce
the Commitment to an amount less than the then-aggregate amount of the Advances;
and provided, further, that if the Borrower shall elect permanently to reduce in
part the  Commitment at any time other than the  Termination  Date, the Borrower
shall pay to the Lender a premium in an amount equal to (i) 3% of the  reduction
from the date of this  Agreement  through  January 31,  1998,  or (ii) 2% of the
reduction  from  February 1, 1998 through  January 31, 1999,  or (iii) 1% of the
reduction from February 1, 1999 until the Termination Date.

                  2.11 Mandatory  Prepayment.  Without notice or demand,  if the
sum of the  outstanding  principal  balance of the Advances  plus the L/C Amount
shall at any time  exceed the  Borrowing  Base,  the  Borrower  shall (i) first,
immediately  prepay the  Advances  to the extent  necessary  to  eliminate  such
excess;  and (ii) if  prepayment  in full of the  Advances  is  insufficient  to
eliminate  such excess,  pay to the Lender in  immediately  available  funds for
deposit in the Special  Account an amount  equal to the  remaining  excess.  Any
payment received by the Lender under this Section 2.11 or under Section 2.10 may
be  applied  to the  Obligation  of  Reimbursement  or the  Advances,  including
interest  thereon and any fees,  commissions,  costs and expenses  hereunder and
under the Security  Documents,  in such order and in such amounts as the Lender,
in its  discretion,  may from time to time  determine.  For each day or  portion
thereof that the Advances  shall exceed the Borrowing  Base,  the Borrower shall
pay to the  Lender an  overadvance  charge in the amount of  $100.00;  provided,
however,  that if any such day occurs during a Default  Period,  the overadvance
charge for such day shall be $200.00.
                                      -15-
<PAGE>
                  2.12  Payment.  All payments of principal  and interest on the
Advances,  the Term Loan, the Obligation of  Reimbursement,  the commissions and
fees hereunder and amounts  required to be paid to the Lender for deposit in the
Special Account shall be made to the Lender in immediately  available funds. The
Borrower  hereby  authorizes  the Lender,  in its discretion at any time or from
time to time and without request by the Borrower, to make an Advance or Advances
in such  amount  as shall  be  necessary  to pay any  interest,  fees,  costs or
expenses hereunder or under the Loan Documents.

                  2.13 Payment on Non-Banking  Days.  Whenever any payment to be
made  hereunder  shall be stated to be due on a day which is not a Banking  Day,
such payment may be made on the next succeeding  Banking Day, and such extension
of time shall in such case be  included  in the  computation  of interest on the
Advances and the Term Loan or the fees hereunder, as the case may be.

                  2.14 Use of Proceeds.  The proceeds of Advances, the Term Loan
and each Letter of Credit  issued shall be used by the Borrower (i) to repay all
outstanding  indebtedness  of the Borrower owed to Biltmore  Investors Bank, and
(ii) to  refinance  indebtedness  secured by  Equipment  currently  owned by the
Borrower, and (iii) for ordinary working capital purposes.

                  2.15 Liability  Records.  The Lender may maintain from time to
time, at its  discretion,  liability  records as to any and all Advances and the
Term Loan  made or  repaid,  interest  accrued  or paid  under  this  Agreement,
outstanding Letters of Credit and fees thereon and the Borrower's  Obligation of
Reimbursement.  All entries  made on any such record  shall be presumed  correct
until the  Borrower  establishes  the  contrary.  On demand by the  Lender,  the
Borrower will admit and certify in writing the exact principal  balance that the
Borrower then asserts to be  outstanding to the Lender for Advances and the Term
Loan under this  Agreement and the amount of any Letters of Credit  outstanding.
Any billing  statement or accounting  rendered by the Lender shall be conclusive
and fully binding on the Borrower unless specific written notice of exception is
given to the  Lender by the  Borrower  within 30 days  after its  receipt by the
Borrower.

                  2.16 Fees.

                           (a)  The  Borrower  agrees  to pay to the  Lender  an
unused fee each  month at the annual  rate of .5% on the  average  daily  unused
amount of the Commitment from the date hereof to and including the date on which
such facility is terminated, due and payable monthly in arrears on the first day
of each  month,  commencing  March 1, 1997,  provided  that any such  unused fee
remaining  unpaid upon termination of the Credit Facility or acceleration of the
Note by the Lender  pursuant to Section  8.2 hereof  shall be due and payable on
the date of such  termination or  acceleration.  Such fee shall be calculated on
the basis of actual days elapsed in a 360-day year.

                           (b) The  Borrower  hereby  agrees to pay the Lender a
commission  with respect to each Letter of Credit,  if any,  accruing on a daily
basis and  computed at the annual rate of three  percent  (3%) of the  available
amount of such  Letter of Credit (as it may be  changed  from time to time) from
and including the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit until such
                                      -16-
<PAGE>
date as such Letter of Credit shall terminate by its terms,  payable annually in
arrears,  and prorated for any part of a full calendar year in which such Letter
of Credit remains outstanding.  The foregoing commission shall be in addition to
any and all fees,  commissions  and  charges of any Issuer of a Letter of Credit
with respect to or in connection with such Letter of Credit.

                           (c) The Borrower agrees to pay the Lender, on written
demand,  the  administrative  fees charged by the Issuer in connection  with the
honoring of drafts  under any Letter of Credit,  amendments  thereto,  transfers
thereof and all other activity with respect to the Letters of Credit.

                           (d) The Borrower hereby agrees to pay the Lender,  on
demand,  audit fees of $50.00 per hour (or Lender's  then  applicable  rate) per
auditor  in  connection  with any  audits or  inspections  by the  Lender of any
collateral  or the  operations  or business of the  Borrower,  together with all
actual out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in conducting any such audit or
inspection.  So long as there  is not any then  existing  Event  of  Default  or
Default Period,  such audit fees shall not exceed $2,500.00 per audit and audits
shall be performed  not more  frequently  than  quarterly.  Lender shall send to
Borrower  an invoice  applicable  to such audit  fees,  out-of-pocket  costs and
expenses,  provided,  however, any failure of Lender to send such invoices shall
not relieve Borrower of its obligations under this Section 2.16(d).

                  2.17 Setoff.  The  Borrower  agrees that the Lender may at any
time or from time to time, at is sole  discretion and without demand and without
notice to anyone,  setoff any  liability  owed to the  Borrower  by the  Lender,
whether or not due, against any indebtedness  owed to the Lender by the Borrower
(for Advances,  the Term Loan or for any other transaction or event), whether or
not due. In addition,  each other Person holding a participating interest in any
Advances  or the Term Loan made to the  Borrower  by the  Lender  shall have the
right to appropriate or setoff any deposit or other  liability then owed by such
Person to the Borrower, whether or not due, and apply the same to the payment of
said participating interest, as fully as if such Person had lent directly to the
Borrower the amount of such participating interest.

                  2.18 Capital Adequacy.  If the Lender shall determine that the
adoption  after  the date  hereof  of any  applicable  law,  rule or  regulation
regarding  capital  adequacy,  or any change therein after the date hereof,  any
change after the date hereof in the interpretation or administration  thereof by
any governmental  authority,  central bank or comparable agency charged with the
interpretation  or  administration  thereof,  or compliance by the Lender or its
parent  corporation  with any guideline or request  issued after the date hereof
regarding capital adequacy (whether nor not having the force of law) of any such
authority,  central bank or comparable  agency,  has or would have the effect of
reducing the rate of return on the Lender's or the Lender's parent corporation's
capital as a consequence of the Lender's obligations  hereunder to a level below
that which the Lender or its parent corporation could have achieved but for such
adoption,  change or compliance (taking into consideration the Lender's policies
with respect to capital  adequacy and those of the Lender's parent  corporation)
by an amount deemed to the Lender or its parent corporation to be material, then
from time to time on demand by the Lender,  the Borrower shall pay to the Lender
such  additional  amount or amounts as will  compensate the Lender or its parent
corporation for such reduction.  Certificates of the Lender sent to the Borrower
from time to time claiming compensation under this Section, stating the
                                      -17-
<PAGE>
reason  therefor and setting forth in reasonable  detail the  calculation of the
additional  amount  or  amounts  to be paid to the  Lender  hereunder  shall  be
conclusive absent manifest error. In determining such amounts, the Lender or its
parent corporation may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods.

                                   ARTICLE III

                                Security Interest
                                -----------------

                  3.1 Grant of Security  Interest.  The Borrower  hereby assigns
and grants to the Lender a security  interest  (collectively  referred to as the
"Security  Interests")  in the  Collateral,  as  security  for the  payment  and
performance  of each and every debt,  liability and obligation of every type and
description  which  the  Borrower  may now or at any time  hereafter  owe to the
Lender  (whether such debt,  liability or obligation  now exists or is hereafter
created or incurred,  whether it arises in a  transaction  involving  the Lender
alone or in a transaction involving other creditors of the Borrower, and whether
it is direct or indirect, due or to become due, absolute or contingent,  primary
or secondary,  liquidated or unliquidated,  or sole, joint, several or joint and
several,  and  including  specifically,  but not limited to, the  Obligation  of
Reimbursement and all indebtedness of the Borrower arising under this Agreement,
the Note,  any L/C  Application  completed  by the Borrower or any other loan or
credit agreement or guaranty between the Borrower and the Lender, whether now in
effect or hereafter  entered into; all such debts,  liabilities  and obligations
are herein collectively referred to as the "Obligations").

                  3.2  Notification of Account  Debtors and Other  Obligors.  In
addition to the rights of the Lender under Section 6.10 hereof,  with respect to
any and all rights to  payment  constituting  Collateral,  the Lender may at any
time (either before or after the  occurrence of an Event of Default)  notify any
account  debtor or other person  obligated to pay the amount due that such right
to payment has been assigned or transferred to the Lender for security and shall
be paid directly to the Lender.  The Borrower will join in giving such notice if
the Lender so requests.  At any time after the Borrower or the Lender gives such
notice to an account debtor or other  obligor,  the Lender may, but need not, in
the Lender's name or in the  Borrower's  name, (a) demand,  sue for,  collect or
receive any money or property at any time payable or  receivable  on account of,
or  securing,  any such right to payment,  or grant any  extension  to, make any
compromise  or settlement  with or otherwise  agree to waive,  modify,  amend or
change the obligations  (including  collateral  obligations) of any such account
debtor or other obligor;  and (b) as agent and attorney in fact of the Borrower,
notify the United  States  Postal  Service to change the address for delivery of
the Borrower's mail to any address designated by the Lender, otherwise intercept
the Borrower's mail, and receive, open and otherwise handle the Borrower's mail,
applying all Collateral as permitted  under this Agreement and holding all other
mail for the Borrower's  account or forwarding  such mail to the Borrower's last
known address.

                  3.3  Assignment of Insurance.  As additional  security for the
payment and performance of the  Obligations,  the Borrower hereby assigns to the
Lender any and all monies (including, without limitation,  proceeds of insurance
and  refunds of  unearned  premiums)  due or to become due under,  and all other
rights of the Borrower with respect to, any and all policies of insurance now or
at any time hereafter covering the Collateral or any evidence thereof or any
                                      -18-
<PAGE>
business records or valuable papers pertaining thereto,  and the Borrower hereby
directs  the issuer of any such  policy to pay all such  monies  directly to the
Lender.  At any time,  whether  before or after the  occurrence  of any Event of
Default,  the  Lender  may  (but  need  not),  in the  Lender's  name  or in the
Borrower's  name,  execute and deliver proof of claim,  receive all such monies,
endorse checks and other instruments  representing  payment of such monies,  and
adjust, litigate, compromise or release any claim against the issuer of any such
policy.

                  3.4 Occupancy.

                           (a) The  Borrower  hereby  irrevocably  grants to the
Lender  the  right to take  possession  of the  Premises  at any time  after the
occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default.

                           (b) The  Lender  may use the  Premises  only to hold,
process,  manufacture,  sell, use, store,  liquidate,  realize upon or otherwise
dispose of goods that are  Collateral and for other purposes that the Lender may
in good faith deem to be related or incidental purposes.

                           (c) The  right of the  Lender  to hold  the  Premises
shall cease and terminate  upon the earlier of (A) payment in full and discharge
of all Obligations,  and (B) final sale or disposition of all goods constituting
Collateral and delivery of all such goods to purchasers.

                           (d)  The  Lender  shall  not be  obligated  to pay or
account for any rent or other compensation for the possession,  occupancy or use
of any of the Premises; provided, however, in the event that the Lender does pay
or account for any rent or other  compensation for the possession,  occupancy or
use of any of the Premises, the Borrower shall reimburse the Lender promptly for
the full amount  thereof.  In addition,  the Borrower will pay, or reimburse the
Lender for, all taxes, fees, duties,  imposts,  charges and expenses at any time
incurred  by or imposed  upon the Lender by reason of the  execution,  delivery,
existence,  recordation,  performance  or  enforcement  of this Agreement or the
provisions of this Section 3.4.

                  3.5  License.  The  Borrower  hereby  grants  to the  Lender a
non-exclusive,  worldwide and royalty-free  license to use or otherwise  exploit
all trademarks,  franchises, trade names, copyrights and patents of the Borrower
for the  purpose  of  selling,  leasing  or  otherwise  disposing  of any or all
Collateral following an Event of Default.

                  3.6  Security  Interest  in  Special  Account  and  Collateral
Accounts.  The  Borrower  hereby  pledges,  and  grants to the Lender a security
interest  in,  all  funds  held in the  Special  Account  and in the  Collateral
Accounts from time to time and all proceeds thereof, as security for the payment
of  all  present  and  future   Obligations  of  Reimbursement   and  all  other
Obligations.
                                      -19-
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE IV

                              Conditions of Lending
                              ---------------------

                  4.1 Conditions  Precedent to the Initial  Advance and the Term
Loan. The obligation of the Lender to make the initial  Advance under the Credit
Facility or the one time  disbursement of the Term Loan, shall be subject to the
condition  precedent  that the Lender shall have received all of the  following,
each in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender:

                           (a) This  Agreement,  properly  executed on behalf of
the Borrower.

                           (b) The  Note,  properly  executed  on  behalf of the
Borrower.

                           (c) A true  and  correct  copy of any and all  leases
pursuant  to which  the  Borrower  is  leasing  the  Premises,  together  with a
landlord's  disclaimer  and consent  with  respect to each such lease;  and with
respect  to  any  and  all of the  Premises  owned  by  Borrower  a  mortgagee's
disclaimer  as to all such  Premises  which are subject to a  mortgage,  deed of
trust or other lien.

                           (d) Collateral Account  Agreements,  duly executed by
both  Borrowers and Norwest Bank Arizona,  N.A.  pursuant to which the Borrowers
and Norwest Bank Arizona,  N.A. establish a depository accounts (the "Collateral
Accounts")  in the  name of and  under  the sole and  exclusive  control  of the
Lender,  from which such institution  agrees to transfer finally collected funds
to the Lender for application to the Advances.

                           (e) Current  searches of  appropriate  filing offices
showing  that (i) no state or  federal  tax liens  have been filed and remain in
effect against the Borrower,  (ii) no financing  statements  have been filed and
remain in  effect  against  the  Borrower,  except  those  financing  statements
relating to liens  permitted  pursuant to Section 7.1 hereof and those financing
statements  filed by the  Lender,  and  (iii)  the  Lender  has duly  filed  all
financing  statements  necessary  to  perfect  the  Security  Interests  granted
hereunder,  to the extent the Security  Interests are capable of being perfected
by filing.

                           (f) A  certificate  of the  Secretary or an Assistant
Secretary of each of Royal Grip and Roxxi,  certifying as to (i) the resolutions
of the directors and, if required,  the  shareholders  of each of Royal Grip and
Roxxi, authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and
the Security Documents, (ii) the articles of incorporation and bylaws of each of
Royal Grip and Roxxi, and (iii) the signatures of the officers or agents of each
of Royal Grip and Roxxi  authorized to execute and deliver this  Agreement,  the
Loan Documents and other  instruments,  agreements and  certificates,  including
Advance requests, on behalf of each of Royal Grip and Roxxi.

                           (g) A current  certificate  issued by the Corporation
Commission  of the  state of each of Royal  Grip's  and  Roxxi's  incorporation,
certifying  that  they  are in  compliance  with  all  corporate  organizational
requirements of such state.
                                      -20-
<PAGE>
                           (h)  Evidence  that  each of Royal  Grip and Roxxi is
duly licensed or qualified to transact business in all  jurisdictions  where the
character  of the  property  owned  or  leased  or the  nature  of the  business
transacted by it makes such licensing or qualification necessary.

                           (i) A certificate of an officer of each of Royal Grip
and  Roxxi  confirming,  in  his  official  capacity,  the  representations  and
warranties set forth in Article V hereof.

                           (j) An  opinion  of counsel to each of Royal Grip and
Roxxi, addressed to the Lender, together with the results of a litigation search
or searches  showing all  actions and  proceedings  where each of Royal Grip and
Roxxi is a defendant or involving a claim against the Borrower.

                           (k) Certificates of the insurance required hereunder,
with all hazard  insurance  containing a loss payee  endorsement in favor of the
Lender and with all  liability  insurance  naming  the  Lender as an  additional
insured.

                           (l) Assignments of all Security  Agreements and UCC-1
financing  statements  listing  either Royal Grip or Roxxi as Secured  Party and
Acushnet Rubber Company,  Inc. ("Acushnet") as Debtor properly executed by Royal
Grip and Acushnet (the "Assignments of Security Agreements and UCCs").

                           (m) An  Assignment of Capital  Lease  Agreement  (the
"Capital Lease  Agreement")  dated December 21, 1996 entered into by and between
Royal Grip and  Acushnet,  properly  executed  by Royal Grip and  Acushnet  (the
"Assignment of Capital Lease Agreement").

                           (n) An  Assignment of Patents,  properly  executed on
behalf of Borrower (the "Assignment of Patents").

                           (o) A Collateral  Assignment of Trademarks,  properly
executed on behalf of Borrower (the "Collateral Assignment of Trademarks").

                           (p)  A  Patent  Mortgage,   Assignment  and  Security
Agreement, properly executed on behalf of Borrower (the "Patent Mortgage").

                           (q) An Assignment of Trademarks, properly executed on
behalf of Borrower (the "Assignment of Trademarks").

                           (r) Evidence  from the Borrower  satisfactory  to the
Lender  establishing  the amount of the Borrowing Base and a request for Advance
from the Borrower in an amount such that the minimum excess loan availability of
the Borrower after such Advance (the "Initial  Advance") and payment of all fees
of the Lender required hereunder shall be $500,000.00.

                           (s)  Management  Support  Agreements  in favor of the
Lender  properly  executed  by  Danny  Edwards,  Robert  G.J.  Burg  II and  Tom
Schneider.
                                      -21-
<PAGE>
                           (t) Payment of the fees and  commissions  due through
the date of the Initial  Advance,  Term Loan,  or Letter of Credit under Section
2.16 hereof and expenses  incurred by the Lender  through such date and required
to be paid by the Borrower under Section 9.7 hereof.

                           (u) Such  other  documents  as the Lender in its sole
discretion may require.

                  4.2  Conditions  Precedent  to All Advances and The Term Loan.
The  obligation  of the  Lender to make each  Advance  or the Term Loan shall be
subject to the further conditions precedent that on such date:

                           (a) the representations  and warranties  contained in
Article V hereof are correct on and as of the date of such  Advance or Term Loan
as  though  made  on  and as of  such  date,  except  to the  extent  that  such
representations and warranties relate solely to an earlier date; and

                           (b) no event has occurred and is continuing, or would
result from such Advance or Term Loan,  as the case may be, which  constitutes a
Default or an Event of Default.

                                    ARTICLE V

                         Representations and Warranties
                         ------------------------------

         The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lender as follows:

                  5.1  Corporate  Existence  and Power;  Name;  Chief  Executive
Office;  Inventory and  Equipment  Locations.  Royal Grip is a corporation  duly
incorporated,  validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State
of  Nevada  and is duly  licensed  or  qualified  to  transact  business  in all
jurisdictions  where the character of the property owned or leased or the nature
of  the  business  transacted  by  it  makes  such  licensing  or  qualification
necessary.  Roxxi is a corporation  duly  incorporated,  validly existing and in
good  standing  under the laws of the State of Nevada,  and is duly  licensed or
qualified to transact business in all  jurisdictions  where the character of the
property  owned or leased or the nature of the business  transacted  by it makes
such licensing or qualification  necessary. The Borrower has all requisite power
and  authority,  corporate or  otherwise,  to conduct its  business,  to own its
properties  and to execute and  deliver,  and to perform all of its  obligations
under, the Loan Documents. During its corporate existence, the Borrower has done
business  solely  under  the names  set  forth in  Exhibit  B hereto.  The chief
executive  office and principal  place of business of the Borrower is located at
the address  set forth in Exhibit B hereto,  and all of the  Borrower's  records
relating  to its  business  or the  Collateral  are kept at that  location.  All
Inventory  and  Equipment  is  located at that  location  or at one of the other
locations  set forth in  Exhibit B hereto.  The  Borrower's  tax  identification
number is correctly set forth in Section 9.4.

                  5.2  Authorization  of  Borrowing;  No  Conflict  as to Law or
Agreements. The execution,  delivery and performance by the Borrower of the Loan
Documents and the
                                      -22-
<PAGE>
borrowings  from  time  to time  hereunder  have  been  duly  authorized  by all
necessary  corporate  action and do not and will not (a)  require any consent or
approval  of the  stockholders  of either  Royal Grip or Roxxi,  (b) require any
authorization,  consent or approval by, or  registration,  declaration or filing
with, or notice to, any  governmental  department,  commission,  board,  bureau,
agency or instrumentality,  domestic or foreign, or any third party, except such
authorization, consent, approval, registration, declaration, filing or notice as
has been obtained,  accomplished or given prior to the date hereof,  (c) violate
any  provision of any law, rule or regulation  (including,  without  limitation,
Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve System) or of any
order,  writ,  injunction or decree presently in effect having  applicability to
either  Royal Grip or Roxxi or of the  Articles  of  Incorporation  or Bylaws of
either Royal Grip or Roxxi, (d) to the best of both of the Borrower's  knowledge
after  due  inquiry,  result in a breach of or  constitute  a default  under any
indenture or loan or credit agreement or any other material agreement,  lease or
instrument  to which either Royal Grip or Roxxi is a party or by which it or its
properties may be bound or affected,  or (e) result in, or require, the creation
or imposition of any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, lien, security interest or
other charge or  encumbrance  of any nature (other than the Security  Interests)
upon or with respect to any of the properties now owned or hereafter acquired by
either Royal Grip or Roxxi.

                  5.3 Legal Agreements. This Agreement constitutes and, upon due
execution by the Borrower,  the other Loan Documents will  constitute the legal,
valid and binding obligations of Royal Grip and Roxxi, enforceable against Royal
Grip and Roxxi in accordance with their respective terms.

                  5.4  Subsidiaries.  Except as set forth in  Exhibit B attached
hereto, neither Borrower has any Subsidiaries.

                  5.5 Financial  Condition;  No Adverse Change. The Borrower has
heretofore  furnished to the Lender consolidated audited financial statements of
Royal  Grip and Roxxi  for their  fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  1995,  and
consolidated  unaudited  financial  statements  of Royal  Grip and Roxxi for the
months ended October 31, 1996, and those statements fairly present the financial
condition of the Borrower on the dates thereof and the results of its operations
and cash flows for the periods then ended and were prepared in  accordance  with
generally accepted  accounting  principles.  Except as specifically set forth in
that certain  Commitment  Letter dated December 30, 1996,  since the date of the
most recent financial  statements,  there has been no material adverse change in
the business, properties or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower.

                  5.6  Litigation.  To  the  best  of  both  of  the  Borrower's
knowledge after due inquiry,  there are no actions, suits or proceedings pending
or, to the knowledge of the  Borrower,  threatened  against or affecting  either
Borrower or any of their  Affiliates or the properties of either Borrower or any
of their  Affiliates  before any court or governmental  department,  commission,
board,  bureau,  agency or  instrumentality,  domestic  or  foreign,  which,  if
determined  adversely  to the  Borrower or any of its  Affiliates,  would have a
material adverse effect on the financial condition,  properties or operations of
the Borrower or any of its Affiliates.
                                      -23-
<PAGE>
                  5.7 Regulation U. Neither  Borrower is engaged in the business
of  extending  credit for the purpose of  purchasing  or carrying  margin  stock
(within the meaning of  Regulation  U of the Board of  Governors  of the Federal
Reserve System), and no part of the proceeds of any Advance or Term Loan will be
used to purchase or carry any margin stock or to extend credit to others for the
purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock.

                  5.8  Taxes.  To the best of both of the  Borrower's  knowledge
after due inquiry,  the Borrower  and its  Affiliates  have paid or caused to be
paid to the  proper  authorities  when due all  federal,  state and local  taxes
required to be withheld by each of them.  The Borrower and its  Affiliates  have
filed all  federal,  state and local tax returns  which to the  knowledge of the
officers of the Borrower or any  Affiliate,  as the case may be, are required to
be filed,  and the Borrower and its Affiliates have paid or caused to be paid to
the respective  taxing  authorities all taxes as shown on said returns or on any
assessment received by any of them to the extent such taxes have become due.

                  5.9 Titles and Liens. The Borrower has good and absolute title
to all Collateral described in the collateral reports provided to the Lender and
all other  Collateral,  properties  and assets  reflected in the latest  balance
sheet referred to in Section 5.5 hereof and all proceeds thereof, free and clear
of all mortgages,  security  interests,  liens and encumbrances,  except for (i)
mortgages,  security  interests and liens permitted by Section 7.1 hereof,  (ii)
liens  in  favor  of  Biltmore   Investors  Bank,   securing  the  repayment  of
indebtedness  which  will be fully  repaid  with  the  proceeds  of the  Initial
Advance,  and (iii) in the case of any such property  which is not Collateral or
other collateral described in the Security Documents,  covenants,  restrictions,
rights,  easements  and minor  irregularities  in title which do not  materially
interfere  with  the  business  or  operations  of  the  Borrower  as  presently
conducted.  No financing  statement  naming the Borrower as debtor is on file in
any office  except to perfect only security  interests  permitted by Section 7.1
hereof and clause (ii) above.

                  5.10 Plans. Except as disclosed to the Lender in writing prior
to the date hereof,  neither Borrower nor any of their  Affiliates  maintains or
has  maintained  any Plan.  Neither  Borrower nor any Affiliate has received any
notice or has any knowledge to the effect that it is not in full compliance with
any of the  requirements  of  ERISA.  No  Reportable  Event  or  other  fact  or
circumstance which may have an adverse effect on the Plan's tax qualified status
exists in connection with any Plan. Neither Borrower nor any of their Affiliates
has:

                           (a) Any  accumulated  funding  deficiency  within the
meaning of ERISA; or

                           (b)  Any   liability   or   knows   of  any  fact  or
circumstances  which  could  result  in any  liability  to the  Pension  Benefit
Guaranty  Corporation,  the Internal Revenue Service, the Department of Labor or
any participant in connection  with any Plan (other than accrued  benefits which
or which may become payable to participants or beneficiaries of any such Plan).

                  5.11 Default. To the best of both of the Borrower's  knowledge
after due inquiry,  each  Borrower is in compliance  with all  provisions of all
agreements,  instruments,  decrees and orders to which it is a party or by which
it or its property is bound or affected, the
                                      -24-
<PAGE>
breach or default of which could have a material adverse effect on the financial
condition, properties or operations of the Borrower.

                  5.12  Environmental  Protection.  To the  best  of both of the
Borrower's  knowledge after due inquiry,  the Borrower has obtained all permits,
licenses and other  authorizations  which are required under federal,  state and
local laws and  regulations  relating  to  emissions,  discharges,  releases  of
pollutants,  contaminants,  hazardous or toxic materials, or wastes into ambient
air,  surface  water,  ground  water  or  land,  or  otherwise  relating  to the
manufacture,   processing,  distribution,  use,  treatment,  storage,  disposal,
transport  or  handling  of  pollutants,  contaminants  or  hazardous  or  toxic
materials or wastes  ("Environmental  Laws") at the Borrower's  facilities or in
connection  with the  operation of its  facilities.  The Borrower  shall provide
copies of all such permits, licenses and other authorizations to the Lender upon
the Lender's  request.  The Borrower  also shall provide to the Lender copies of
all environmental investigation and inspection reports available to the Borrower
that pertain to the Borrower's facilities,  upon the Lender's request. Except as
previously  disclosed  to the  Lender  in  writing,  to the  best of both of the
Borrower's  knowledge after due inquiry,  the Borrower and all activities of the
Borrower at its facilities comply with all Environmental Laws and with all terms
and conditions of any required permits,  licenses and authorizations  applicable
to the Borrower  with respect  thereto.  Except as  previously  disclosed to the
Lender in writing,  the  Borrower is also in  compliance  with all  limitations,
restrictions,  conditions, standards, prohibitions,  requirements,  obligations,
schedules and  timetables  contained in  Environmental  Laws or contained in any
plan, order,  decree,  judgment or notice of which the Borrower is aware. Except
as previously  disclosed to the Lender in writing, the Borrower is not aware of,
nor has the Borrower received notice of, any events, conditions,  circumstances,
activities,  practices,  incidents, actions or plans which may interfere with or
prevent  continued  compliance  with,  or which may give  rise to any  liability
under, any Environmental  Laws. Except as previously  disclosed to the Lender in
writing,  the Borrower has received no inquiry from any federal,  state or local
agency concerning the Borrower's facilities or any adjacent properties involving
possible  environmental  contamination or violations of any Environmental  Laws,
and has no knowledge of any such inquiry to any party  concerning the Borrower's
facilities  or any adjacent  properties.  The Borrower  agrees to notify  Lender
promptly in writing of any  inquiries by third  parties or  regulatory  agencies
concerning  the  possible   presence  of  environmental   contamination  on  the
Borrower's  facilities or any adjacent  properties  or  concerning  any possible
violations of  Environmental  Laws  involving the  Borrower's  facilities or any
adjacent  properties.  The Lender  shall have the right to enter the  Borrower's
facilities for the purpose of conducting environmental investigations, including
taking soil and water samples,  during the Borrower's  normal  business hours of
operation.

                  5.13  Submissions  to the  Lender.  All  financial  and  other
information provided to the Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower in connection
with the Borrower's  request for the credit  facilities  contemplated  hereby is
true and correct in all material respects and, as to projections,  valuations or
proforma  financial  statements,  present  a  good  faith  opinion  as  to  such
projections, valuations and proforma condition and results.

                  5.14  Financing  Statements.  The Borrower has provided to the
Lender signed financing statements sufficient when filed to perfect the Security
Interests and the other security
                                      -25-
<PAGE>
interests created by the Security Documents.  When such financing statements are
filed in the offices noted  therein,  the Lender will have a valid and perfected
security  interest in all Collateral and all other  collateral  described in the
Security  Documents  which is capable  of being  perfected  by filing  financing
statements.  None of the Collateral or other collateral  covered by the Security
Documents  is or will  become a  fixture  on real  estate,  unless a  sufficient
fixture filing is in effect with respect thereto.

                  5.15  Rights  to  Payment.  Each  right  to  payment  and each
instrument,   document,  chattel  paper  and  other  agreement  constituting  or
evidencing  Collateral or other collateral  covered by the Security Documents is
(or, in the case of all future Collateral or such other collateral, will be when
arising or issued)  the  valid,  genuine  and  legally  enforceable  obligation,
subject to no defense,  setoff or  counterclaim,  of the account debtor or other
obligor named therein or in the Borrower's  records  pertaining thereto as being
obligated to pay such obligation.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                      Affirmative Covenants of the Borrower
                      -------------------------------------

                  So long as the Note shall remain unpaid,  the Credit  Facility
or any Letter of Credit shall be outstanding,  the Borrower will comply with the
following requirements, unless the Lender shall otherwise consent in writing:

                  6.1 Reporting  Requirements.  The Borrower  will  deliver,  or
cause to be delivered,  to the Lender each of the  following,  which shall be in
form and detail acceptable to the Lender:

                           (a) as soon as available,  and in any event within 90
days after the end of each fiscal  year of the  Borrower,  consolidated  audited
financial  statements  of Royal Grip and Roxxi with the  unqualified  opinion of
independent certified public accountants selected by the Borrower and acceptable
to the Lender, which annual financial statements shall include the balance sheet
of the Borrower as at the end of such fiscal year and the related  statements of
income,  retained  earnings  and cash flows of the  Borrower for the fiscal year
then  ended,  prepared,  if the  Lender  so  requests,  on a  consolidating  and
consolidated basis to include any other Affiliates, all in reasonable detail and
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting  principles applied on
a basis  consistent  with the  accounting  practices  applied  in the  financial
statements referred to in Section 5.5 hereof,  together with (i) a report signed
by such accountants stating that in making the investigations necessary for said
opinion  they  obtained no  knowledge,  except as  specifically  stated,  of any
Default or Event of  Default  hereunder  and all  relevant  facts in  reasonable
detail to evidence,  and the  computations as to, whether or not the Borrower is
in compliance with the  requirements set forth in Sections 6.12 through 6.14 and
Section 7.10 hereof;  and (ii) a certificate of the Vice President of Finance or
any other  officer of each of Royal Grip and Roxxi  stating that such  financial
statements have been prepared in accordance with generally  accepted  accounting
principles applied on a basis consistent with the accounting practices reflected
in the annual financial statements referred to in Section 5.5 hereof and whether
or not such officer has  knowledge of the  occurrence of any Default or Event of
Default  hereunder  and,  if so,  stating  in  reasonable  detail the facts with
respect thereto;
                                      -26-
<PAGE>
                           (b) as soon as  available  and in any event within 20
days after the end of each  month,  a  consolidated  unaudited/internal  balance
sheet and statements of income and retained  earnings of Royal Grip and Roxxi as
at the end of and for such  month and for the year to date  period  then  ended,
prepared,  if the Lender so requests,  on a consolidating and consolidated basis
to include any other Affiliates, in reasonable detail and stating in comparative
form the figures for the  corresponding  date and periods in the previous  year,
all prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied
on a basis consistent with the accounting  practices  reflected in the financial
statements  referred  to in  Section  5.5  hereof,  subject  to  year-end  audit
adjustments;  and  accompanied by a certificate of the Vice President of Finance
or any other officer of each of Royal Grip and Roxxi,  substantially in the form
of  Exhibit  D hereto  stating  (i) that  such  financial  statements  have been
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting  principles applied on
a basis  consistent  with the  accounting  practices  reflected in the financial
statements  referred  to in  Section  5.5  hereof,  subject  to  year-end  audit
adjustments, (ii) whether or not such officer has knowledge of the occurrence of
any Default or Event of Default hereunder not theretofore  reported and remedied
and, if so,  stating in reasonable  detail the facts with respect  thereto,  and
(iii) all relevant facts in reasonable detail to evidence,  and the computations
as to, whether or not the Borrower is in compliance  with the  requirements  set
forth in Sections 6.12 through 6.14 and Section 7.10 hereof;

                           (c)  within  15 days  after  the  end of each  month,
agings of the Borrower's  accounts  receivable  and its accounts  payable and an
inventory certification report as at the end of such month;

                           (d) at least 30 days  before  the  beginning  of each
fiscal year of the Borrower,  the projected balance sheets and income statements
for each month of such year, each in reasonable  detail,  representing  the good
faith projections of the Borrower and certified by the Borrower's Vice President
of Finance or any other officer as being the most accurate projections available
and  identical to the  projections  used by the  Borrower for internal  planning
purposes,  together with such supporting schedules and information as the Lender
may in its discretion require;

                           (e)  immediately  after  the  commencement   thereof,
notice  in  writing  of  all  litigation  and  of  all  proceedings  before  any
governmental or regulatory  agency  affecting the Borrower of the type described
in Section 5.6 hereof or which seek a monetary  recovery against the Borrower in
excess of $50,000.00;

                           (f) as promptly as practicable  (but in any event not
later  than  five  business  days)  after an  officer  of the  Borrower  obtains
knowledge of the occurrence of any breach, default or event of default under any
Security  Document or any event which  constitutes a Default or Event of Default
hereunder,  notice of such occurrence,  together with a detailed  statement by a
responsible  officer of the Borrower of the steps being taken by the Borrower to
cure the effect of such breach, default or event;

                           (g) as soon as  possible  and in any event  within 30
days after the Borrower  knows or has reason to know that any  Reportable  Event
with respect to any Plan has occurred,  the  statement of the Vice  President of
Finance or any other officer of the Borrower
                                      -27-
<PAGE>
setting  forth  details as to such  Reportable  Event and the  action  which the
Borrower  proposes to take with  respect  thereto,  together  with a copy of the
notice of such Reportable Event to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation;

                           (h) as soon as  possible,  and in any event within 10
days after the Borrower fails to make any quarterly  contribution  required with
respect to any Plan under Section  412(m) of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended,  the statement of the Vice President of Finance or any other officer
of the Borrower  setting  forth  details as to such failure and the action which
the Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto,  together with a copy of any
notice of such failure  required to be provided to the Pension Benefit  Guaranty
Corporation;

                           (i) promptly upon  knowledge  thereof,  notice of (i)
any disputes or claims by  customers  of the  Borrower in excess of  $10,000.00;
(ii) any goods  returned to or  recovered  by the  Borrower  valued in excess of
$10,000.00;  and (iii) any change in the persons  constituting  the officers and
directors of the Borrower;

                           (j) promptly upon  knowledge  thereof,  notice of any
loss of or material damage to any Collateral or other collateral  covered by the
Security  Documents or of any  substantial  adverse  change in any Collateral or
such other collateral or the prospect of payment thereof;

                           (k) promptly upon their  distribution,  copies of all
financial statements, reports and proxy statements which the Borrower shall have
sent to its stockholders;

                           (l)  promptly  after the  sending or filing  thereof,
copies of all regular and periodic  financial  reports which the Borrower  shall
file with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  or any national  securities
exchange;

                           (m) promptly upon  knowledge  thereof,  notice of the
violation by the Borrower of any law,  rule or  regulation,  the  non-compliance
with which could  materially and adversely  affect its business or its financial
condition; and

                           (n) from time to time,  with  reasonable  promptness,
any  and  all  receivables  schedules,   collection  reports,  deposit  records,
equipment schedules,  copies of invoices to account debtors,  shipment documents
and delivery receipts for goods sold, and such other material,  reports, records
or information as the Lender may request.

                           (o) on each Banking Day  assignment  of  Receivables,
collections and deposit information of the Borrower.

                  6.2  Books  and  Records;  Inspection  and  Examination.   The
Borrower will keep accurate books of record and account for itself pertaining to
the Collateral and pertaining to the Borrower's business and financial condition
and such other matters as the Lender may from time to time request in which true
and  complete  entries  will be  made  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
accounting principles consistently applied and, upon request of the Lender, will
permit
                                      -28-
<PAGE>
any officer,  employee,  attorney or accountant for the Lender to audit, review,
make extracts from or copy any and all corporate and financial books and records
of the Borrower at all times during ordinary business hours, to send and discuss
with account  debtors and other obligors  requests for  verification  of amounts
owed to the Borrower, and to discuss the affairs of the Borrower with any of its
directors,  officers,  employees or agents. The Borrower will permit the Lender,
or its employees,  accountants,  attorneys or agents, to examine and inspect any
Collateral,  other  collateral  covered by the  Security  Documents or any other
property of the Borrower at any time during ordinary business hours.

                  6.3 Account  Verification.  The Borrower  will at any time and
from time to time upon request of the Lender send requests for  verification  of
accounts or notices of assignment to account debtors and other obligors.

                  6.4  Compliance  with  Laws;   Environmental   Indemnity.  The
Borrower  will  (a)  comply  with  the   requirements  of  applicable  laws  and
regulations, the non-compliance with which would materially and adversely affect
its  business  or its  financial  condition,  (b)  comply  with  all  applicable
Environmental  Laws and  obtain  any  permits,  licenses  or  similar  approvals
required by any such  Environmental  Laws, and (c) use and keep the  Collateral,
and will  require  that  others  use and keep the  Collateral,  only for  lawful
purposes,  without  violation  of any  federal,  state or local law,  statute or
ordinance. Each Borrower will, jointly and severally, indemnify, defend and hold
the Lender  harmless  from and against  any claims,  loss or damage to which the
Lender may be  subjected as a result of any past,  present or future  existence,
use,  handling,  storage,  transportation  or disposal of any hazardous waste or
substance or toxic substance by either Borrower or on property owned,  leased or
controlled by either Borrower. This indemnification  agreement shall survive the
termination of this Agreement and payment of the indebtedness hereunder.

                  6.5 Payment of Taxes and Other  Claims.  The Borrower will pay
or discharge,  when due, (a) all taxes,  assessments  and  governmental  charges
levied or imposed  upon it or upon its income or  profits,  upon any  properties
belonging to it  (including,  without  limitation,  the  Collateral)  or upon or
against the creation, perfection or continuance of the Security Interests, prior
to the date on which penalties attach thereto, (b) all federal,  state and local
taxes  required  to be  withheld  by it,  and (c) all  lawful  claims for labor,
materials and supplies  which,  if unpaid,  might by law become a lien or charge
upon any  properties of the Borrower;  provided,  that the Borrower shall not be
required  to pay any  such  tax,  assessment,  charge  or  claim  whose  amount,
applicability  or  validity  is being  contested  in good  faith by  appropriate
proceedings  and so long as the  Collateral  and Lender's lien thereon is not in
any manner  impaired  by any  enforcement  remedy  available  to the tax levying
entity during the period of such contest.

                  6.6 Maintenance of Properties.

                           (a)  The   Borrower   will  keep  and   maintain  the
Collateral,  the other collateral  covered by the Security  Documents and all of
its other  properties  necessary  or useful in its  business in good  condition,
repair and working order  (normal wear and tear  excepted) and will from time to
time replace or repair any worn, defective or broken parts;  provided,  however,
that nothing in this Section 6.6 shall prevent the Borrower  from  discontinuing
the operation and
                                      -29-
<PAGE>
maintenance of any of its properties if such  discontinuance is, in the judgment
of the Lender,  desirable  in the  conduct of the  Borrower's  business  and not
disadvantageous in any material respect to the Lender.

                           (b) The Borrower will defend the  Collateral  against
all  claims or demands of all  persons  (other  than the  Lender)  claiming  the
Collateral or any interest therein.

                           (c) The Borrower will keep all  Collateral  and other
collateral  covered by the  Security  Documents  free and clear of all  security
interests,  liens and  encumbrances  except  the  Security  Interests  and other
security interests permitted by Section 7.1 hereof.

                  6.7  Insurance.  The  Borrower  will  obtain  and at all times
maintain  insurance with insurers believed by the Borrower to be responsible and
reputable,  in such  amounts and against  such risks as may from time to time be
required by the Lender, but in all events in such amounts and against such risks
as is usually  carried by  companies  engaged  in  similar  business  and owning
similar  properties  in the same general  areas in which the Borrower  operates.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower will at all times
keep all tangible Collateral insured against risks of fire (including  so-called
extended  coverage),  theft,  collision  (for  Collateral  consisting  of  motor
vehicles) and such other risks and in such amounts as the Lender may  reasonably
request, with any loss payable to the Lender to the extent of its interest,  and
all policies of such insurance shall contain a lender's loss payable endorsement
for the benefit of the Lender.  All  policies of  liability  insurance  required
hereunder shall name the Lender as an additional insured.

                  6.8  Preservation of Corporate  Existence.  Each Borrower will
preserve and maintain its corporate existence and all of its rights,  privileges
and franchises  necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business and
shall conduct its business in an orderly, efficient and regular manner.

                  6.9 Delivery of Instruments,  etc. Upon request by the Lender,
the  Borrower  will  promptly  deliver to the Lender in pledge all  instruments,
documents and chattel papers constituting Collateral,  duly endorsed or assigned
by the Borrower.

                  6.10 Collateral Accounts.

                           (a) Each Borrower agrees to deposit in its respective
Collateral  Account  or, at the  Lender's  option,  to deliver to the Lender all
collections  on Accounts,  contract  rights,  chattel  paper and other rights to
payment constituting Collateral (but not the proceeds of any loan to Borrower as
a borrower made by any party other than Lender and permitted  under the terms of
this Agreement),  and all other cash proceeds of Collateral,  which the Borrower
may receive immediately upon receipt thereof,  in the form received,  except for
the Borrower's endorsement when deemed necessary.  Until delivered to the Lender
or  deposited  in the  Collateral  Accounts,  all  proceeds  or  collections  of
Collateral shall be held in trust by the Borrower for and as the property of the
Lender and shall not be  commingled  with any funds or property of the Borrower.
Amounts  deposited in the Collateral  Accounts shall not bear interest and shall
not be subject to  withdrawal  by the  Borrower,  except  after full payment and
discharge of all Obligations. All
                                      -30-
<PAGE>
such  collections  shall  constitute   proceeds  of  Collateral  and  shall  not
constitute  payment  of any  Obligation.  Collected  funds  from the  Collateral
Accounts shall be transferred to the Lender's  general  account,  and the Lender
may deposit in its general  account or in the  Collateral  Accounts  any and all
collections received by it directly from the Borrower.  The Lender may commingle
such funds with other  property  of the Lender or any other  person.  The Lender
from time to time at its discretion  shall,  after allowing (i) two Banking Days
after  deposit in the  Collateral  Accounts  and/or  (ii) one  Banking Day after
direct deposit in Lender's Account No. 00-28-995 at Norwest Bank Minnesota,  NA,
and/or (iii) such later date as may be required for collection, apply such funds
to the payment of any and all Obligations, in any order or manner of application
satisfactory  to the Lender.  All items  delivered to the Lender or deposited in
the Collateral  Accounts shall be subject to final payment.  If any such item is
returned  uncollected,  the Borrower will  immediately  pay the Lender,  or, for
items deposited in the Collateral  Accounts,  the bank maintaining such account,
the  amount  of  that  item,  or such  bank at its  discretion  may  charge  any
uncollected  item to the Borrower's  commercial  account or other  account.  The
Borrower shall be liable as an endorser on all items deposited in the Collateral
Accounts, whether or not in fact endorsed by the Borrower.

                           (b) If a Default  or Default  Period  exists and upon
demand of the Lender,  the Borrower shall establish one or more lockbox accounts
as directed by the Lender with such banks or depository institutions as shall be
satisfactory to the Lender and shall  irrevocably  direct all present and future
Account  Debtors  and other  Persons  obligated  to make  payments  constituting
Collateral to make such payments  directly to such lockbox  account.  All of the
Borrower's invoices, account statements and other written or oral communications
directing,  instructing,  demanding or requesting  payment of any Account or any
other  amount  constituting  Collateral  shall  conspicuously  direct  that  all
payments  be made to such  lockbox and shall  include  such  lockbox  address or
addresses.  All payments received in such lockbox accounts shall be processed to
the Collateral Accounts.

                  6.11  Performance  by the Lender.  If the Borrower at any time
fails to perform or observe any of the  foregoing  covenants  contained  in this
Article VI or elsewhere herein,  and if such failure shall continue for a period
of ten calendar days after the Lender gives the Borrower  written notice thereof
(or in the  case of the  agreements  contained  in  Sections  6.5,  6.7 and 6.10
hereof, immediately upon the occurrence of such failure, without notice or lapse
of time),  the Lender may,  but need not,  perform or observe  such  covenant on
behalf and in the name,  place and stead of the  Borrower  (or, at the  Lender's
option,  in the  Lender's  name) and may,  but need not,  take any and all other
actions which the Lender may  reasonably  deem necessary to cure or correct such
failure (including,  without limitation,  the payment of taxes, the satisfaction
of security  interests,  liens or  encumbrances,  the performance of obligations
owed to account  debtors or other  obligors,  the procurement and maintenance of
insurance,  the  execution of  assignments,  security  agreements  and financing
statements,  and  the  endorsement  of  instruments);  and  the  Borrower  shall
thereupon pay to the Lender on demand the amount of all monies  expended and all
costs and expenses  (including  reasonable  attorneys'  fees and legal expenses)
incurred by the Lender in connection  with or as a result of the  performance or
observance  of such  agreements  or the  taking of such  action  by the  Lender,
together  with  interest  thereon  from the date  expended  or  incurred  at the
Floating Rate or the Incentive Rate, if then applicable to the Credit  Facility.
To facilitate the performance or observance by the Lender of
                                      -31-
<PAGE>
such covenants of the Borrower,  the Borrower  hereby  irrevocably  appoints the
Lender, or the delegate of the Lender,  acting alone, as the attorney in fact of
the Borrower (which appointment is coupled with an interest) with the right (but
not the duty) from time to time to create, prepare, complete,  execute, deliver,
endorse  or  file  in the  name  and on  behalf  of the  Borrower  any  and  all
instruments,  documents, assignments, security agreements, financing statements,
applications  for insurance  and other  agreements  and writings  required to be
obtained,  executed,  delivered or endorsed by the  Borrower  under this Section
6.11.

                  6.12 Debt Service  Coverage Ratio. The Borrower agrees that it
shall,  as of the last day of each fiscal  quarter,  on and after June 30, 1997,
maintain an average  minimum debt service  coverage ratio (based upon the period
set forth below) as follows:


Quarter Ending                             Debt Service Coverage Ratio
- --------------                             ---------------------------

June 30, 1997                              1.0 to 1 based upon the immediately
                                           preceding five month period

December 31, 1997                          1.25 to 1 based upon the immediately
                                           preceding eleven month period

March 31, 1998 and on the last day of      1.25 to 1 based upon the immediately
each fiscal quarter thereafter             preceding twelve month period


                  The debt service coverage ratio shall be calculated  according
to the following formula:
<TABLE>
<S>    <C>  
 Funds from Operations + Interest Expense - Unfinanced Portion of Capital Expenditures
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Current Maturities Long-Term Debt (actually paid during the period) + Interest Expense
</TABLE>

                  6.13 Net Worth. The Borrower warrants that, as of December 31,
1996  Borrower  has a  minimum  Net Worth of not less  than  $6,300,000.00.  The
Borrower  covenants  that the  minimum  Net  Worth as of the end of each  future
fiscal  quarter  end  shall be not less  than the  amounts  set  forth  below as
measured from the immediately preceding fiscal quarter ending Net Worth.

                                            Net Worth Increase
                  Quarter Ending               (Decrease)
                  --------------            ----------------
                  March 31                  ($300,000.00)
                  June 30                    $400,000.00
                  September 30               $150,000.00
                  December 31               ($250,000.00)

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary,  beginning with the fiscal year ending
December 31, 1997, and continuing  each fiscal year  thereafter,  the Borrower's
minimum Net Worth as of the end of each  fiscal  year end shall  increase by not
less  than  $300,000.00  over  the  Borrower's  Net  Worth  as of the end of the
immediately preceding fiscal year end.
                                      -32-
<PAGE>
                  6.14 Net Income.  The Borrower  covenants  that beginning with
the fiscal quarter  ending March 31, 1997,  and  continuing  each fiscal quarter
thereafter,  it shall  achieve a Net Income of at least (or,  in the event a Net
Loss is allowed for such fiscal quarter, a Net Loss of not more than) the amount
set forth below for each fiscal quarter of each fiscal year.

                  Quarter Ending            Net Income (Loss)
                  --------------            -----------------
                  March 31                  ($300,000.00)
                  June 30                    $400,000.00
                  September 30               $150,000.00
                  December 31               ($250,000.00)

Notwithstanding  anything to the  contrary,  beginning  with April of 1997,  and
continuing for each month  thereafter,  the Borrower shall not suffer a Net Loss
in excess of  $100,000.00  in any one  month.  Notwithstanding  anything  to the
contrary,  beginning  with  the  fiscal  year  ending  December  31,  1997,  and
continuing each fiscal year thereafter,  the Borrower shall achieve a Net Income
of not less than $300,000.00.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                               Negative Covenants
                               ------------------

                  So long as the Note shall remain unpaid,  the Credit  Facility
shall be outstanding or any Letter of Credit shall be outstanding,  the Borrower
agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Lender:

                  7.1 Liens.  The Borrower  will not create,  incur or suffer to
exist any mortgage,  deed of trust, pledge, lien, security interest,  assignment
or transfer upon or of any of its assets,  now owned or hereafter  acquired,  to
secure  any  indebtedness;   excluding,  however,  from  the  operation  of  the
foregoing:

                           (a)  mortgages,   deeds  of  trust,  pledges,  liens,
security interests and assignments in existence on the date hereof and listed in
Exhibit C hereto,  securing  indebtedness  for borrowed  money  permitted  under
Section 7.2(b) hereof;

                           (b) the Security Interests; and

                           (c) purchase  money  security  interests  relating to
Capital  Expenditures  (and which  attach  only to the assets  acquired  by such
Capital  Expenditures)  made after the date of this Agreement by the Borrower or
any  Affiliate so long as the  Borrower is in, and  maintains,  compliance  with
every other provision of this Agreement.

                  7.2 Indebtedness.  The Borrower will not incur, create, assume
or permit to exist any  indebtedness  or  liability  on account of  deposits  or
advances or any  indebtedness  for borrowed money, or any other  indebtedness or
liability evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar obligations, except:
                                      -33-
<PAGE>
                           (a) indebtedness arising hereunder;

                           (b)  indebtedness of the Borrower in existence on the
date hereof and listed in Exhibit C hereto; and

                           (c)  indebtedness  relating  to  liens  permitted  in
accordance with Section 7.1(c) hereof.

                  7.3  Guaranties.  The  Borrower  will not  assume,  guarantee,
endorse or otherwise  become directly or contingently  liable in connection with
any obligations of any other Person, except:

                           (a) the endorsement of negotiable  instruments by the
Borrower  for deposit or  collection  or similar  transactions  in the  ordinary
course of business; and

                           (b)  guaranties,  endorsements  and  other  direct or
contingent  liabilities in connection  with the  obligations of other Persons in
existence on the date hereof and listed in Exhibit C hereto.

                  7.4  Investments and  Subsidiaries.  (a) The Borrower will not
purchase or hold  beneficially  any stock or other  securities  or  evidences of
indebtedness  of, make or permit to exist any loans or advances  to, or make any
investment or acquire any interest  whatsoever  in, any other Person,  including
specifically but without limitation any partnership or joint venture, except:

                                    (i) investments in direct obligations of the
United  States  of  America  or any  agency  or  instrumentality  thereof  whose
obligations constitute full faith and credit obligations of the United States of
America having a maturity of one year or less,  commercial  paper issued by U.S.
corporations  rated "A-1" or "A-2" by Standard & Poors  Corporation  or "P-1" or
"P-2" by Moody's  Investors  Service  or  certificates  of  deposit or  bankers'
acceptances  having a  maturity  of one year or less  issued by  members  of the
Federal  Reserve  System  having  deposits  in  excess  of  $100,000,000  (which
certificates of deposit or bankers' acceptances are fully insured by the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation);

                                    (ii)  travel  advances  or loans to officers
and  employees  of the  Borrower  not  exceeding at any one time an aggregate of
$20,000.00; and

                                    (iii)  advances  in  the  form  of  progress
payments, prepaid rent or security deposits.

                           (b) The  Borrower  will not create or permit to exist
any  Subsidiary,  other than any  Subsidiary in existence on the date hereof and
listed in Exhibit B hereto.

                  7.5  Dividends.  The  Borrower  will  not  declare  or pay any
dividends (other than dividends  payable solely in stock of the Borrower) on any
class of its stock or make any payment on account of the purchase, redemption or
other retirement of any shares of such stock
                                      -34-
<PAGE>
or make any  distribution  in respect  thereof,  either  directly or indirectly;
provided,  however,  that if the Borrower is an S Corporation within the meaning
of the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended,  or shall become such an S
Corporation with the Lender's consent under Section 7.16 hereof, and after first
providing such supporting  documentation as the Lender may request, the Borrower
may pay  dividends in an amount equal to the amount of state and federal  income
tax which would be due by each  shareholder  with respect to income deemed to be
received by such  shareholder  from the  Borrower as a result of the  Borrower's
status as an S Corporation at the highest  marginal  income tax rate for federal
and  state  (for the state or states in which  each  shareholder  is liable  for
income taxes with respect to such income) income tax purposes, after taking into
account any deduction for state income taxes in  calculating  the federal income
tax liability.

                  7.6  Sale  or  Transfer  of  Assets;  Suspension  of  Business
Operations.  The Borrower will not sell,  lease,  assign,  transfer or otherwise
dispose of (i) the stock of any  Subsidiary,  (ii) all or a substantial  part of
its assets,  or (iii) any  Collateral  or any interest  therein  (whether in one
transaction or in a series of  transactions)  to any other Person other than the
sale of  Inventory in the  ordinary  course of business and will not  liquidate,
dissolve or suspend  business  operations.  The Borrower  will not in any manner
transfer  any  property  without  prior or present  receipt of full and adequate
consideration.

                  7.7 Consolidation and Merger; Asset Acquisitions. The Borrower
will not consolidate  with or merge into any Person,  or permit any other Person
to merge into it, or acquire (in a transaction analogous in purpose or effect to
a  consolidation  or merger)  all or  substantially  all the assets of any other
Person.

                  7.8 Sale and  Leaseback.  The Borrower will not enter into any
arrangement,  directly or indirectly, with any other Person whereby the Borrower
shall sell or  transfer  any real or  personal  property,  whether  now owned or
hereafter acquired, and then or thereafter rent or lease as lessee such property
or any part thereof or any other property which the Borrower  intends to use for
substantially  the same  purpose  or  purposes  as the  property  being  sold or
transferred.

                  7.9 Restrictions on Nature of Business.  The Borrower will not
engage in any line of business materially  different from that presently engaged
in by the Borrower and will not purchase,  lease or otherwise acquire assets not
related to its business.

                  7.10 Capital  Expenditures.  The  Borrower  will not expend or
contract to make unfinanced Capital  Expenditure greater than $800,000.00 in the
aggregate during any fiscal year for the lease, purchase or other acquisition of
any  capital  asset,  or for the  lease  of any  other  asset,  whether  payable
currently or in the future.

                  7.11  Accounting.  The  Borrower  will not adopt any  material
change in  accounting  principles  other than as required by generally  accepted
accounting  principles.  The Borrower  will not adopt,  permit or consent to any
change in its fiscal year.
                                      -35-
<PAGE>
                  7.12 Discounts,  etc. The Borrower will not, after notice from
the Lender,  grant any  discount,  credit or  allowance  to any  customer of the
Borrower  or accept any return of goods  sold,  or at any time  (whether  before
after notice from the Lender) modify,  amend,  subordinate,  cancel or terminate
the obligation of any account debtor or other obligor of the Borrower.

                  7.13 Defined  Benefit  Pension  Plans.  The Borrower  will not
adopt,  create,  assume or become a party to any defined  benefit  pension plan,
unless disclosed to the Lender pursuant to Section 5.10 hereof.

                  7.14 Other Defaults.  The Borrower will not permit any breach,
default or event of default to occur under any note, loan agreement,  indenture,
lease,  mortgage,  contract for deed,  security  agreement or other  contractual
obligation binding upon the Borrower.

                  7.15 Place of Business;  Name.  The Borrower will not transfer
its chief executive  office or principal place of business,  or move,  relocate,
close or sell any business  location.  The Borrower will not permit any tangible
Collateral  or any records  pertaining  to the  Collateral  to be located in any
state or area in which,  in the event of such  location,  a financing  statement
covering  such  Collateral  would be  required  to be, but has not in fact been,
filed in order to perfect the Security  Interests.  The Borrower will not change
its name.

                  7.16  Organizational  Documents;  S  Corporation  Status.  The
Borrower  will  not  amend  its  certificate  of   incorporation,   articles  of
incorporation  or bylaws.  The Borrower will not become an S Corporation  within
the  meaning  of the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as  amended,  or, if the
Borrower  already is such an S  Corporation,  it shall not change or rescind its
status as an S Corporation.

                  7.17  Salaries.   The  Borrower  will  not  pay  excessive  or
unreasonable   salaries,   bonuses,   commissions,   consultant  fees  or  other
compensation;  or increase the salary,  bonus,  commissions,  consultant fees or
other  compensation  of any director,  officer or  consultant,  or any member of
their  families,  by more  than 10% or as  recommended  by  Borrower's  Board of
Directors in any one year,  either  individually  or for all such persons in the
aggregate, or pay any such increase from any source other than profits earned in
the year of payment.

                  7.18  Issuance  of  Stock/Loss  of Voting  Control.  Except as
required in order for the  Borrower to comply with its  contractual  obligations
contained in that certain Manufacturing Supply Agreement dated December 21, 1996
entered  into  by and  between  Royal  Grip  and  Acushnet  (the  "Manufacturing
Agreement"),  the Borrower will not issue or sell any stock of the Borrower. The
Borrower shall not permit or suffer to occur any transfer, assignment, pledge or
other  disposition  of any or all of the  issued  and  outstanding  stock of the
Borrower so as to materially change the voting control of the Borrower.

                  7.19 Payments to Affiliates. Royal Grip shall not, without the
express written  consent of Lender,  which consent may be granted or withheld in
Lender's sole discretion, make any transfer,  conveyance, loan or payment of any
kind to Roxxi or any other  Affiliates in excess of $500,000.00 per fiscal year.
Roxxi shall not, without the express written consent of Lender,
                                      -36-
<PAGE>
which consent may be granted or withheld in Lender's sole  discretion,  make any
transfer,  conveyance,  loan or payment of any kind to any Affiliate  other than
Royal Grip.

                  7.20  Management  Control.  The  Borrower  shall not permit or
suffer to occur any change in its current executive management structure.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                     Events of Default, Rights and Remedies
                     --------------------------------------

                  8.1  Events of  Default.  "Event of  Default",  wherever  used
herein, means any one of the following events:

                           (a)  Default  in the  payment of any  interest  on or
principal of the Note when it becomes due and payable; or

                           (b) Failure to pay when due any amount  specified  in
Section 2.5 hereof relating to the Borrower's  Obligation of  Reimbursement,  or
failure to pay immediately  when due or upon  termination of the Credit Facility
any amounts required to be paid for deposit in the Special Account under Section
2.6 or 2.11 hereof; or

                           (c) Default in the payment of any fees,  commissions,
costs or expenses required to be paid by the Borrower under this Agreement; or

                           (d)  Default in the  performance,  or breach,  of any
covenant or agreement of the Borrower  contained in this Agreement  other than a
covenant or agreement which is  specifically  dealt with in this Section 8.1 and
the  continuance  thereof  for a period  of 5 days  after the  actual  knowledge
thereof by an executive  officer of either Borrower or receipt of written notice
thereof from the Lender; or

                           (e)  Either  Royal  Grip or Roxxi  shall be or become
insolvent,  or admit in writing  its  inability  to pay its or his debts as they
mature, or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or either Royal Grip
or Roxxi shall apply for or consent to the appointment of any receiver, trustee,
or similar officer for it or for all or any substantial part of its property; or
such  receiver,  trustee or  similar  officer  shall be  appointed  without  the
application  or consent  of Royal  Grip or Roxxi,  as the case may be; or either
Royal Grip or Roxxi shall institute (by petition,  application,  answer, consent
or  otherwise)  any   bankruptcy,   insolvency,   reorganization,   arrangement,
readjustment of debt, dissolution, liquidation or similar proceeding relating to
it  under  the  laws  of any  jurisdiction;  or any  such  proceeding  shall  be
instituted (by petition,  application or otherwise)  against Royal Grip or Roxxi
and shall not be  dismissed  within 60 calendar  days;  or any  judgment,  writ,
warrant of  attachment,  garnishment  or execution or similar  process  shall be
issued or levied  against a  substantial  part of the  property of Royal Grip or
Roxxi; or
                                      -37-
<PAGE>
                           (f) A petition  shall be filed by or  against  (which
when filed against shall not be dismissed  within 60 calendar days) either Royal
Grip or Roxxi under the United States Bankruptcy Code naming Royal Grip or Roxxi
as debtor; or

                           (g)  Any  representation  or  warranty  made  by  the
Borrower in this  Agreement or by the  Borrower (or any of its  officers) in any
agreement,  certificate,  instrument or financial  statement or other  statement
contemplated  by or made or  delivered  pursuant to or in  connection  with this
Agreement shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when deemed
to be effective; or

                           (h) The rendering  against either Royal Grip or Roxxi
of a final  judgment,  decree  or order  for the  payment  of money in excess of
$50,000.00 and the continuance of such judgment, decree or order unsatisfied and
in effect for any period of 30 consecutive days without a stay of execution; or

                           (i) A  default  under any  bond,  debenture,  note or
other evidence of  indebtedness of either Borrower owed to any Person other than
the Lender,  or under any  indenture  or other  instrument  under which any such
evidence of  indebtedness  has been issued or by which it is governed,  or under
any lease of any of the Premises, and the expiration of the applicable period of
grace,  if any,  specified in such evidence of  indebtedness,  indenture,  other
instrument or lease; or

                           (j) Any Reportable Event, which the Lender determines
in good faith might  constitute  grounds for the  termination of any Plan or for
the appointment by the appropriate  United States District Court of a trustee to
administer any Plan, shall have occurred and be continuing 30 days after written
notice to such effect shall have been given to the Borrower by the Lender;  or a
trustee shall have been appointed by an appropriate United States District Court
to administer any Plan; or the Pension Benefit Guaranty  Corporation  shall have
instituted  proceedings  to  terminate  any  Plan or to  appoint  a  trustee  to
administer any Plan; or the Borrower shall have filed for a distress termination
of any Plan under Title IV of ERISA;  or the Borrower  shall have failed to make
any  quarterly  contribution  required  with  respect to any Plan under  Section
412(m) of the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as  amended,  which the  Lender
determines in good faith may by itself, or in combination with any such failures
that the Lender may determine  are likely to occur in the future,  result in the
imposition of a lien on the assets of the Borrower in favor of the Plan; or

                           (k)  An  event  of  default  shall  occur  under  any
Security  Document  or under any other  security  agreement,  mortgage,  deed of
trust,  assignment or other instrument or agreement  securing any obligations of
the Borrower hereunder or under any note; or

                           (l)  Either  Borrower  shall   liquidate,   dissolve,
terminate or suspend its business  operations  or otherwise  fail to operate its
business in the ordinary course, or sell all or substantially all of its assets,
without the prior written consent of the Lender; or

                           (m)  Either  Borrower  shall  fail to pay,  withhold,
collect or remit any tax or tax deficiency  when assessed or due (other than any
tax deficiency which is being contested
                                      -38-
<PAGE>
in good faith and by proper proceedings and for which it shall have set aside on
its books  adequate  reserves  therefor)  or notice of any state or federal  tax
liens shall be filed or issued; or

                           (n)  Default in the  payment  of any  amount  owed by
either Borrower to the Lender other than any indebtedness arising hereunder; or

                           (o) Any  event of  default  shall  occur  (and not be
cured within the prescribed  cure period) under the  Manufacturing  Agreement or
the Capital Lease Agreement; or

                           (p) Any  breach,  default  or event of  default by or
attributable to any Affiliate under any agreement between such Affiliate and the
Lender.

                  8.2 Rights and  Remedies.  Upon the  occurrence of an Event of
Default or at any time  thereafter  during the  resulting  Default  Period,  the
Lender may exercise any or all of the following rights and remedies:

                           (a)  The  Lender  may,  by  notice  to the  Borrower,
declare the Credit Facility to be terminated, whereupon the same shall forthwith
terminate;

                           (b)  The  Lender  may,  by  notice  to the  Borrower,
declare to be forthwith  due and payable the entire unpaid  principal  amount of
the Note then outstanding,  all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, all amounts
payable under this Agreement and any other Obligations,  whereupon the Note, all
such accrued  interest and all such amounts and Obligations  shall become and be
forthwith due and payable, without presentment,  notice of dishonor,  protest or
further  notice of any kind,  all of which are  hereby  expressly  waived by the
Borrower;

                           (c) The Lender may,  without  notice to the  Borrower
and without further  action,  apply any and all money owing by the Lender to the
Borrower to the payment of the  Advances and the Term Loan,  including  interest
accrued  thereon,  and of all other sums then owing by the  Borrower  hereunder,
including, without limitation, the Obligation of Reimbursement;

                           (d) The Lender may make demand upon the Borrower and,
forthwith  upon such demand,  the Borrower will pay to the Lender in immediately
available funds for deposit in the Special Account pursuant to Sections 2.11 and
3.6 hereof an amount equal to the maximum aggregate amount available to be drawn
under all  Letters of Credit  then  outstanding,  assuming  compliance  with all
conditions for drawing thereunder;

                           (e) The Lender may  exercise  and enforce any and all
rights and remedies  available  upon  default to a secured  party under the UCC,
including,  without limitation,  the right to take possession of Collateral,  or
any evidence thereof, proceeding without judicial process or by judicial process
(without a prior hearing or notice thereof,  which the Borrower hereby expressly
waives) and the right to sell,  lease or otherwise  dispose of any or all of the
Collateral,  and, in connection therewith,  the Borrower will on demand assemble
the Collateral
                                      -39-
<PAGE>
and make it  available to the Lender at a place to be  designated  by the Lender
which is reasonably convenient to both parties;

                           (f) the Lender may  exercise  and  enforce its rights
and remedies under the Loan Documents; and

                           (g) the  Lender  may  exercise  any other  rights and
remedies available to it by law or agreement.

Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  upon the  occurrence  of an  Event of  Default
described in Section 8.1(f) hereof,  the entire unpaid  principal  amount of the
Note and the Obligation of  Reimbursement  (whether  contingent or funded),  all
interest  accrued  and unpaid  thereon,  all other  amounts  payable  under this
Agreement  and any  other  Obligations  shall  be  immediately  due and  payable
automatically without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind.

                  8.3 Certain Notices. If notice to the Borrower of any intended
disposition of Collateral or any other  intended  action is required by law in a
particular  instance,  such notice shall be deemed  commercially  reasonable  if
given (in the manner  specified in Section 9.3) at least ten calendar days prior
to the date of intended disposition or other action.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                  Miscellaneous
                                  -------------

                  9.1 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure or delay on the
part of the  Lender in  exercising  any  right,  power or remedy  under the Loan
Documents  shall  operate as a waiver  thereof;  nor shall any single or partial
exercise  of any such  right,  power or remedy  preclude  any  other or  further
exercise  thereof or the exercise of any other right,  power or remedy under the
Loan Documents.  The remedies  provided in the Loan Documents are cumulative and
not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

                  9.2 Amendments, Etc. No amendment,  modification,  termination
or waiver of any  provision of any Loan  Document or consent to any departure by
the Borrower  therefrom or any release of a Security Interest shall be effective
unless  the same shall be in writing  and  signed by the  Lender,  and then such
waiver or consent shall be effective  only in the specific  instance and for the
specific  purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on the Borrower in any
case shall  entitle  the  Borrower  to any other or further  notice or demand in
similar or other circumstances.

                  9.3 Addresses for Notices,  Etc. Except as otherwise expressly
provided  herein,  all  notices,  requests,  demands  and  other  communications
provided  for  under the Loan  Documents  shall be in  writing  and shall be (a)
personally  delivered,  (b) sent by first class United States mail,  (c) sent by
overnight courier of national reputation, or (d) transmitted by telecopy,
                                      -40-
<PAGE>
in each case addressed to the party to whom notice is being given at its address
as set  forth  below  and,  if  telecopied,  transmitted  to that  party  at its
telecopier number set forth below:

                  If to Royal Grip or Roxxi:

                  Royal Grip, Inc.
                  444 West Geneva Drive
                  Tempe, Arizona  85282
                  Telecopier:  (602) 829-9100
                  Attention: Tom Schneider

                  If to the Lender:

                  Norwest Business Credit, Inc.
                  Norwest Tower, Mail Station 9025
                  3300 North Central Avenue
                  Phoenix, Arizona  85012-2501
                  Telecopier: (602) 263-6215
                  Attention: Pete Lowney

or,  as to each  party,  at such  other  address  or  telecopier  number  as may
hereafter  be  designated  by such party in a written  notice to the other party
complying  as to  delivery  with the terms of this  Section.  All such  notices,
requests, demands and other communications shall be deemed to have been given on
(a) the date received if personally delivered, (b) when deposited in the mail if
delivered by mail,  (c) the date sent if sent by overnight  courier,  or (d) the
date of transmission  if delivered by telecopy,  except that notices or requests
to the Lender  pursuant to any of the  provisions of Article II hereof shall not
be effective until received by the Lender.

                  9.4  Financing  Statement.  A  carbon,  photographic  or other
reproduction  of this  Agreement or of any  financing  statements  signed by the
Borrower is sufficient as a financing  statement and may be filed as a financing
statement in any state to perfect the security  interests  granted  hereby.  For
this purpose, the following information is set forth:

                  Name and address of Debtors:

                  Royal Grip, Inc.
                  444 West Geneva Drive
                  Tempe, Arizona  85282
                  Federal Tax Identification No. 86-0615648

                  Roxxi, Inc.
                  2621 SE 15th Street
                  Oklahoma City, Oklahoma  73129
                  Federal Tax Identification No. 86-0801779
                                      -41-
<PAGE>
                  Name and address of Secured Party:

                  Norwest Business Credit, Inc.
                  Norwest Tower, Mail Station 9025
                  3300 North Central Avenue
                  Phoenix, Arizona  85012-2501
                  Telecopier: (602) 263-6215
                  Attention: Pete Lowney

                  9.5 Further  Documents.  The  Borrower  will from time to time
execute and deliver or endorse any and all instruments,  documents, conveyances,
assignments,  security agreements, financing statements and other agreements and
writings  that the Lender may  reasonably  request in order to secure,  protect,
perfect or enforce the Security Interests or the rights of the Lender under this
Agreement  (but any  failure to request or assure  that the  Borrower  executes,
delivers  or  endorses  any such item shall not  affect or impair the  validity,
sufficiency  or  enforceability  of this  Agreement and the Security  Interests,
regardless  of  whether  any such  item was or was not  executed,  delivered  or
endorsed in a similar context or on a prior occasion).

                  9.6 Collateral.  This Agreement does not contemplate a sale of
accounts,  contract  rights or chattel  paper,  and,  as  provided  by law,  the
Borrower is entitled to any surplus and shall remain liable for any  deficiency.
The  Lender's  duty of care with respect to  Collateral  in its  possession  (as
imposed by law) shall be deemed  fulfilled  if it exercises  reasonable  care in
physically keeping such Collateral,  or in the case of Collateral in the custody
or possession of a bailee or other third person,  exercises  reasonable  care in
the  selection  of the bailee or other  third  person,  and the Lender  need not
otherwise preserve, protect, insure or care for any Collateral. The Lender shall
not be obligated  to preserve  any rights the  Borrower  may have against  prior
parties,  to realize on the  Collateral  at all or in any  particular  manner or
order or to apply any cash proceeds of the Collateral in any particular order of
application.

                  9.7 Costs and Expenses.  The Borrower  agrees to pay on demand
all costs and expenses,  including (without  limitation)  reasonable  attorneys'
fees, incurred by the Lender in connection with the Obligations, this Agreement,
the Loan Documents,  any Letters of Credit,  and any other document or agreement
related hereto or thereto, and the transactions  contemplated hereby,  including
without limitation all such costs, expenses and fees incurred in connection with
the negotiation, preparation, execution, amendment, administration, performance,
collection  and  enforcement  of the  Obligations  and all  such  documents  and
agreements and the creation, perfection, protection,  satisfaction,  foreclosure
or enforcement of the Security Interests.

                  9.8 Indemnity. In addition to the payment of expenses pursuant
to Section 9.7 hereof and the  environmental  indemnity  pursuant to Section 6.4
hereof, Royal Grip and Roxxi,  jointly and severally agree to indemnify,  defend
and hold harmless the Lender, and any of its participants,  parent corporations,
subsidiary corporations,  affiliated corporations,  successor corporations,  and
all  present  and  future  officers,  directors,  employees  and  agents  of the
foregoing (the "Indemnitees"),  from and against (i) any and all transfer taxes,
documentary taxes,  assessments or charges made by any governmental authority by
reason of the execution
                                      -42-
<PAGE>
and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or the making of the
Advances,  Term Loan or issuance  of any Letter of Credit,  and (ii) any and all
liabilities,  losses, damages,  penalties,  judgments,  suits, claims, costs and
expenses of any kind or nature whatsoever  (including,  without limitation,  the
reasonable   fees  and   disbursements   of  counsel)  in  connection  with  any
investigative,  administrative  or  judicial  proceedings,  whether  or not such
Indemnitee  shall be  designated  a party  thereto,  which  may be  imposed  on,
incurred by or asserted  against such  Indemnitee,  in any manner relating to or
arising out of or in connection  with the making of the Advances,  Term Loan, or
the  issuance  of any  Letter of  Credit,  this  Agreement  and all  other  Loan
Documents  or the use or intended  use of the  proceeds  of the  Advances or any
Letter of Credit (the "Indemnified Liabilities"). If any investigative, judicial
or  administrative  proceeding  arising  from any of the  foregoing  is  brought
against any Indemnitee,  upon request of such Indemnitee,  Royal Grip and Roxxi,
or counsel  designated by either one and  satisfactory to the  Indemnitee,  will
resist and  defend  such  action,  suit or  proceeding  to the extent and in the
manner directed by the Indemnitee, at the Borrower's sole cost and expense. Each
Indemnitee  will use its best  efforts to  cooperate  in the defense of any such
action, suit or proceeding.  If the foregoing  undertaking to indemnify,  defend
and hold harmless may be held to be unenforceable because it violates any law or
public policy, the Borrower shall nevertheless make the maximum  contribution to
the payment and  satisfaction  of each of the Indemnified  Liabilities  which is
permissible  under  applicable  law. The  obligation of the Borrower  under this
Section 9.8 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the discharge of
the Borrower's other Obligations.

                  9.9 Participants. The Lender and its participants, if any, are
not partners or joint venturers,  and the Lender shall not have any liability or
responsibility  for any obligation,  act or omission of any of its participants.
All rights and powers specifically  conferred upon the Lender may be transferred
or delegated to any of the participants, successors or assigns of the Lender.

                  9.10 Execution in Counterparts.  This Agreement and other Loan
Documents may be executed in any number of  counterparts,  each of which when so
executed  and  delivered  shall be  deemed  to be an  original  and all of which
counterparts, taken together, shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

                  9.11 Binding Effect; Assignment;  Complete Agreement;  Sharing
of  Information.  The Loan  Documents  shall be  binding  upon and  inure to the
benefit  of the  Borrower  and the Lender and their  respective  successors  and
assigns,  except that the Borrower shall not have the right to assign its rights
thereunder  or any interest  therein  without the prior  written  consent of the
Lender. This Agreement, together with the Loan Documents, comprises the complete
and  integrated  agreement  of the  parties  on the  subject  matter  hereof and
supersedes all prior agreements,  written or oral, on the subject matter hereof.
Without  limitation  of the Lender's  right to share  information  regarding the
Borrower and its Affiliates with Lender's participants, accountants, lawyers and
other advisors,  the Lender may share at any time with Norwest Corporation,  and
all  direct  and  indirect  subsidiaries  of  Norwest  Corporation,  any and all
information the Lender may have in its possession regarding the Borrower and its
Affiliates,  and the Borrower  waives any right of  confidentiality  it may have
with respect to such sharing of such information.
                                      -43-
<PAGE>
                  9.12 Governing Law; Jurisdiction, Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial.
The Loan  Documents  shall be governed by and construed in  accordance  with the
substantive laws (other than conflict laws) of the State of Arizona.  Each party
consents to the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in
the  State of  Arizona  in  connection  with  any  controversy  related  to this
Agreement,  waives any argument  that venue in any such forum is not  convenient
and agrees that any litigation  initiated by any of them in connection with this
Agreement  shall be venued in either  the  Superior  Court of  Maricopa  County,
Arizona, or the United States District Court,  District of Arizona.  The parties
waive  any  right to  trial  by jury in any  action  or  proceeding  based on or
pertaining to this Agreement.

                  9.13  Severability  of  Provisions.   Any  provision  of  this
Agreement  which is  prohibited or  unenforceable  shall be  ineffective  to the
extent  of  such  prohibition  or  unenforceability   without  invalidating  the
remaining provisions hereof.

                  9.14 Headings.  Article and Section headings in this Agreement
are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a
part of this Agreement for any other purpose.




          REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK; SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS
                                      -44-
<PAGE>
                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  caused  this
Agreement to be executed by their respective  officers thereunto duly authorized
as of the date first above written.

                                      ROYAL GRIP, INC., a Nevada corporation



                                      By /s/ Tom Schneider
                                        ----------------------------------

                                         Its   Secretary
                                            ------------------------------ 

                                      ROXXI, INC., a Nevada corporation



                                      By /s/ Tom Schneider
                                        ----------------------------------

                                         Its   Secretary
                                            ------------------------------ 


                                      NORWEST BUSINESS CREDIT, INC., a
                                         Minnesota corporation


                                      By /s/ Pete Lowney
                                        ----------------------------------

                                         Its   Vice President
                                            ------------------------------ 
                                      -45-
<PAGE>
                                                         Exhibit A to Credit and
                                                              Security Agreement


                             REVOLVING AND TERM NOTE

$2,450,000.00                                                   Phoenix, Arizona
                                                                 _________, 1997

                  For value  received,  the  undersigned,  ROYAL GRIP,  INC.,  a
Nevada  corporation and ROXXI,  INC., a Nevada  corporation  (collectively,  the
"Borrower"),  hereby jointly and severally promise to pay on January 31, 2000 to
the order of  Norwest  Business  Credit,  Inc.,  a  Minnesota  corporation  (the
"Lender"),  at its office in Phoenix,  Arizona, or at any other place designated
at any time by the  holder  hereof,  in  lawful  money of the  United  States of
America and in  immediately  available  funds,  the principal sum of TWO MILLION
FOUR HUNDRED FIFTY THOUSAND AND NO/100 DOLLARS  ($2,450,000.00) or, if less, the
aggregate  unpaid principal amount of all Advances and the Term Loan made by the
Lender to the Borrower under the Credit Agreement  (defined below) together with
interest on the principal amount  hereunder  remaining unpaid from time to time,
computed on the basis of the actual  number of days elapsed and a 360-day  year,
from the date hereof until this Note is fully paid at the rate from time to time
in effect under the Credit and Security  Agreement  of even date  herewith  (the
"Credit  Agreement")  by and between the Lender and the Borrower.  The principal
hereof and interest accruing thereon shall be due and payable as provided in the
Credit  Agreement.  This Note may be prepaid only in accordance  with the Credit
Agreement.

                  This Note is issued  pursuant,  and is subject,  to the Credit
Agreement,  which provides,  among other things, for acceleration  hereof.  This
Note is the Note referred to in the Credit Agreement.

                  This Note is  secured,  among  other  things,  pursuant to the
Credit Agreement and the Security  Documents as therein defined,  and may now or
hereafter be secured by one or more other security agreements,  mortgages, deeds
of trust, assignments or other instruments or agreements.

                  Both entities  constituting the Borrower  hereby,  jointly and
severally,  agree to pay all costs of collection,  including attorneys' fees and
legal expenses in the event this Note is not paid when due, whether or not legal
proceedings are commenced.

                  The Borrower  agrees that the  interest  rate  contracted  for
includes the interest  rate set forth herein plus any other  charges or fees set
forth herein and costs and  expenses  incident to this  transaction  paid by the
Borrower to the extent the same are deemed interest under applicable law.
                                       A-1
<PAGE>
                  Presentment  or other demand for  payment,  notice of dishonor
and protest are expressly waived.

                                       ROYAL GRIP, INC., a Nevada corporation



                                       By __________________________________

                                          Its ________________________________


                                       ROXXI, INC., a Nevada corporation



                                       By __________________________________

                                          Its ________________________________

                                                      A-2
<PAGE>
                                                         Exhibit B to Credit and
                                                              Security Agreement


                                      Names
                                      -----


                                      None




               Chief Executive Office/Principal Place of Business
               --------------------------------------------------


               Royal Grip: 444 West Geneva Drive, Tempe, AZ 85282

               Roxxi: 2621 SE 15th Street, Oklahoma City, OK 73129






                     Other Inventory and Equipment Locations
                     ---------------------------------------


                                ACUSHNET LOCATION
                              744 Belleville Avenue
                      New Bedford, Massachusetts 02742-6912






                                  Subsidiaries
                                  ------------


                       Roxxi is a subsidiary of Royal Grip


                                       B-1
<PAGE>
                                                         Exhibit C to Credit and
                                                              Security Agreement



                  Permitted Liens, Indebtedness and Guaranties
                  --------------------------------------------



                                      Liens
                                      -----


                                      NONE





                                  Indebtedness
                                  ------------


                    $6,000,000.00 owed by Roxxi to Royal Grip







                                   Guaranties
                                   ----------


                                      NONE



                                       C-1
<PAGE>
                                                         Exhibit D to Credit and
                                                              Security Agreement

                             Compliance Certificate
                             ----------------------


To:               ______________________
                  Norwest Business Credit, Inc.

Date:             ____________________

Subject:          ______________________________
                  Financial Statements


                  In accordance with our Credit and Security  Agreement dated as
of  ____________________  (the "Credit  Agreement"),  attached are the financial
statements  of  Royal  Grip,  Inc.  and/or  Roxxi,   Inc.,  as  applicable  (the
"Borrower") and the year-to-date  period then ended (the "Current  Financials").
All terms in this certificate have the meanings given in the Credit Agreement.

                  I certify that the Current  Financials  have been  prepared in
accordance with GAAP, subject to year-end audit adjustments,  and fairly present
the financial condition of the Borrower as of the date thereof.

                  Events of Default.  (Check one):

                           ___ The  undersigned  does not have  knowledge of the
                  occurrence  of a Default or Event of Default  under the Credit
                  Agreement.

                           ___ The  undersigned  has knowledge of the occurrence
                  of a Default  or Event of Default  under the Credit  Agreement
                  and  attached  hereto is a statement of the facts with respect
                  to thereto.

                  Financial Covenants.  I further hereby certify as follows:

                           ___ The Reporting Date does not correspond to the end
                  of the Borrower's fiscal quarters,  hence I am completing only
                  paragraphs ___ below.

                           ___ The Reporting Date  corresponds to the end of one
                  of the Borrower's  fiscal quarters,  hence I am completing all
                  paragraphs below.

                           1. Minimum Debt Service  Coverage Ratio.  Pursuant to
                  Section  6.12 of the  Credit  Agreement,  for  the  applicable
                  period  ending on the  Reporting  Date,  the  Borrower's  Debt
                  Service Coverage Ratio was ___ to 1.00, which
                                       D-1
<PAGE>
                  ____ satisfies ____ does not satisfy the requirement that such
                  ratio be no less than ____ to 1.00.

                           2. Minimum Net Worth. Pursuant to Section 6.13 of the
                  Credit  Agreement,  as of the Reporting  Date,  the Borrower's
                  Book Net Worth was $_______________, which ____ satisfies ____
                  does not satisfy the requirement that such amounts be not less
                  than $_______________ on the Reporting Date.

                           3.  Minimum Net Income.  Pursuant to Section  6.14 of
                  the Credit Agreement, as of the Reporting Date, the Borrower's
                  Net Income for the applicable period was  $___________,  which
                  ___ satisfies ___ does not satisfy the  requirement  that such
                  amounts be not less than $______ on the Reporting Date.

                           4. Capital Expenditures.  Pursuant to Section 7.10 of
                  the Credit  Agreement,  for the year-to-date  period ending on
                  the Reporting Date, the Borrower has expended or contracted to
                  expend  during the fiscal year ending  December 31, 199_,  for
                  Capital Expenditures,  $__________ in the aggregate which ____
                  satisfies  ____ does not  satisfy  the  requirement  that such
                  expenditures  not exceed  $800,000.00 in the aggregate  during
                  the fiscal year ended  December 31, 199_, and each fiscal year
                  thereafter.

                           5. Salaries.  As of the Reporting  Date, the Borrower
                  ____ is ____ is not in  compliance  with  Section  7.17 of the
                  Credit Agreement concerning salary increases.

                  Officers                      Percentage Increase
                  --------                      -------------------

                  ---------------------------   -------------------------------
                  ---------------------------   -------------------------------
                  ---------------------------   -------------------------------

                  (To  be  completed  within  30  days  of  any  officer  salary
                  increase)

                           6. Payments to  Affiliates.  Pursuant to Section 7.19
                  of the Credit Agreement, for the year-to-date period ending on
                  the  Reporting  Date,  Royal  Grip has in the  aggregate  made
                  transfers,  conveyances,  loans and payments to  Affiliates in
                  the amount of $_________  which ____  satisfies  ____ does not
                  satisfy   the   requirement   that  such   amount  not  exceed
                  $500,000.00  in the  aggregate  during the  fiscal  year ended
                  December 31, 199__, and each fiscal year thereafter, and Roxxi
                  has in the aggregate made  transfers,  conveyances,  loans and
                  payments to Affiliates  other than Royal Grip in the amount of
                  $_________  which ____  satisfies  ____ does not  satisfy  the
                  requirement that no such transfers be made.
                                       D-2
<PAGE>
                  Attached hereto are all relevant facts in reasonable detail to
evidence,  and the  computations of the financial  covenants  referred to above.
These computations were made in accordance with GAAP.

                                ROYAL GRIP, INC., a Nevada corporation



                                By __________________________________

                                    Its ________________________________



                                ROXXI, INC., a Nevada corporation



                                By __________________________________

                                    Its ________________________________

                                       D-3
<PAGE>
                                                Exhibit E to Credit and Security
                                                                       Agreement


                                    Premises
                                    --------

                  The Premises referred to in the Credit and Security  Agreement
are legally described as follows:


                                       E-1

                       FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT


                  This  Amendment  is made as of the 11th day of April,  1997 by
and between ROYAL GRIP,  INC., a Nevada  corporation  ("Royal  Grip") and ROXXI,
INC., a Nevada corporation ("Roxxi") (collectively, the "Borrower"), and NORWEST
BUSINESS CREDIT, INC., a Minnesota corporation (the "Lender").

                                    Recitals

                  The  Borrower  and the Lender have entered into the Credit and
Security Agreement dated as of February 10, 1997 (the "Credit Agreement").

                  The Lender has agreed to make  certain  loan  advances  to the
Borrower pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement.

                  The loan advances under the Credit  Agreement are evidenced by
the  Borrower's  Revolving  and Term Note dated as of February 10, 1997,  in the
maximum principal amount of $2,450,000.00 and payable to the order of the Lender
(the "Note").

                  All  indebtedness  of the  Borrower  to the  Lender is secured
pursuant to the terms of the Credit  Agreement and all other Security  Documents
as defined therein (collectively, the "Security Documents").

                  The Borrower has requested that certain  amendments be made to
the Credit Agreement,  which the Lender is willing to make pursuant to the terms
and conditions set forth herein.

                  NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration of the premises and of the
mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, it is agreed as follows:

                   1.  Terms  used in this  Amendment  which are  defined in the
Credit  Agreement  shall  have the same  meanings  as  defined  therein,  unless
otherwise defined herein.

                   2. Prior to the date of this Amendment,  the Borrower has (i)
failed to submit audited fiscal year-end financial  statements within 90 days of
the  fiscal  year-ending  1996 as  required  by  Section  6.1(a)  of the  Credit
Agreement,  (ii) failed to maintain  the minimum  debt  service  coverage  ratio
required by Section 6.12 of the Credit  Agreement,  (iii) failed to maintain the
minimum Net Worth  required by Section  6.13 of the Credit  Agreement,  and (iv)
failed to comply with the Net Income (Loss)  requirements of Section 6.14 of the
Credit Agreement  (collectively  the "Current  Defaults").  Upon satisfaction by
Borrower of all of the terms and  conditions  set forth in this  Amendment,  the
Lender, although under no obligation to do so, shall waive the Current Defaults.
Nothing herein shall be construed as a waiver by Lender of any existing  default
or Default Period under the terms of the Credit Agreement other than the Current
Defaults.  Nothing  herein shall be construed as obligating  Lender to waive any
future  defaults or Default  Period  under the Credit  Agreement  including  any
future defaults or Default
<PAGE>
Period under Sections 6.1, 6.12, 6.13 and 6.14 of the Credit Agreement. Upon the
satisfaction of all of the terms and conditions set forth in this Amendment, the
Default  Period  arising as a result of the Current  Defaults shall be deemed to
have ceased.

                   3.      The Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

                           (a)  The  definition  of  "Default  Rate"  is  hereby
deleted in its entirety and replaced as follows:

                           "Default  Rate" means at any time three  percent (3%)
                  over  the  Floating   Rate,  the  Incentive  Rate  and/or  the
                  Increased  Floating  Rate, as  applicable,  which Default Rate
                  shall change when and as the Floating Rate, the Incentive Rate
                  and the Increased Floating Rate change.

                           (b) The  definition  of  "Floating  Rate"  is  hereby
deleted in its entirety and replaced as follows:

                           "Floating  Rate" means,  effective  April 1, 1997, an
                  annual  rate  equal to the sum of the  Base  Rate  plus  three
                  percent (3%), which Floating Rate shall change when and as the
                  Base Rate changes.

                           (c) The  definition  of  "Incentive  Rate" is  hereby
deleted in its entirety and replaced as follows:

                           "Incentive  Rate"  means an annual  rate equal to the
                  sum of the Base Rate,  plus two percent (2%),  which Incentive
                  Rate shall change when and as the Base Rate changes.

                           (d) There is hereby added to the Credit Agreement the
"Increased Floating Rate" as a new defined term. The definition of the Increased
Floating Rate shall be as follows:

                           "Increased  Floating Rate" means an annual rate equal
                  to the sum of the Base Rate,  plus four  percent  (4%),  which
                  Increased Floating Rate shall change when and as the Base Rate
                  changes.

                           (e) Section 2.9(a) of the Credit  Agreement is hereby
deleted in its entirety and replaced as follows:

                           The  principal  of the  Advances  and the  Term  Loan
                  outstanding  from time to time  during  any month  shall  bear
                  interest  (computed  on the basis of actual days  elapsed in a
                  360-day  year) at the Floating  Rate;  provided,  however,  if
                  there is not a then  existing  Event  of  Default  or  Default
                  Period, then from the first day
                                       -2-
<PAGE>
                  of the first month  following the receipt by the Lender of the
                  fiscal year end audited  financial  statements of the Borrower
                  complying with the provisions of Section 6.1(a) for the fiscal
                  year ending  December 31, 1997,  the principal of the Advances
                  and the Term Loan  outstanding  from time to time  shall  bear
                  interest at the  Incentive  Rate,  but only if such  financial
                  statements  show  a Net  Loss  of  $400,000.00  or  less;  and
                  provided,  further,  however,  in  the  event  such  financial
                  statements  show a Net Loss in  excess  of  $750,000.00,  then
                  effective  January 1, 1998,  the principal of the Advances and
                  the  Term  Loan  outstanding  from  time  to time  shall  bear
                  interest  at  the  Increased   Floating  Rate;  and  provided,
                  further,  however, that from the first day of any month during
                  which any Default  Period or Event of Default occurs or exists
                  at any time, in the Lender's  discretion  and without  waiving
                  any of its other  rights and  remedies,  the  principal of the
                  Advances and the Term Loan outstanding from time to time shall
                  bear  interest at the Default  Rate during the entire  Default
                  Period; and provided,  further,  however, that in any event no
                  rate change  shall be put into effect  which would result in a
                  rate greater than the highest rate permitted by law.  Interest
                  accruing on the principal balance of the Advances and the Term
                  Loan  outstanding  from time to time  shall be  payable on the
                  first day of each succeeding month and on the Termination Date
                  or earlier demand or prepayment in full.  The Borrower  agrees
                  that the interest  rate  contracted  for includes the interest
                  rate set forth herein plus any other charges or fees set forth
                  herein and costs and  expenses  incident  to this  transaction
                  paid by the  Borrower to the extent  same are deemed  interest
                  under applicable law.

                           (f) Section 6.1(a) of the Credit  Agreement is hereby
modified  to provide  that (i)  Borrower  must  deliver  its  audited  financial
statement  for the fiscal year ended  December  31, 1996 on or before  April 21,
1997,  and (ii) such audited  financial  statements  may contain a going concern
qualification  based solely upon Borrower's ability to obtain adequate financing
and funds in order to meet future obligations. These modifications apply only to
the delivery of  Borrower's  audited  financial  statements  for the fiscal year
ended  December 31, 1996.  For all future years,  Section 6.1(a) remains in full
force and effect, unmodified in any way.

                           (g) Section  6.12 of the Credit  Agreement  is hereby
deleted in its entirety and replaced as follows:

                           Section  6.12  Debt  Service   Coverage  Ratio.   The
                  Borrower  agrees  that it  shall,  as of the  last day of each
                  fiscal  quarter,  on and after  March 31,  1998,  maintain  an
                  average  minimum debt service  coverage  ratio (based upon the
                  period set forth below) as follows:


Quarter Ending                                 Debt Service Coverage
- --------------                                 ---------------------
                                               Ratio
                                               -----

March 31, 1998                                 1.0 to 1 based upon the
                                               immediately preceding
                                               three month period

June 30, 1998                                  1.25 to 1 based upon the
                                               immediately preceding six
                                               month period

September 30, 1998                             1.25 to 1 based upon the
                                               immediately preceding
                                               nine month period

December 31, 1998 and on the                   1.25 to 1 based upon the
last day of each fiscal quarter                immediately preceding
thereafter                                     twelve month period


                           The debt service  coverage  ratio shall be calculated
                  according to the following formula:

        Funds from Operations + Interest Expense - Unfinanced Portion of
        ----------------------------------------------------------------
                              Capital Expenditures
                              --------------------
     Current Maturities Long-Term Debt (actually paid during the period) +
                                Interest Expense

                           (h) Section  6.13 of the Credit  Agreement  is hereby
deleted in its entirety and replaced as follows:

                           Section 6.13 Net Worth.  The Borrower  warrants that,
                  as of December  31, 1996  Borrower  had a minimum Net Worth of
                  not  less  than  $6,300,000.00,   less  a  dollar  for  dollar
                  reduction for amounts  associated  exclusively  with the write
                  off of Roxxi  acquisition  goodwill in Borrower's  1996 fiscal
                  year.

                           The Borrower  covenants that its minimum Net Worth as
                  of the end of each fiscal quarter, or month, as applicable, in
                  the 1997  fiscal  year  shall  decrease  by not more  than the
                  amounts set forth below as measured from the  Borrower's  1996
                  fiscal year end Net Worth.

                                            Cumulative Net Worth
                  Quarter/Month Ending      Increase (Decrease)
                  --------------------      -------------------
                  March 31, 1997            ($1,000,000.00)
                  June 30, 1997             ($1,600,000.00)
                  July 31, 1997             ($1,600,000.00)
                  August 31, 1997           ($1,600,000.00)
                  September 30, 1997        ($1,600,000.00)
                  October 31, 1997          ($1,600,000.00)
                                       -3-
<PAGE>
                  November 30, 1997         ($1,600,000.00)
                  December 31, 1997         ($1,600,000.00)

                           The Borrower  covenants that the minimum Net Worth as
                  of the end of each future fiscal  quarter end,  beginning with
                  the fiscal  quarter  ending March 31, 1998,  shall increase by
                  not less than (or, in the event a decrease is allowed for such
                  fiscal  quarter,  decrease  by not more than) the  amounts set
                  forth below as measured from the immediately  preceding fiscal
                  quarter ending Net Worth.

                                            Net Worth Increase
                  Quarter Ending            (Decrease)
                  --------------            ------------------
                  March 31                  ($300,000.00)
                  June 30                    $400,000.00
                  September 30               $150,000.00
                  December 31               ($250,000.00)

                           Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary,  beginning
                  with the fiscal year ending  December 31, 1998, and continuing
                  each fiscal year thereafter,  the Borrower's minimum Net Worth
                  as of the end of each  fiscal  year end shall  increase by not
                  less than  $300,000.00 over the Borrower's Net Worth as of the
                  end of the immediately preceding fiscal year end.

                           (i) Section  6.14 of the Credit  Agreement  is hereby
deleted in its entirety and replaced as follows:

                           6.14  Net  Income.   The  Borrower   covenants   that
                  beginning  with the fiscal  quarter ending March 31, 1997, and
                  continuing  each fiscal quarter,  or month, as applicable,  in
                  the 1997 fiscal year  thereafter it shall achieve a cumulative
                  1997  fiscal  year Net Loss of not more than the  amounts  set
                  forth below:

                  Quarter Ending            Cumulative Net Loss
                  --------------            -------------------
                  March 31, 1997            ($1,000,000.00)
                  June 30, 1997             ($1,600,000.00)
                  July 31, 1997             ($1,600,000.00)
                  August 31, 1997           ($1,600,000.00)
                  September 30, 1997        ($1,600,000.00)
                  October 31, 1997          ($1,600,000.00)
                  November 30, 1997         ($1,600,000.00)
                  December 31, 1997         ($1,600,000.00)

                           The Borrower covenants that beginning with the fiscal
                  quarter  ending March 31,  1998,  and  continuing  each fiscal
                  quarter
                                       -4-
<PAGE>
                  thereafter,  it shall achieve a Net Income of at least (or, in
                  the event a Net Loss is allowed for such fiscal quarter, a Net
                  Loss of not more  than) the  amount  set forth  below for each
                  fiscal quarter of each fiscal year.

                  Quarter Ending            Net Income (Loss)
                  --------------            -----------------
                  March 31                  ($300,000.00)
                  June 30                    $400,000.00
                  September 30               $150,000.00
                  December 31               ($250,000.00)

                           Except as specifically provided above, prior to March
                  of 1998 there shall be no limitation as to the amount of a Net
                  Loss the  Borrower  shall be  allowed  to  sustain  in any one
                  month.  Notwithstanding  anything to the  contrary,  beginning
                  with March of 1998, and continuing for each month  thereafter,
                  the  Borrower  shall  not  suffer  a Net  Loss  in  excess  of
                  $100,000.00 in any one month.  Notwithstanding anything to the
                  contrary,  beginning with the fiscal year ending  December 31,
                  1998, and continuing each fiscal year thereafter, the Borrower
                  shall achieve a Net Income of not less than $300,000.00.

                           (j) Section  7.10 of the Credit  Agreement  is hereby
deleted in its entirety and replaced as follows:

                           7.10  Capital  Expenditures.  The  Borrower  will not
                  expend or  contract  to make  unfinanced  Capital  Expenditure
                  greater than (i) $250,000.00 in the aggregate  during the 1997
                  fiscal year, or (ii)  $800,000.00 in the aggregate  during any
                  fiscal  year  thereafter  for the  lease,  purchase  or  other
                  acquisition  of any  capital  asset,  or for the  lease of any
                  other asset, whether payable currently or in the future.

                   4. Except as specifically  amended by this Amendment,  all of
the terms and conditions of the Credit  Agreement shall remain in full force and
effect and shall apply to any Advance thereunder.

                   5.  The  Borrower  agrees  to pay the  Lender  as of the date
hereof  a fully  earned,  non-refundable  fee in the  amount  of  $20,000.00  in
consideration of the execution by the Lender of this Amendment.

                   6. This  Amendment  shall be  effective  upon  receipt by the
Lender of an executed original hereof, together with each of the following, each
in substance and form acceptable to the Lender in its sole discretion:
                                       -5-
<PAGE>
                           (a)  Certificate  of the  Secretary  of the  Borrower
certifying as to (i) the  resolutions  of the board of directors of the Borrower
approving the execution and delivery of this  Amendment,  (ii) the fact that the
Articles of Incorporation  and Bylaws of the Borrower,  which were certified and
delivered to the Lender in  connection  with the  execution  and delivery of the
Credit Agreement  continue in full force and effect and have not been amended or
otherwise  modified except as set forth in the Certificate to be delivered,  and
(iii)  certifying  that the  officers  and agents of the  Borrower who have been
certified to the Lender as being  authorized to sign and to act on behalf of the
Borrower continue to be so authorized.

                   7. The Borrower hereby  represents and warrants to the Lender
as follows:

                           (a)  The  Borrower  has  all   requisite   power  and
authority  to  execute  this  Amendment  and to perform  all of its  obligations
hereunder,  and this  Amendment  has been duly  executed  and  delivered  by the
Borrower  and  constitutes  the  legal,  valid  and  binding  obligation  of the
Borrower, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

                           (b) The  execution,  delivery and  performance by the
Borrower of this Amendment have been duly authorized by all necessary  corporate
action and do not (i)  require  any  authorization,  consent or  approval by any
governmental department,  commission,  board, bureau, agency or instrumentality,
domestic or foreign,  (ii) violate any  provision of any law, rule or regulation
or of any  order,  writ,  injunction  or  decree  presently  in  effect,  having
applicability  to the Borrower,  or the articles of  incorporation or by-laws of
the  Borrower,  or (iii) result in a breach of or constitute a default under any
indenture  or  loan  or  credit  agreement  or any  other  agreement,  lease  or
instrument to which the Borrower is a party or by which it or its properties may
be bound or affected.

                           (c)  All  of  the   representations   and  warranties
contained in Article V of the Credit Agreement are correct on and as of the date
hereof as though  made on and as of such date,  except to the  extent  that such
representations and warranties relate solely to an earlier date.

                   8. All references in the Credit Agreement to "this Agreement"
shall be deemed to refer to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby;  and any and
all references in the Security Documents to the Credit Agreement shall be deemed
to refer to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.

                   9. From the date of this Amendment forward,  Exhibit D of the
Credit  Agreement  shall be amended to comply with the  revisions  to the Credit
Agreement contained herein.

                  10. Except as specifically  set forth in Section 2 above,  the
execution of this Amendment and acceptance of any documents related hereto shall
not be deemed to be a waiver of any Default,  Event of Default or Default Period
under the  Credit  Agreement  or breach,  default or event of default  under any
Security Document or other document held by the Lender,  whether or not known to
the Lender and whether or not existing on the date of this Amendment.
                                       -6-
<PAGE>
                  11.  The  Borrower  hereby   absolutely  and   unconditionally
releases and forever discharges the Lender, and any and all participants, parent
corporations,   subsidiary  corporations,   affiliated  corporations,  insurers,
indemnitors,  successors and assigns  thereof,  together with all of the present
and former  directors,  officers,  agents and employees of any of the foregoing,
from any and all  claims,  demands  or causes  of action of any kind,  nature or
description,  whether arising in law or equity or upon contract or tort or under
any state or federal law or  otherwise,  which the  Borrower has had, now has or
has made  claim to have  against  any such  person  for or by reason of any act,
omission,  matter,  cause or thing whatsoever arising from the beginning of time
to and including the date of this  Amendment,  whether such claims,  demands and
causes of action are matured or unmatured or known or unknown.

                  12. The Borrower  hereby  reaffirms  its  agreement  under the
Credit  Agreement  to pay or  reimburse  the  Lender on demand for all costs and
expenses  incurred by the Lender in connection  with the Credit  Agreement,  the
Security  Documents  and all other  documents  contemplated  thereby,  including
without  limitation  all  reasonable  fees and  disbursements  of legal counsel.
Without  limiting the  generality of the  foregoing,  the Borrower  specifically
agrees  to pay all fees and  disbursements  of  counsel  to the  Lender  for the
services  performed by such counsel in connection  with the  preparation of this
Amendment and the  documents and  instruments  incidental  hereto.  The Borrower
hereby  agrees that the Lender may, at any time or from time to time in its sole
discretion and without further authorization by the Borrower, make a loan to the
Borrower under the Credit Agreement,  or apply the proceeds of any loan, for the
purpose of paying any such fees,  disbursements,  costs and expenses and the fee
required under paragraph 5 hereof.

                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  caused  this
Amendment to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

                                       ROYAL GRIP, INC., a Nevada corporation



                                       By /s/ Thomas A. Schneider
                                         ---------------------------------
                                           Its   Secretary
                                              ----------------------------

                                       ROXXI, INC., a Nevada corporation



                                       By /s/ Thomas A. Schneider
                                         ---------------------------------
                                           Its   Secretary
                                              ----------------------------
                                       -7-
<PAGE>
                                       NORWEST BUSINESS CREDIT, INC., a
                                           Minnesota corporation



                                       By /s/ Scott Schryver
                                         ---------------------------------
                                           Its Vice-President
                                              ----------------------------
                                       -8-





We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement (Form
S-8 No.  33-99944)  pertaining  to the 401(k)  Savings  Plan,  the  Registration
Statement  (Form S-8 No.  33-69212)  pertaining to the  Non-Employee  Directors'
Stock Option Plan, and the  Registration  Statements  (Form S-8 No. 33-69222 and
Form S-8 No.  33-81742)  pertaining  to the 1993 Stock Option Plan of our report
dated  February 14,  1997,  except as to Notes 12 and 17 as to which the date is
April 11,  1997,  with  respect to the  consolidated  financial  statements  and
schedule of Royal Grip,  Inc.  included in the Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the
year ended December 31, 1996.



                                                  /s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Phoenix, Arizona
April 14, 1997

              INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT ON SCHEDLUE AND CONSENT

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Royal Grip, Inc.:

The audit referred to in our report dated February 24, 1995 included the related
consolidated  financial  statement  schedule  as  of  December  31,  1994.  This
consolidated financial statement schedule is the responsibility of the Company's
management.  Our  responsibility  is to express an opinion on this  consolidated
financial  statement  schedule  based  on  our  audit.  In  our  opinion,   such
consolidated  financial statement  schedule,  when considered in relation to the
basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all
material respects the information set forth therein.

We consent to  incorporation  by reference in the  Registration  Statements  No.
33-99944,  No. 33-69212,  No. 33-69222,  No. 33-81742 on Form S-8 of Royal Grip,
Inc.  of our report  dated  February  24,  1995,  relating  to the  consolidated
statements  of  operations,  stockholders'  equity  and cash  flows and  related
schedule of Royal Grip,  Inc. and  subsidiaries  for the year ended December 31,
1994,  which report  appears in the December 31, 1996 Annual Report on Form 10-K
of Royal Grip, Inc.


                                        KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP

Phoenix, Arizona
April 14, 1997

                           SPECIAL POWER OF ATTORNEY


         KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,  that the  undersigned  constitutes and
appoints  Danny  Edwards and Robert G.J.  Burg,  and each of them,  his true and
lawful   attorney-in-fact   and  agent  with  full  power  of  substitution  and
resubstitution,  for him  and in his  name,  place,  and  stead,  in any and all
capacities,  to sign the Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the  fiscal  year ended
December 31, 1996,  for filing with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission by
Royal Grip, Inc., a Nevada corporation,  together with any and all amendments to
such  Form  10-K,  and to file  the  same  with all  exhibits  thereto,  and all
documents in connection therewith,  with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
granting to such  attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and
authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary
to be done in and about the  premises,  as fully and to all intents and purposes
as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that such
attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  or each of them,  may lawfully do or cause to be
done by virtue hereof.

         DATED:     February 21, 1997


                                            /s/ Gardiner Dutton
                                            ----------------------------
                                            Gardiner Dutton
<PAGE>
STATE of Arizona           )
                           )
County of Maricopa         )

         On this 21st day of February,  1997, before me, the undersigned  Notary
Public,  personally appeared GARDINER DUTTON, known to me to be the person whose
name is subscribed to the within  instrument and  acknowledged  that he executed
the same for the purposes therein contained.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand and official seal.

                                            /s/ Kazuko McMillen
                                            ---------------------------
                                                 Notary Public


[SEAL]
My commission expires

My commission expires December 16, 1998
- ----------------------------------------

                            SPECIAL POWER OF ATTORNEY


         KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,  that the  undersigned  constitutes and
appoints  Danny  Edwards and Robert G.J.  Burg,  and each of them,  his true and
lawful   attorney-in-fact   and  agent  with  full  power  of  substitution  and
resubstitution,  for him  and in his  name,  place,  and  stead,  in any and all
capacities,  to sign the Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the  fiscal  year ended
December 31, 1996,  for filing with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission by
Royal Grip, Inc., a Nevada corporation,  together with any and all amendments to
such  Form  10-K,  and to file  the  same  with all  exhibits  thereto,  and all
documents in connection therewith,  with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
granting to such  attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and
authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary
to be done in and about the  premises,  as fully and to all intents and purposes
as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that such
attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  or each of them,  may lawfully do or cause to be
done by virtue hereof.

         DATED:     February 20, 1997

                                        /s/ Barry Entous
                                       ----------------------------
                                        Barry Entous


<PAGE>
STATE of California        )
                           )
County of Los Angeles      )

         On this 20th day of February,  1997, before me, the undersigned  Notary
Public,  personally  appeared  BARRY ENTOUS,  known to me to be the person whose
name is subscribed to the within  instrument and  acknowledged  that he executed
the same for the purposes therein contained.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand and official seal.

                                            /s/ Wanda D. Perry
                                            ---------------------------
                                             Notary Public


[SEAL]
My commission expires

May 24, 1999
- ----------------------------


                            SPECIAL POWER OF ATTORNEY


         KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,  that the  undersigned  constitutes and
appoints  Danny  Edwards and Robert G.J.  Burg,  and each of them,  his true and
lawful   attorney-in-fact   and  agent  with  full  power  of  substitution  and
resubstitution,  for him  and in his  name,  place,  and  stead,  in any and all
capacities,  to sign the Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the  fiscal  year ended
December 31, 1996,  for filing with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission by
Royal Grip, Inc., a Nevada corporation,  together with any and all amendments to
such  Form  10-K,  and to file  the  same  with all  exhibits  thereto,  and all
documents in connection therewith,  with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
granting to such  attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and
authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary
to be done in and about the  premises,  as fully and to all intents and purposes
as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that such
attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  or each of them,  may lawfully do or cause to be
done by virtue hereof.

         DATED:     February 25, 1997

                                              /s/ James Myers
                                             --------------------------
                                             James Myers
<PAGE>
STATE of Arizona           )
                           )
County of Maricopa         )

         On this 25th day of February,  1997, before me, the undersigned  Notary
Public, personally appeared JAMES MYERS, known to me to be the person whose name
is subscribed to the within  instrument  and  acknowledged  that he executed the
same for the purposes therein contained.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand and official seal.

                                             /s/ Betty J. Bernard
                                            ---------------------------
                                                   Notary Public


[SEAL]
My commission expires

May 10, 1997
- --------------------

<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<MULTIPLIER>                  1           
<CURRENCY>                    U.S. DOLLARS
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              DEC-31-1996
<PERIOD-START>                                 JAN-01-1996
<PERIOD-END>                                   DEC-31-1996
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                                          1
<CASH>                                              38,099
<SECURITIES>                                             0
<RECEIVABLES>                                    2,143,009
<ALLOWANCES>                                       549,455  
<INVENTORY>                                      1,381,215  
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                 3,359,931  
<PP&E>                                           3,194,969  
<DEPRECIATION>                                   1,269,913  
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                   8,495,285  
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                            2,195,267  
<BONDS>                                                  0  
                                    0  
                                              0  
<COMMON>                                             2,735  
<OTHER-SE>                                       5,618,082  
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                     8,495,285  
<SALES>                                         16,120,617  
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                16,120,617  
<CGS>                                           12,324,745  
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                    8,200,308  
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                    (9,847) 
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                         0  
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                  52,348  
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 (4,446,937) 
<INCOME-TAX>                                             0  
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             (4,446,937) 
<DISCONTINUED>                                           0  
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                          0  
<CHANGES>                                                0  
<NET-INCOME>                                    (4,446,937) 
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                        (1.63) 
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        (1.63) 
                                                

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission